Insidious Meme

Blank COVID Vax Insert – 2021

Blank COVID Vax Insert - 2021

Blank COVID Vax Insert - 2021

Episode Summary:

The video showcases a pharmacist unveiling the packaging of the COVID vaccine. As she proceeds, she extracts the safety and efficacy insert, revealing an unexpected sight: almost the entirety of the insert is blank on both sides. This is a stark deviation from the norm, as medicinal products typically have safety guidelines and precautions detailed in such inserts. The absence of this crucial information in the insert is not only concerning but also potentially illegal.

#video #pharmacist #COVIDvaccine #packaging #safety #efficacy #insert #blank #front #back #medicine #information #cautions #alarming #irregular #illegal #unveils #extracts #unexpected #deviation #norm #guidelines #precautions #concerning #potentially

Blank COVID Vax Insert - 2021

Break this open. And perfectly on top is this perfectly normal package insert.

It's a lot of safety and efficacy data. In fact, all of the normal information that we would find in a package insert, like the ingredients that would all be found right here in this package insert.

Must be magic. It's all blank. The whole thing. Except for this part.

That's the only thing not blank. Are you kidding me?

What is.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ben Shapiro WEF WFA GARM – 08-18-2023

Ben Shapiro WEF WFA GARM - 08-18-2023

Ben Shapiro WEF WFA GARM - 08-18-2023

Episode Summary:

The text outlines how a group of global elites, including the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the World Federation of Advertisers (WFA), control media and advertising. Through the Global Alliance for Responsible Media (Garm), these entities enforce a universal framework, influencing the content that reaches consumers. Big corporations, tech companies, and even some governments are part of this alliance, creating guidelines that go beyond legal bounds. It also discusses NewsGuard's biased rating of news sites and its influence on advertising. The example of Genucel illustrates how this framework impacts advertising rates and content production, emphasizing a broader concern about censorship and narrative control.

The text criticizes NewsGuard, WEF, WFA, and Garm for enforcing brand safety standards that align with their subjective views. It details how these entities influence content and demonetize creators who contradict accepted narratives. Examples include restrictions against statements that challenge gender norms or question COVID-19 vaccines. The text also highlights how large advertisers promote certain cultural ideals deemed "brand safe" through their advertising strategies with companies like Procter and Gamble, Lego, and Gillette. The author emphasizes the risk of these global powers limiting diversity in thought and narrative, thereby shaping culture and suppressing information they disagree with.

#Advertising #Bias #BrandSafety #Censorship #ContentControl #CorporateInfluence #CultureShaping #FreeSpeech #Garm #GlobalPowers #Guidelines #MediaControl #Monetization #NarrativeControl #NewsGuard #SubjectiveStandards #WEF #WFA #WorldEconomicForum #WorldFederationOfAdvertisers

Ben Shapiro WEF WFA GARM - 08-18-2023

There's a group of people who control what you are allowed to see the news you read, the videos, you watch, the posts you engage with. You haven't heard of them, you don't know their names, but they determine through methods both direct and indirect, whether you are allowed to be exposed to particular messages. Their decisions can bankrupt companies, silence voice is, and fundamentally shift cultural norms. Who are these people, and how do they do this? Well, at the top level, you have a network of global elites that has created a universal framework full of guidelines and ratings designed to enforce approved narratives and punish disapproved ones.

It sounds like a conspiracy theory, except it isn't a secret, and we're not guessing.

First, you have the World Economic Forum, WEF and their platform for shaping the future of media, entertainment, and culture. Second, you have the World Federation of Advertisers WFA, who represent megacorporations that control 90% of global advertising dollars. WFA members are a Who's Who of global business and include some of our recent Wokified favorites like Bud Light's parent company AB, InBev Hershey, Procter and Gamble, Lego and Disney. There is barely a billionaire, Fortune 500 CEO, heavyweight philanthropist, government, or woke nonprofit that isn't associated with the WEF or the WFA. In 2019, the WFA established the Global Alliance for Responsible Media, or Garm.

Within months, the WEF adopted Garm as part of its platform for shaping the future of media, entertainment, and culture. Garm is a cross industry alliance that brings these megacorporations, the advertisers, together with big tech companies like Metta, who owns Facebook and Instagram, google owned YouTube, the CCP's, TikTok, and even Snapchat and Pinterest. This unholy alliance created something they call the brand Safety Floor and suitability framework. Think of brand safety as a dog whistle for censorship. They say it themselves.

The brand safety floor means, quote, content not appropriate for any advertising support. In other words, if you publish content that violates these guidelines, you will be blacklisted from 90% of the advertising revenue in the marketplace. So what have these global elites decided to put in their censorship framework? It started with things we can almost universally agree on, like preventing the distribution of child pornography or the advocacy of graphic terrorist activity. But they don't draw the line at what is objectively criminal, abusive, or dangerous.

They continue expanding the guidelines to include far more subjective parameters. For example, the framework lists subjective terms like hate speech as a problem. It says that anything surrounding transgenderism that they decide is dehumanizing. Or discussing what they deem to be a debated social issue in an insensitive way is off limits. The framework is deliberately vague, allowing those in control to pick and choose how they enforce it and against whom.

So how exactly do the approved narratives set by these global entities get enforced all the way down to the daily content you consume, including, maybe, this video? Well, here's how we'll start with NewsGuard. NewsGuard is an organization that formulates ratings for American media. They rank news sites on a zero to 100 scale based on nine supposedly apolitical criteria. These criteria are anything but apolitical.

They often align with left wing positions. During the height of COVID NewsGuard, falsely labeled and downgraded 21 news sites, only well after the fact, admitting that they either mischaracterized the site's claims about the lab leak theory, referring to the lab leak theory as a conspiracy. Theory or wrongly grouped together unproven claims about the lab leak with the separate false claim that the COVID-19 virus was manmade without explaining that one claim was unsubstantiated and the other was false. NewsGuard apologizes for these errors. They said they have made the appropriate correction on each of the 21 labels.

And when you compare their ratings of left leaning news organizations to right leaning news organizations, you see the same bias appear. The Media Research Center, a free speech nonprofit, studied NewsGuard's ratings. Here are the average ratings afforded to left and left leaning outlets versus those on the right. The study found glaring examples of bias by NewsGuard. The left's BuzzFeed managed a 100 out of 100 perfect score despite its reporting on the Steele dossier and alleging collusion between Trump and Russia.

The study found that the Global Times, a Chinese propaganda government outlet, scored a 39.5. That is 27 points higher than the US. Based conservative outlet, the Federalists. Despite a scandal at USA Today revealing the publication of multiple fabricated sources in their stories and their own fact checking operation, misleading readers on the history of the Democratic Party and the KKK, USA Today maintained the 100 out of 100 rating by NewsGuard. NewsGuard is a trusted partner to Garm.

They help ensure that ad buyers and users looking for news can be in safe and suitable places. Now, I'm going to give you a practical example of what this means for this show. For example, if I didn't ad on this show, I would have to do it with a company that doesn't make ad buying decisions according to Garm standards. A company not associated with Garm or NewsGuard that we love doing business with is a company called Genucel. You've heard about genusell on my daily show?

Genuceell has great products. Like their dark spot. Corrector. See, we sell our ad space based on a certain number of projected views. But unfortunately, due to Garm and NewsGuard, we now sell them at a reduced rate.

As this is the very first episode of fact, we're betting we've got our projected view count right for the sake of deals with future advertisers. But either way, we're thankful to be working with Genucell, a company using cutting edge ingredients in products like their Ultra Retinal Moisturizer with a retinol alternative for safe use in the sun. If you go to Genucell.com slash Ben right now, you can get your Dark Spot Corrector and Ultra Retinal Moisturizer in the Genucell most popular package. That's genucell.com slash Bengenuicell.com. Slash Ben.

Go check them out right now. NewsGuard is also working with others to use AI technology to enforce brand safety standards at scale by identifying scalable, hoaxes and misinformation in order to streamline blanket removal. This means that the news you read, news that is supposed to be fair and objective, or at least diverse, must adhere to Gar, the WEF, the WFA, and their subjective and biased standards in order to be deemed monetizable. If you think this is only something big news corporations have to contend with, think again. Even the content you consume from independent content creators on social media platforms like the one on which you're watching this video, is subject to these globalist powers that be.

So, for example, my friend Matt Walsh, he was demonetized on YouTube. Why? Well, because he says that men are not women. The same was true on TikTok, another Garm member, where Daily Wire hosts are routinely hit with content strikes in various bands for saying things like men are not women. Meanwhile, Dylan Mulvaney shoots up the TikTok algorithms by insulting women, saying, day one of being a girl and I've already cried three times already.

Or for example, if you question the accepted wisdom on COVID. So for example, let's say you say that the vaccine's not great for kids, no evidence kids need them. Kids aren't dying from COVID If you say any of those things, Garm WEF, WFA, they will crack down on you with alacrity. In addition to looking at how companies and creators are punished for violating these standards, it's also important to look at what is considered brand safe. In other words, what narratives are 90% of advertising revenue dollars working to advance.

So, for example, advertisers like Procter and Gamble who advertise with Mulvaney consider Mulvaney safe, as opposed to the Daily Wire, which is not considered brand safe and thus would never be supported by the same advertiser. Brand safety regulations inform culture. In some ways, they actually fund culture, like Garm member Bud Light sending a personalized girlhood beer can to Dylan Mulvaney or Gar member Lego declaring gender is non binary and making trans themed Lego designs. Or Gar member Hershey's using a male and a women's chocolate ad. Or gar member p g's.

Razor brand Gillette, which pushed toxic masculinity narratives and taught dads how to shave their daughter's beards. These are all endeavors deemed to be brand safe for companies to engage in and not risk being either deprived of others advertising dollars or having their advertising dollars turned away. By contrast, Jeremy's Razors not a brand safe partner. Bud Light isn't going to be sending a flannel shirt to Matt Walsh. Matt is not brand safe.

Abigail Schreier can't advertise her book on Amazon. It contains objectionable content about sexual orientation, but Amazon will allow paid ads for things like chess binders and Pro trans books. So what does all this mean? Why should you care? Well, like any other business.

The news media. We have to be able to make money by producing the news. Fact checkers are now incentivizing media outlets to comply with the Wefgarm narratives by determining what is and what is not monetizable. The WEF garm, the WFA, they're all actively working with social media companies to censor what they consider to be misinformation, which very often is just good information with which they disagree. Finally, the WEF, the WFA, Garm, they're all aggressively pouring billions of dollars a year into news and content that drives their preferred narrative narratives that are often counterfactual at best and harmful at worst.

When you look at the news, you need to feel as though you're getting all the information. And even if one source isn't giving you all the information, you can check another source. And all those sources together will give you a broad view of the world. But the World Economic Forum, the World Federation of Advertisers, and the Global Alliance for Responsible Media, they don't want you to have a full view of the news. They want you to see what they want you to see.

And they will work to prevent anyone from disseminating information they don't pre approve. They are determining what you see, what you hear, what you watch. And that's dangerous.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


William Cooper – One World Government – 1990

William Cooper - One World Government - 1990

William Cooper - One World Government - 1990

Episode Summary:

The author shares a detailed account of their personal and familial military background, their skepticism about extraterrestrial existence, and the moment that skepticism was shattered. During their tenure in the Navy, they witnessed an enormous disk-shaped craft emerge from the ocean and ascend into the sky. This profound experience changed their view of the universe and highlighted the vast unknowns our world contains

In 1966, while on a submarine, the narrator observed an unidentified flying object seamlessly transitioning between air and water, defying known physics. This sighting was witnessed by others, and they were immediately debriefed and silenced by Naval Intelligence upon reaching Pearl Harbor. Photos were taken but disappeared. Years later, with a top-level security clearance, the narrator discovered documents confirming the existence of extraterrestrials, multiple species, and secret agreements between them and the U.S. government. There are secret space programs and projects exploring these technologies, aiming for a unified global government, with an underpinning of alien interaction.

The narrator recalls discovering a plan named 'Majestic' designed to mislead the public about the truth of UFOs and an alien presence. The plan used deception and misinformation, as evidenced by fraudulent documents like the Eisenhower Briefing Document. This deception was linked to influential figures in the UFO community and tied into a wider conspiracy, including President Kennedy's assassination, which was purportedly orchestrated to maintain secrets about UFOs and maintain a push towards a New World Order.

The text claims secret societies have infiltrated the government, impacting its operations from within. The narrator, presumably Bill Cooper, details his experiences in Naval Intelligence, where he alleges many were Freemasons. After revealing some information, Cooper suffered physical attacks but believes public exposure keeps him safe. He emphasizes the necessity for the public to seek truth and not just blindly believe narratives. His book, "Behold a Pale Horse," is cited as containing only publicly available information to prove that anyone can access the truth if they're diligent.

The text discusses the idea that hidden agendas manipulate world events and public sentiment. It references public libraries as untapped resources for truth and highlights a dystopian future ruled by a totalitarian government reminiscent of Hitler's regime. The author touches on biblical prophecies, suggesting some entities may be enacting the Book of Revelations as a plan. Diseases like AIDS are cited as population control methods, and there's speculation about implant devices for human tracking. Despite the grim view, there's hope if people seek the truth and resist manipulative plans.

The text highlights concerns about Brazil's rainforest burning, suggesting manipulation behind the Green Movement and the intention to control Brazil. It discusses the misinterpretation of political terms like socialism, capitalism, and communism, emphasizing the differences and highlighting the inherent risks in each system. The narrative shifts to a discussion about democracies and the dangers they present, ending with a reflection on the universal balance and the impossibility of a utopia due to the inherent need for opposing forces in the universe.

The text emphasizes the need for a balance between extreme ideologies to foster peace and unity. It critiques those who withhold knowledge, asserting that in today's educated world, secrets should be shared for collective progress. The author warns against manipulators planning a New World Order that threatens freedom. They emphasize the role of education in empowerment and briefly mention UFOs and their possible significance. They also touch upon the Kennedy assassination, critiquing the Warren Commission and Robert Grodin's analysis of the Zapruder film, suggesting a conspiracy in the Kennedy case.

The text asserts that Robert Groat lied to Congress and is misleading the public about the assassination of President Kennedy. The writer believes that secret societies, specifically the Illuminati, Knights Templar, and Freemasons, were behind Kennedy's assassination, citing Masonic symbols and numbers. They suggest that the United States was established to usher in a New World Order and argue that Kennedy was resisting these secret forces, particularly the Federal Reserve. The text also delves into the philosophical beliefs of these societies, associating them with Lucifer and contrasting them with biblical teachings.

The text speaks about perceived subversion of power by secret societies, undermining the Constitution, and manipulating beliefs. It suggests a conspiracy that aims to create a one-world government, undermining the core principles of rights and freedoms. The narrative delves into the history of civilizations like Atlantis and Lemuria, drawing parallels with recurring religious stories. It asserts the potential danger posed by those who suppress emotions and morality for power. The author champions the significance of individual and collective awakening, emphasizing the power of the vote to overturn potential dystopian outcomes.

The text emphasizes the importance of individual responsibility in determining a nation's direction. It argues that people should educate themselves, participate actively in governance, and avoid complacency. The narrative also delves into perceived manipulations within government and the infiltration by secret societies. Specific examples, such as the Kennedy incident and roles of various administrations, are cited as evidence. There's a call to change the system, suggesting that non-professional politicians should be elected, and advocating for term limitations.

The text criticizes the federal government's influence over congressmen, claiming they lose touch with their home states while in Washington, DC. The author suggests representatives should only serve one term and have more local ties. The piece further delves into conspiracy theories involving George Bush and the media. The War on Drugs is portrayed as a guise for eroding personal freedoms, with accusations that the public is complicit. The author challenges readers to prove him wrong, emphasizing the urgency of his message by invoking fears of a 'new world order' and referencing the Persian Gulf war.

The text criticizes the motivations behind the U.S. involvement in the Middle East, questioning its official narratives and suggesting ulterior motives rooted in establishing a new world order. It posits that Saddam Hussein and other international events were tools for a broader agenda. The text alleges that this plan, rooted in ancient secret societies and supported by global powers like the CIA, aims to consolidate global governance. It also touches on the roles of Israel, the UN, and the European community, suggesting that many geopolitical events are orchestrated for this grand purpose.

The text suggests that global events, including conflicts, are orchestrated by powerful elites for the New World Order's benefit. It claims the public is being manipulated into passivity, likening the distractions to the Roman Circus. Modern entertainment, such as high-paying sports, is seen as a means to distract the masses from critical issues. The writer warns against the media's unreliability, stating that it's controlled by a few major corporations. He urges individuals to be skeptical, seek truth, and not fall prey to manipulations.

The text discusses the implications and fallouts of certain financial policies, suggesting that mainstream media propagates ideas that ultimately harm the average citizen. Drawing from historical anecdotes, such as Benjamin Franklin's parable, it underscores the perils of short-sighted decisions and the costs of bailing out major banks. The narrative implies that the public is being manipulated into supporting policies that impoverish them while simultaneously enriching and protecting big bankers and financial institutions.

#1966Mystery #1984 #AIDS #AirForce #AncientMysteries #Armageddon #Atlantis #Awakening #Balance #BankingSystem #BeholdAPaleHorse #BenFranklin #BiblicalTeachings #BillCooper #Bodinbaden #BookOfRevelations #BrazilRainforest #CIA #Capitalism #Communism #Congress #Conspiracy #Constitution #CouncilAndForeignRelations #CoverUp #DanRather #Deception #DemocracyDangers #DiskCraft #DystopianFuture #EconomicManipulation #Education #EisenhowerBriefingDocument #ElectionReform #Elites #Empowerment #EuropeanCommunity #Extraterrestrial #Eyewitness #FederalGovernment #FederalReserve #FindTheTruth #Freedom #Freemasons #GeorgeBush #GeorgeOrwell #Gorbachev #GovernmentInfiltration #GreenMovement #HiddenAgendas #Illuminati #ImplantDevices #IndividualAwakening #IndividualResponsibility #Israel #KennedyAssassination #KennedyIncident #Knowledge #KnightsTemplar #Lemuria #Lucifer #MajesticPlan #MainstreamMedia #Manipulation #MasonicSymbols #MediaControl #MediaManipulation #MiddleEast #Military #NavalIntelligence #Navy #NewWorldOrder #NoUtopia #OneTerm #OneWorldGovernment #Orwellian #ParticipateInGovernance #PersonalFreedoms #PersianGulfWar #PoliticalTerms #PopulationControl #PowerOfVote #ProjectAquarius #ProjectPlato #ProjectRedLight #Propaganda #Prophecies #PublicAirwaves #PublicExposure #PublicLibraries #PublicManipulation #ReligiousStories #RobertGroat #RomanCircus #SaddamHussein #SecretAgreements #SecretSocieties #SeekTruth #Skepticism #Socialism #SpacePrograms #SportsDistraction #SubmarineSighting #TermLimitations #TopSecret #Truth #TruthSeekers #UFO #UFOTruth #UFOs #USConstitution #UnitedNations #UniversalBalance #WakeUp #WarOnDrugs #WashingtonDC #WorldGovernment #WorldView #ZapruderFilm #aliens #conspiracy #deception #diskCraft #education #empowerment #freemasons #governmentInfiltration #individualResponsibility #kennedyAssassination #military #navalIntelligence #ocean #oneWorldGovernment #publicManipulation #secretSocieties #universe

William Cooper - One World Government - 1990

Did a lot of research on aliens, and aliens, they come from demons. I'll put some links in here where you can see that research, but I wanted to see some people that arace totally deceived, or at least one individual, but it's he's deceived with a reason. That's the scary part, because it's the deception goes to a media outlet that basically presents it to the entire nation, in some cases the world. This is it. Over time and time again on these things, as you're trying to get the word out that you're a pretty aware person as far as that, but you just, like, go, well, I'm trying to get the word out.

Maybe I'll get screwed, maybe I won't, but I'm just going to go for it anyway. Your attitude is, well, it's been my attitude. Now my attitude is, I just don't want that to happen anymore. I'm very reluctant to believe what anybody tells me anymore. But have you developed an intuitive sense?

Perhaps now you know how that can do. It can start shutting you down from certain experiences or certain places where you might need to be. That's true, and to a certain extent, I have an intuitive sense of where somebody's coming from, but it doesn't always doesn't always work. That's what makes a con man a good con man, is that you get the perception that they're telling you the truth. Okay, so someone who's really good at it couldn't snow you or me anyway.

I don't know about you. Hold on 1 second. Grandma?

Yeah? You want to wipe your face or anything? Okay. You all right? Robert?

Robert, you're set? Yes, I am. Scott, you're set? Yes, Bill. You're ready?

Yes, Bill. Well, thanks for agreeing to the interview. First of all, a little bit about your background. You had extensive military service for many years prior to 1970, where a certain aspect of that military service kicked upstairs. So you were able to see certain things that you were not able to see beforehand.

Would you tell us a little bit about that? It actually started much longer in my past than that. I was reared in a military family. My father is an Air Force colonel. He's retired now.

He was a command pilot. And as a child, I remember the pilots at our house sitting around the kitchen table talking about their exploits in the cockpit and what they had seen in the skies. And some of that talk involved UFOs and what some of them called Foo fighters.

And I traveled all over the world, lived on military bases for most of my life. I was really an indoctrinated individual, you might say. I was as establishment as you could get, as gung ho, pro government, pro America, pro military. And that's why I went into the military, because that had been so much of my life. I went into the Air Force.

I was in the Strategic Air Command for four years as an aircraft and missile neutral technician, which is I worked on the pneumatic and hydraulic systems of B 52 bombers, KC 135 aircraft, and Minute Man missiles. I had a secret security clearance. That's where I saw my first atomic bomb. I mean, we worked around on these planes, especially the ones on the alert pad were always loaded, ready to go drop these bombs at a moment's notice. But while I was in the Air Force, I met Sergeants men who were older than me and had been in the Air Force for quite a while.

Told me that they had participated in projects that had recovered, crashed extraterrestrial craft, what you call UFOs. And they never told these stories unless they had quite a bit to drink. So I never really believed it. I thought, well, these guys are running a scam on me. Even though I'd heard about these things when I was a kid, I just still didn't believe in them.

That's just so far out in left field. It's not something that you really give any serious thought to until something personal happens, which came later. While I left the Air Force, I went into the Navy, which is really where I wanted to be in the first place. I'd always had this tremendous feeling and connection with the ocean. I was an excellent swimmer, but I had a problem as a child.

I had chronic motion sickness. I got in a car and we went on a long trip. I got deathly ill and same with boats or anything. I couldn't ride on the things at the carnival that went around and round because it just made me tremendously ill. But I decided after I had gone through the Air Force experience that sick or not, I was going to go in the Navy because that's really what I had wanted to do.

So I did volunteered for submarine duty and was assigned to the USS Tyro SS 416, which was a diesel electric boat, world War II type that had been reconfigured when I went on board the boat. It was in the dry dock at Pearl Harbor Naval Shipyard and had literally been cut in half. They put in a twelve foot sonar section and then three domes on the deck for triangulating targets using sonar. And this was really one of the most up to date electronically submarines that we had. Wasn't a nuclear submarine, but as far as the ability to approach, get close to a target and destroy it, it had a better capacity to do that than any other boat that we had.

While we were on a transit from the Portland Seattle area. On the surface, I actually saw I was the port lookout, and I saw the most incredible thing that I think I've ever seen in my life. And it had such a profound effect upon my view of the universe and the world that we live in that I wish everybody could experience. This I saw come up out of the ocean, from beneath the surface of the sea, a huge disk shaped craft about the size of a midway class aircraft carrier, which is tremendous in size, even though that's one of our smallest carriers. There was then it's still a huge, tremendously big object came up out of the ocean and rose into the air and tumbled on its axis and went up into the clouds.

And I was awestruck dumbstruck, and I mean dumb struck literally. I could not utter a sound. My first impulse was to tell the office of the deck that I'd seen a flying saucer. And then, luckily for me, I couldn't talk, because on second thought, that's not what I really wanted to say, because I didn't want to be the only Looney Tunes character on a submarine with a tight knit crew that you had to live close quarters with, because that's a hell of a way to live. So I told the officer deck that I'd seen something about 15 degrees off the port bow at a relative distance of about two and a half nautical miles, and he began to look in that area, and the starboard lookout had heard me tell him this, and he began to look over there.

And while we were all three watching either the same craft or another one exactly like it came down out of the clouds, tumbled again on it's. Why it did this maneuver, I don't know. But every single time it did, it like it came down in this attitude, and then it flipped over and then entered the water, and the water just appeared to open up in front of it. It's just like the count in the Bible about the parting of the Red Sea. That's exactly what happened.

The sea actually parted, and this thing went into the water, and it closed up behind it, and this big spray went up into the air. But it wasn't a spray from the craft hitting the water. It was a spray from the water coming back in to fill up this hole that had been created. And again, I think this is incredible. What are we looking at here?

And it was metal. It was a machine. And it wasn't glowing or anything like that, didn't have any lights on it that we could see, but it was obviously metal, and it was obviously a machine. And although I can't tell you that there was anyone inside of it, I believe that there was. And it did something that, as far as I knew, was absolutely impossible.

I'd been in the Air Force. I'd worked on the state of the art of our aviation capabilities. And here I was on the deck of a submarine in the conning tower, and I knew what we had to be able to have to go underwater. And I knew that the two were incompatible. Here's something that came from under the water and flew in the air and performed maneuvers and then came back down and interfaced with the water at tremendous speed and remained intact, which, realistically, it never touched the water.

The water sort of magically opened up in front of it. But something had to interface with that water. Anything that we had that interfaced with the water in that manner would have been disintegrated. It's like hitting a brick wall. So I was looking at a technology that, as far as our laws of physics and what we knew at that time, didn't exist.

This was in 1966 and Instant Ball was as shocked as I was. He called the Captain to the bridge. He came up with the Chief Quartermaster, who brought a camera. And we all stood there and watched this occur over and over again for about ten minutes. And I still to this day don't know if it was the same craft or a whole bunch of different craft going in and out of the water, but it seemed like that there was a hell of a lot of traffic on that freeway right there and we were watching it as we went by.

We never changed course. We never lowered or increased our speed. We made no attempt to communicate or signal. We made no attempt to get closer. And eventually it just stopped.

We were told not to discuss it with anyone, not even amongst ourselves, which was incredible. I never had been told anything like that in my life. You can't talk about something and to be told that we couldn't even talk about it amongst ourselves was even more extraordinary, I thought. But we didn't we didn't talk about it. When we got to Pearl Harbor, all the time the Chief Quartermaster was taking pictures of it.

So I know photographs were made. What happened to those photographs, I have no idea. But when we reached Pearl Harbor we were not allowed to go ashore to go on liberty even though we didn't have the duty. And about 2 hours after we birthed at the submarine base a commander from the Office of Naval Intelligence came on board and debriefed each one of us individually in the Captain's stateroom. And the ultimate outcome of the debriefing was that we didn't see anything, we didn't hear anything.

And we had to read rules and regulations that told us that if we ever talked about what it was that we didn't see that we could be imprisoned, we could be fined $10,000, we could lose all paying allowances due ever to become due. And I learned at that moment that the United States Navy didn't want anybody to know about what we saw and that severe consequences could come down around the neck of anybody who did. And that was when I understood fully that, yeah, there's a real cover up. These things do exist, number one. And at least the United States Navy doesn't want anybody to know about it.

And there's stiff penalties for anybody who bucks that moving forward a few years from, what, 1966, believe you gained a special security clearance that revealed to you certain documents or were revealed to you or that you saw relating to this, very cover up to this and many other things. I was eventually trained by Naval Security and Intelligence and I was given a secondary NEC, which is Naval Enlisted Code, which was 9545, which is internal Security specialist. And an internal security specialist is someone who protects classified information and protects areas, so to speak. And I had a specialty which I was trained in, which was Pacific area intelligence briefings. And I was eventually assigned to the Commander in Chief of the United States Pacific Fleet who was Admiral Bernard Clary at that time and served as a member of his intelligence briefing team.

And basically all that means we really had a wonderful job. You come in about 04:00 in the morning and you go through all the message traffic and all everything. And what you do is what we did was we prepared an updated briefing on everything that was happening in his half of the world, which he commanded the naval forces and marine forces, as a matter of fact. And put all this together in a briefing where we would update him on ongoing operations brief him about operations that were scheduled to begin political situations, deployment of Soviet forces, naval forces, everything. And after the briefing was finished, between eight and 10:00 in the morning, then we were done.

We were finished. So it was what you call Fat Cat duty or G dunk duty in the Navy. It's got all different kinds of names. It's just really a wonderful job. Now, to be able to function in this job I had to have a security clearance which gave me access to the information that I had to need to know to help prepare these briefings.

And when I first was assigned to the command I was attached to the OpStat office under Lieutenant Commander Mercado, which was operational Status reporting. And while I waited for my security clearance and it took six months to get it, what I eventually ended up with was a top secret queue clearance with an Sci attachment, which means Sensitive Compartmentalized Information and there were no blocks. In other words, there was nothing combining me to only certain compartmentalized information. I had access to whatever the Admiral and his staff had access to because we had to prepare briefings and brief these people on all of these things. And I'm sure that at first I was tested and wasn't shown a whole lot but eventually when they began to have confidence in me, I began to see things coming across my desks that were just absolutely incredible.

And a lot of it is really hard to talk about because it's so far outside the normal concept of reality for the average American that they're going to find a hard time believing any of it, but I saw documents that were labeled under the classification Top Secret. And the compartmentalized compartment that that was put into was called Magic, M-A-J-I-C which told me that UFOs are real, which I already knew. I'd seen one, but this went farther than that. It told me that they were extraterrestrial in origin, that there were four different extraterrestrial species or races visiting this Earth, and that they had actually entered into an agreement with the United States government with one of these species of alien beings to exchange technology. And told me all the projects that was underneath this project.

Red Light was actually the testing of extraterrestrial craft.

Project Plato was a diplomatic project. Pounce was the recovery of technology. Pluto was the application of that technology to our own secret space program, not the public space program. There are two different space programs. One is what the public gets to see, which is overseen by NASA, and the other one is a secret space program that nobody gets to see, which is really overseen by the Navy Department under under specialized compartmentalized black projects.

And what these people are doing in secret is just absolutely incredible. I also saw documents under an operation called Operation Majority, which outlined the plans to bring together a one world government and also included extraterrestrial information within that, Project Grudge, which was the second project, first was signed, and then Project Grudge, which contained all of the extraterrestrial information up to a certain point. I forget the year cut off. And then it was contained after that in another project called Project Aquarius, which was the accumulation of the whole history of alien interaction on planet Earth. But I have to say at this point that I don't know if those documents were really telling the truth or not.

They could have been showing me these things so that eventually I would go out and talk about this, and maybe that'll become clear to you later why they may have done that. It could be real. But at this point, from a personal standpoint, what was it that, based on your experience in 66, and they said, do not absolutely do not reveal this to anybody. And here we are a few years later, and you're seeing documents that prove that you saw what you saw was real. What was the one factor or a number of factors that led you to the decision to say, I've got to get this out.

I've got to tell people about this? I saw contingency plans called Majestic, and these contingency plans were to well, first place, a contingency is a plan that can be implemented if certain things occur. And the certain things that would have tripped this contingency plan are, number one, the public sector is getting too close to the truth, so they have to implement this to get them steered off the track. Or number two, we don't want to tell the public the truth about the alien presence, but there's so much alien activity occurring that the public is on the verge of finding out anyway. Let's tell them this story so that it doesn't cause consequences that we don't want.

And that plan was called Majestic. I was in a bookstore one time. I'd never seen UFO magazine, didn't even know it exists. In fact, I didn't even know that there was a UFO culture in the world of people who study UFOs or worship UFOs or have little UFO meetings. I had no idea that that was occurring.

I was in a bookstore one time, and I was looking at the magazine rack. I'm an avid reader, and I'm always in bookstores. And this one day, I saw a magazine just popped right out at me, that's UFO. And I picked it up, and I looked inside, and here is Majestic, all right there. And even the people who had been named to implement the plan were the ones who were actually implementing it.

William Moore, Stanton Friedman. I'd never heard of Jamie Chanderay, but he was named. And they had brought out a supposed genuine document called the Eisenhower Briefing Document, which in reality is a fraudulent document. It's a fake. And it was created to implement the plan Majestic, to either indoctrinate the public on what the government wants the public to perceive as happening or to steer researchers away from the truth, or both.

So this wasn't revealing the plan of Majestic, but it was actually implementing the plan, implementing the plan against the public. It was a psychological operation against the public. This is what you saw. So immediately I began my head began to spin around, and I began to thank God. I've got to tell people that they're being manipulated.

This is a lie. And really, if the public were using their own intellect, they would know that it was a lie. The executive order quoted for the for the this document was in 92,000 something. I believe it was 9247, which is 92,447. And it was supposedly written by Truman.

But Truman never wrote an executive order higher than 9000. I mean, even today, there's no executive order with the with the number 92,000 on it. They've been consecutive since the beginning. So it's clearly fraudulent. So it's clearly fraudulent, but the public doesn't catch on to this.

And here you got Stanton Friedman, one of the guys who implemented the contingency plan majestic running around the country telling everybody it's not an executive order, it's a date. September 24, 1947. Which it very well could be a date, but it's listed in that document as being an executive order of the President of the United States. Harry Truman. And because of that, it's fake and many other things.

But specifically, that is the most glaring proof of fraudulent intent in the document. There are many other things in the document that also prove it's a forgery, but here they are they're running this contingency plan. And here I am, I know all about it, and here's the public out there biting. They even ran that thing in the New York Times like a two or three page spread showing all the documents. So it had tremendous credibility lent to it by that action.

So I decided that I had to tell the public and get people on the right track, which is the right track is, don't believe anybody. Don't believe me. Don't believe George Bush. Don't believe anyone. You got to go out and you got to get proof in your hand before you can believe anything.

And to do otherwise today is the biggest mistake that anyone can ever make. You begin believing people, putting your trust in them, that they're telling you the truth. I guarantee you, you're going to take a ride on a roller coaster you don't want to be on. Now, this controversy, and I say the very understatement controversy yes. It also is now extending based on some things that you're revealing into the Kennedy assassination.

Yes. In the set of documents, which really was literally two or three file cabinets of documents called Operation Majority, I saw documents which told me what happened in Dallas and why. And basically what these documents said was that the intelligence community felt that John F. Kennedy was a threat to the national security, which translated into reality means was a threat to the New World Order, the One World Government which they were actively in the process of forming. Was there anything on record that indicated that he was out to well, things that he did would threaten that New World Order?

Oh, absolutely. He had written an executive order. I don't remember the exact number now, but it's available to anybody that wants to go look it up. He had written an executive Order ordering the printing of United States notes which would have broken the back of the Federal Reserve, which is one of the major instruments of propelling the United States into the New World Order by destroying our economy. The basis upon which we live, the basis upon which our whole society is founded, is being ripped right out from under us.

That was one. Number. Two, he refused to provide air support for the invasion of Bay of Pigs, which ensured that that would be a failure. He had threatened publicly on several occasions to disband the CIA and scatter it to the thousand winds. He had ordered, in the documents that I saw, he had ordered the intelligence community prepare a plan to disclose the truth about UFOs to the public.

Now, I don't know what that truth was. Could be that maybe there are no extraterrestrials, but whatever the truth was, he had ordered a plan to be prepared that that disclosure was going to be done according to that plan within the following year. And the intelligence community consider that to be out of the question. And according to the documents that I saw his assassination was ordered by the Policy Committee of the Bilderberg Group, which is really the secret world government and was carried out by agents of Division Five of the FBI, the Secret Service, the Central Intelligence Agency and the Office of Naval Intelligence, of which I was a part in Dallas. And it said that the assassin, the man who actually administered the head wound, was the driver of the car.

William Greer, a Secret Service agent who used an assassination pistol built by the CIA for assassinations that was really an air gun that fired an exploding pellet or could fire a small hypodermic needle or a poison dart using any one of many different deadly poisons. Specifically, it said that he fired an exploding pellet which contained shellfish toxin, and that the act was plainly visible in a film withheld from the public. I looked for 16 years to find that film, and I finally found a copy that showed William Rear turn around and shoot the President. And since 1988, I've been showing that film wherever I'm able to show it to wake people up. It is not our government, though, you have to understand that is doing these things.

It is not our government that's failing us. It's not the Constitution or the Bill of Rights. That's a bad instrument. It is a group of men who belong to secret societies who have infiltrated our society and our government at all levels and are destroying it and subverting it from within. And every member of Naval Intelligence that I knew who was an officer was a 32nd or a 33rd degree Freemason.

And I asked my commanding officer at one point, I said, why are all you guys masons? He said, Masons are used to keeping secrets. It's part of their fraternity. So if you want someone who already knows how to keep a secret, you recruit Freemasons. Well, later on, I found out what the truth is.

The truth is you're not going to be a Naval Intelligence officer unless you are a Freemason or a member of the ancient Order of the Rosen Cross. But you have to be high degrees for that. I think the reason I was selected as a list of some men is because I belonged to the DMLA Society, which is why I was a teenager. That's sort of the first level of Freemasonry. That's how they recruit teenagers and indoctrinate them into their principles so that they go right into Freemasonry when they become an adult.

So basically, that's the story. Okay, well, based on the information that you're revealing, which seemed to be equally, or if not more of a threat than what Kennedy was originally planning on doing, is actually revealing the underlying cause of all of this. Why is it that you are here today or how is it that you are here today and you're not conveniently taken away and put in a padded cell somewhere? So that you can't speak of these things? Well, I really don't know the true answer to that question, because you would have to ask them to find out why they haven't done anything.

But I can tell you this. I began to reveal information in 1976, and I was physically attacked on two occasions. My skull was caved in. That's what all these scars are here. On the second attack, I lost my leg.

They visited me in the hospital. They had no intention of killing me. They were delivering a message to me, shut up. And that was the message that came through loud and clear. And two men who identified themselves with identification cards who belonged to the Defense Investigative Service, which is really the Defense Intelligence Agency, asked me if I was going to shut up or they were going to have to do it right.

And I told him, I said, you don't have to worry about me. I'm going to be a good little boy for the rest of my life, and yeah, I'm going to shut my mouth. And I did for 16 years, kept silent, until I saw this UFO magazine in a bookstore which indicated that they had implemented the contingency plan called Majestic. But if you want to know what I think the reason is, I believe that there are several. One, they've had a plan that's been enforced since the debunk, ridicule, destroy anybody who ever talks about these subjects, and the public has been thoroughly indoctrinated that if you talk about any of these things that I'm talking about, you're just another nut.

So the public, by and large, doesn't pay any attention to it. So in that sense, I'm not a threat. If the president had come on television and said, hey, this is what's going on, then they would have listened, and they pay attention to it. But people like me, they perceive me as being just another loony bin, fruitcake nut, which I assure you I'm not. But that's the perception that they've been brainwashed into believing, and so that's what they believe.

Number two, I am so much in front of the public from the very beginning when I began to talk, and that's how I protected myself, or at least that's what I thought would protect me. And so far, it's proven to be right was that if I got literally in front of the public overnight, in front of a large public, that they wouldn't do anything to me because it would substantiate what it was that I'm saying. And they certainly don't want to do that, but also create a martyr, and martyrs create tremendously dangerous political movements that they don't want that either. So literally, within a 24 hours period, I spent $27,000 mailing a thick packet of information all over the world to people I'd never heard of, didn't know. We went down and got some mailing lists.

They just mailed this stuff all over the world. And so. Literally when people opened these packages in their mailbox and it was a perfect plan because they couldn't stop it. They didn't know I was going to do it in the first place. And since we sent it all over the world, once it was out, there's no way they could retrieve it, at least no way that I can conceive of.

So literally, within 24 hours, I was a public presence. And people were asking all over the world, who's Bill Cooper? Is this true? Look what I got in the mail and just literally flipped the world over on its ear. And I've been in front of the public ever since.

So I think basically those are the reasons they don't believe that the public's really going to listen to me. So far, that's been true. There is a small group of people all over the world who are awakening, who are beginning to understand that they've been living their life in fantasy land and who are actively seeking the truth. But by and large, when the secret power structure says, as I've put in the first chapter of my book, right out of one of their own technical manuals, that a nation or world of people who do not use their intelligence are no better than animals who do not have intelligence and thus are stakes on the table by choice and consent. They're absolutely right about the majority of people is one of the things that has been an illumination to me is that they're not always wrong.

And many of their goals are the right goals, but the method that they're using to reach that goal is the wrong method. In other words, if you set out to create a perfect world where there will never be any more killing, but to reach that point, you kill 2 billion people, you have become what you're trying to avoid, and it can't happen that way. If you want to create a world of peace, it has to be done by peaceful methods. Yeah, if you if you murder someone to destroy a murderer, you have become what it was you set out to destroy. And thus it wasn't destroyed at all.

It was perpetuated by that very action. And that's what these men are doing. They rationalize everything they do so that they feel better about it. But what they are doing is becoming what it is that they want to get rid of. And the world will never be a safe place for anyone as long as there are men who do these things.

Very eloquently said. Thank you. Now, your message to people, once again, is don't believe anything. How is it that the public can find this and search for this truth on their own if they can't believe anything or anyone? It's all in the public sector.

It's all available to anyone who actively and diligently seeks it out. Everything that's in my book, Behold a Pale horse, is all. Everything in here, all the documents that are in here, everything that's in this book is in the public domain can be substantiated. Yes. And I intentionally wrote this book not using anything that wasn't available to the public to show people that, yes, if I can find this information, so can you.

I have tons of stuff that's not available to the public, but as you can see by reading this book, you don't need that stuff, because what you need is available to you. Public libraries are overflowing with the proof of what's really going on in the world, but nobody really utilizes it to the extent that they're able to pick this out and put it together. Another thing I've done for people is I put it together for them so that they can see the overall picture rather than looking at small things and thinking that it's isolated. Nothing is isolated. It's all part of a big puzzle, and the puzzle is coming together.

And when the puzzle is assembled, it's going to be a one world, totalitarian socialist government that nobody's going to like except the people that are running it. It's Hitler all over again. And the rationalization is, we're going to create the world without war. The utopia. The utopia.

But they will never create that utopia, because they're not dealing with the problem that makes them want to create it. And that is the inherent flaw in each individual human being that makes us do the things that we do. Until that's overcome, there's never going to be a world without war or without rape or without killing or without robbery. And anybody that thinks that there is has already gone off the deep end. So the method is here.

I'm going to hold a gun to your head so you won't rape, you won't kill. That's right. Very, yes. Okay, I understand the title of your book, Behold a Pale Horse. What significance does that have?

What are you saying with this title? This title is from the Book of Revelations. Because I have to tell you this, and you may think I'm nuts if you want to, but this is the truth. Either these men are following the Book of Revelation, the Book of Revelation as it is in the Bible, they're either following it just like a plan and bringing the prophecies in there to pass, to manipulate and control those who believe in those prophecies and neutralize them, so to speak. In other words, if this is written in the Bible and God has ordained it, who am I to resist?

It must come to pass, so I'm not going to try to stop it. What a perfect way to neutralize the opposition right off the bat. Or there really is a God, and what he said was going to come to pass is coming to pass. And I named this behold, a pale horse from chapter 13 of the Book of Revelations. The fourth horse.

The fourth horseman of the apocalypse is the pale horse. And I looked and behold a pale horse, and his name that sat upon him was death, and hell followed with him, and power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth to kill with sword and with hunger and with the beasts of the earth. And that is taking place now, today. The fourth horseman is riding across the world. Now.

That's what AIDS is all about. That's what all these little brushfire wars all over the world are all about. That's what's happening. That's why cancer cures are suppressed, is because they fully intend to kill a minimum of 2 billion people by the year 2000. AIDS is an invention of man.

It is not a natural disease, and it has been implemented and placed into the population as a population control. And when they did it, they had the cure before they did it. And when they deemed that enough people have died or been killed, they will say, we have a cure for AIDS. And everybody will be called to report to someplace to get an inoculation, which is going to do two things. One, it's going to stop AIDS in its tracks.

And number two, it's going to implant a device which will be able to be used to track each individual person and maybe even to control those people. And that's what the pet implant program is all about. It's not about finding lost pets. They don't give a damn about pets. And they would never put a satellite in orbit to find a lost pet.

But yet there's a satellite up there that they're using to find pets that have been implanted with these devices. They're testing this program on pets that's going to be used in human beings. And in the Los Angeles times 1989, they ran an article. It was ten. Forecasts for the coming decade was the title of the article.

I have a copy of it in my research center. And number five, I believe it was number five in those ten forecasts for the coming decade was chemical or electronic implants to control individual behavior on a 24 hours basis. Unquote. So it's not hidden at all. It's there for anybody who wants to look, but nobody's looking.

Nobody's looking. They believe, and I believe that they're right, that the biggest danger to mankind right now is man himself. Population. A study in 1957 told them that by 1990, the world population would double in 33 years. You imagine that the world population of human beings doubled in 33 years, and they knew that it's an exponential doubling.

Throughout history, every time it's doubled, the interval has gotten shorter. So that was 33 years. The next doubling will take place in approximately 28 years. The next one after that, approximately 24 years. Can you imagine if the world population doubles again in 28 years from 1990?

In other words, in the year 2018, the world population doubles, and we're having problems with food supplies and timber and clean water and clean air now, and then after that, it doubles again in another 24 years. That's why they created AIDS, because they didn't want to have to go around the world and say, you, you, and you up against the wall. You've got to die today, and shoot them. They did it in a manner to where they could target what they consider to be undesirable populations. And I want it very clear that I don't agree with them on this.

They specifically targeted blacks, Hispanics, and homosexuals for complete eradication. And AIDS is really going through those populations, and it's really doing a number. Blacks, Hispanics, and homosexuals. That theory has made news. I've heard that before, and this has been debated very clear by the public saying, oh, that's ridiculous, but you're saying that that may indeed be the case.

It's not ridiculous. I actually saw this in documents. Project name was Project Naomi. MK. Naomi was the name of it.

It was a CIA project. The AIDS AIDS, whatever causes AIDS, whatever that turns out to be, according to those documents, was developed at Fort Dietrich, Maryland, under a CIA project called MK Naomi. It was financed by $10 million for the Department of the Army's biological warfare programs. It was carried out, supervised by the CIA, carried out by scientists who work for the Special Operations Division of the Department of Defense.

And it's going it's doing its job. And would you assume if AIDS doesn't work, there's a contingency plan for that even? Well, I think that they have other things out there working concurrently. One thing I've learned about these men is they don't just do one thing in case the public discovers what they're doing or discovers that somebody's in, whether they know who's really doing it or not and stops it. What they have running is several concurrently running plans so that if one or two fail, the other ones are going to take care of the problem.

It sounds pretty hopeless. I mean, based on that scenario, is there anything, any uprising or what? Yeah, there is, but it requires that people wake up, requires that they really learn the truth instead of live their life in fantasy land, you see, because nothing can exist without the consent of the people. Unless they buy it, it's not going to happen. And all of these plans that lead to the public's ultimate acceptance of what they're going to do, in fact, they're designed to make the public ask for it.

For instance, the burning of the rainforest in Brazil. I know people who are just up in arms, stop this. We got to stop the burning of the rainforest, which is exactly what the burning of the rainforest is designed to do, because Brazil is a sovereign nation, right? How can you tell a sovereign nation to stop burning its own forest? You can't.

What they're asking for is control over a sovereign nation by a world governing body who can then send troops, a police force, to make Brazil stop burning the rainforest. And that's why they started the burning of the rainforest in the first place.

You see, they went down there and they built a road across the Amazon jungle that went nowhere. There was no reason for this road to be built. There was no place to go. It doesn't go from here to a city on the other side. It just goes across the jungle and ends.

And they built this road on purpose because they knew that most of the people in Brazil are so dirt poor that they would see this road as the answer to their prayers. Free land, free timber, a way to support their family, a way to become wealthy or at least more wealthy than they were, which was no wealthy. And that's exactly what happened. Millions of people headed out down this road and staked out some land and burned the forest and tried to grow crops. And they found that rainforest is no good for growing crops.

It'll grow one crop and then you got to go burn more trees and plant another crop because the soil is poor.

And that's what's happening. And that's why the forest is being burned. And it was done intentionally to create the scream of stop burning the rainforest. So that then they could offer the solution. The solution is a world governing body that can then order and enforce that order of Brazil to stop.

So the Green Movement worldwide is a manipulation. Now it's been proposed time and again too, that big business is behind things like this and that would represent a capitalist approach. But what you're saying is we're heading toward a socialist approach based on the scenario. You have to understand the difference between capitalism, socialism, communism, what all of these things really mean. You have to understand that what the difference is between right wing and left wing people.

They use these phrases all the time and they don't even know what these things mean. And it's just incredible to me to hear a socialist calling someone else a Nazi because Nazi means National Socialism. So here's a socialist calling a right wing guy a Nazi. What he should be calling the right wing guy is anarchist. People on the right want no control.

They're really anarchists. So they would in theory then, or in fact be in opposition to this ultimate movement, whereas in appearance they would be the ones behind it. Well, when you have a misunderstanding what the terms mean, yes, okay, right wing on the far right is total anarchy. They don't want anybody controlling anything that they do. And they believe that people are responsible enough that the world can exist without government.

Okay, are the very minimal government that it would take to on the far left. On the other hand, they believe that the government should be in total control and should be supply man with all of his needs. Well, creating a whole society that's dependent, right? A republic is somewhere in the middle. It's governance by laws.

Laws are decided by representatives who are elected by the people. And according to the theory, the representatives will do what is right whether they get elected or not. Because it's not really a democracy. A democracy is far left.

People don't understand. We don't live in a democracy. This country is not a democracy, it is a republic. A democracy is ruled by the mob. The mob always votes themselves every kind of benefit that they can vote themselves.

And whenever you do that it means large, tremendously overpowering government in control. They vote themselves into dependency. That's it. They vote themselves into a dictatorship is what they do, where they lose all of the benefits that they intended to vote themselves into in the first place, okay? And democracies are extremely dangerous to minorities because if the majority of people don't like you, they're going to vote that they kill you and that's it.

Democracies are dangerous. Democracies are socialists, democracies are communism. That's what communism is. The definition of communism is everybody doing according to their talents and receiving according to their need and it doesn't work. We already know it doesn't work.

Men, by his inherent nature, is greedy. So those at the top always end up having everything and those at the bottom end up having nothing. In communism, socialism is different. Socialism usually ends up in a dictatorship in a very controlling, dictatorial government, which even owns the people that it governs, so that those who live in fear of not having are provided for what they need and in turn they worship this oppressive government. Socialists are children who went out into the world, took a look around and said I can't handle it, and went home to Daddy, okay?

Daddy, protect me. Daddy, feed me. Daddy loaned me your car. Daddy tucked me in at night. Socialists are scared little children who are irresponsible can't stand on their own 2ft and need daddy to take care of them.

Okay, now we got the what happens when you go home to daddy and daddy does all these things for you? Tell me. Well, you never leave the home, you've not got no reason to. In other words, if you're being provided for in that way, you're being provided for. But what does it mean?

Doesn't it mean that you have to do what Daddy tells you to do? True. Doesn't mean you have to be in when Daddy tells you to be in doesn't mean that you can't drive the car to the next town if daddy tells you you can't. Doesn't it mean that if Daddy tells you to take out the trash, you better take out the trash? Are you beginning to understand the concept when you ask for favors from daddy you have to give up freedom in return, right?

So socialism always leads to repression of liberty, freedom, equality. All of those things fly out the window so that you can have free health care, so that you can have a place to live, but you don't have to pay the rent so that you can have food given to you by the state.

And that's where we're headed, right in this country right now, we're almost totally socialist and now people are screaming for a national health care policy, right? Health care insurance.

Now, the other aspect, once again, I'd like to go into is the anarchy or the right wing, which we just into that similar anarchists believe that they can be responsible, that they won't hurt other people. That your freedom. Never ends until it begins to infringe upon someone else's freedom and that no one should have any control over that. That there should be no speed limits on the highways. The problem is that, again, just like on the socialist side, you have people over here that are human and human condition means that ultimately somebody's not going to be responsible, that they're going to drive too fast when they've had too much to drink and they're going to kill innocent people.

The answer is a balance. The law of the universe says this. It's the law of physics, really, and everybody can understand it. For every action there is an equal but opposite reaction. There can be no good unless there is evil.

There can be no man without a woman.

Do you understand the concept based on that the theory of a utopia here on Earth is corrupt right away? Absolutely. It goes against the laws of physics. It goes against the law of the universe that there must be two opposing forces all the time in every instance because that's what makes the universe work. That's what makes everything work.

What we need to do is stop trying to go way over here and establish some utopia of freedoms or way over here to establish some repression of freedom so that we make sure that we got something on the table to eat and strike a balance between the two that works and stop withholding information. What makes it difficult for anyone to succeed or live or for us to really come together and have peace in this world are all of these people who think that they are the guardians of the secrets of the ages and have only them have truly mature minds. So only them are worthy of knowing the secrets and the real science and the real metaphysics and all of these things. So they repress it and they keep it secret. So the rest of us live out our lives and we don't know the truth of what life is really all about.

Therefore we're always stumbling over each other and getting in each other's way and doing the things that we profess, that we don't want to do simply because we don't have access to the truth if we had access to the truth. Now, I got to tell you this. Back when these men first began establishing these societies, these mystery schools, and suppressing information, the common man was uneducated, did not have an intellect capable of understanding these secrets. They were really beasts of burden for the most part, and then they lived their whole life in toil, right? But things are not that way now.

Most people have a good education, they have a good mind. They're capable of understanding if they're taught and if they're taught correctly. And I think it's time to teach people what the truth is and quit hiding it so that we can come together as one humanity and make a balance and live together in a balance. Evil is never going to disappear. Neither is good.

But we can maintain a balance and life can be good. Instead of swinging back in this tremendous battle between these two opposing radical extreme ends of the scale, that's got to stop. I've never understood why somebody would join together in this band of people and call himself a Democrat and not vote for anybody else if they're not a Democrat. That concept is beyond my understanding. And Republicans and libertarians and populists and communists and socialists and this and that, blacks and whites and Indians and there are so many sects and groups and segments and we're so fragmented that getting together is going to really be difficult.

But we've got to do it because if we don't wake up and do it ourselves, these men who meet in secret and plot the manipulations are going to do it whether we want it or not. And they're going to do it at the point of a gun and they're going to take away everybody's freedom because they don't consider us responsible, capable of having that freedom, are capable or even of using our intellect. So they'll put us in shackles and control us and force us to be peaceful. That's what the plan is and that's what the New World Order is all about.

Well, we've run from UFOs right to this. And at first a person might watch this and say, wow, this is really strange. But where we've come down to based on that beginning is quite in the realm of common sense. Well, it's not strange at all. It's what they've been trained all their life that if they hear these buzzwords, they're listening to some looney idiot talk and it has no substance to it.

Once they get into it though, and begin to understand that everything is interconnected, it's leading us toward one end, a one world, totalitarian socialist government, and begin to see it coming to pass all around them in their life and understand that nothing happens by accident, it's been planned for many years. Then they begin to understand that UFOs play a big role in this because if they're real, it's the most significant thing that's ever happened in the history of man and may be the driving force behind locking up the human race. Because how could a UFO land in a place like Macon, Georgia, and somebody who doesn't look like us get out, walk down the street? I'm not trying to insult the citizens of the state of Georgia. What if they landed in Newark, New Jersey, and got out and walked down the street in a society that kills people because they sit in the wrong seat on a bus?

I assume now that they'll know about us. Of course they will. They probably already know about you. If you've been exposing the truth on your sheriff, would you assume that our phone lines would be bugged at this point? I don't know.

I doubt it. They don't really consider you to be a threat unless you develop a large political following. Okay? So unless you have a large political following, you're not considered to be a threat to them because they figure that people are too stupid to listen to you anyway. And generally they're right.

So we're in the process of educating people, then the best thing, education, is 60 or 70% of the battle. Yeah. Because people automatically begin to do the right things once they learn what the truth is.

Hold hold on. On. Okay, I got it. Ready? Go ahead.

Let's go back into the Kennedy situation here. Now. The Warner commission was highly publicized. All the things that went on there. I was shown a videotape just yesterday.

Was it Zapruder film? It is the Zapruder. Okay. And it clearly showed to me that a number of things, one in which that the film was obviously tampered with. Absolutely.

But not tampered with to the point where I couldn't tell that the driver of the limousine was pulling a gun, or what appeared to look like a gun around his shoulder and shooting President Kennedy in the head. That caused his head to snap back. Did the Warren Commission see this? It seems so. The Warren Commission never looked at the Zapruder film ever.

So they never saw it. Now, I don't know who testified during the Warren Commission about the Zapruder film, if anybody did, but I do know that later, at the investigations of the House Select Committee on Assassinations, that a man was specifically hired as an expert witness to view the Zepruder film and tell the committee what it showed. And that man's name is Robert Grodin. He wrote High Treason, which is a bestseller out now in the Kennedy assassination. And he was one of the many so called technical experts for the filming making of Oliver Stone's film called JFK.

He's also a fake, a fraud, a traitor, a liar. He was hired by the House Select Committee on Assassinations based upon his resume, which says very simply that he is the world's foremost number one photo analyst, which is a lie. He never went to school in photography. He never was a photographer. He never was a photo analyst.

And I got to tell you right now that the world's number one foremost photo analysts all come out of the military intelligence community who are trained to interpret high altitude photography and learn what really is there. He never served in that capacity either. He looked at the Zipruder film and he told Congress, he told the committee in testimony, he testified both in written and in verbal form, that William Greer never took his hands off the steering wheel. And that's a blatant lie. I mean, anybody can look at the zipruder film and see that William Greer takes his hands off the steering wheel.

And even if you couldn't see it, if they cut out the frames, you can still see that William Greer, if this were the seat of the car, is turned all the way around with his right side against the rear cushion of the front seat. Looking directly at President Kennedy in this attitude. And it is a physical impossibility to have both hands on the wheel in that attitude. So we know that Robert Grodin, number one, was not who he said he was, had no expertise to be doing the job that he was hired to do. Number two, even if he had no expertise, it was plainly visible in the film that William Greer could not possibly have had both hands on the wheel.

So we know that Robert Groat didn't make a mistake. We know that he intentionally lied to deceive Congress and thus the American people. And what's real strange about it is he's been very active in the research community, supposedly exposing the assassination of President Kennedy. But if you look what he does, he is constantly coming up with new theories, supposed new evidence, most of which is fake. And in his book, Now High Treason, he makes a statement that Kennedy was probably hit from the front and the rear at the same time.

His job is to keep the American people confused and propagate the lie that our government is no good, that it's our government who assassinated John F. Kennedy. And I'm here to tell you, it wasn't our government. It was the secret societies known as the Illuminati, the Knights Templar, the Freemasons who assassinated John F. Kennedy.

And the proof is right there for anybody who wants to see it. William Greer was a freemason. Number one, he was the Secret Service agent who shot Kennedy. Number two, in Dealy Plaza, there's an oblisque, a monument commemorating the location of the first Masonic Temple in the state of Texas. Dealy Plaza is on the 33rd parallel, which is one of the sacred numbers in Freemasonry.

He was assassinated in a manner that ensured the greatest flow of blood, which is called blood atonement, which was practiced by Freemasonry in the early days and supposedly is not practiced now, but in reality is the method of choice of execution, trial and execution by Freemasons. The bilderberg. Group that orders his execution is the Supreme World Council of Freemasonry and consists of 39 permanent members, which is three times 13, which is also the exact number of men who signed the Constitution. 39. You see, our forefathers were also members of this secret group.

And this country was founded to bring about the New World Order. And it's all in the Great Seal of the United States, which was in that the design of the Great Seal was made law in 1782.

It's just absolutely incredible that the American people don't understand that groups of men don't get together and meet in secret and take blood oaths which say that they can be cut open and their heart ripped out of their body and their intestines scattered over the floor if they talk about the secrets. That's not a benevolent fraternity, that's a dangerous group of men. Strong men don't play games like that. They're serious.

It's the secret societies who are bringing about the New World Order. They're the ones who killed John F. Kennedy. There's nothing wrong with our Constitution or our Bill of Rights, but Americans are going to be convinced that our government sucks, and that's what all this stuff is all about. So at the beginning, the founders of this country actually did create what was, I guess you could say, an above board, good government basis basis for they gave us every tool to ensure the success.

But it was an experiment, you see, because man had always claimed that he could rule himself, but had never been allowed to do that. Even in ancient Rome, they call it a democracy. And the man didn't rule himself. He was ruled by other people who made man think he was ruling himself. But the truth was, a Roman centurion could march down the street and grab anybody they wanted to and make you do whatever they wanted to or just execute you on the spot.

And that was the truth of the matter. Those weren't free people. In the history of the world, there had never been people who were truly free or who truly ruled themselves until the United States of America was created as a republic by which we ruled ourselves through elected representatives whom we sent to the State House, either in the States or to Congress to do it. They also gave us every tool by which we would destroy ourselves if we weren't capable of doing it. The United States and France, the revolution in this country and the revolution in France were created to bring about governments which would function as the antithesis to the kings and queens of the world and cause them to topple off their thrones.

It also gave man a chance to prove once and for all whether he could rule himself or not. And if he could, fine. That would be the New World Order. If he couldn't, they built the tools into the Constitution to allow them to take it away from us. And those tools are the creation of the federal democracy within the boundaries of Washington DC.

And the right to contract through which if we were irresponsible, we would contract to receive rights from that federal democracy and thus in return, give up our freedom. And that's exactly what's happening. It's exactly what we've done. John F. Kennedy was short circuiting.

The New World Order. He had ordered the printing of constitutional money united States Notes which would have destroyed the Federal Reserve, which is not an agency of the United States government. It's a private corporation owned and operated by the world bankers, controlled by the Illuminati. And its purpose was to destroy the middle class in this country and thus our economy and throw us at the mercy of the New World Order. And we see this unfolding.

Now you see it unfolding now. You are seeing, and I predicted this well in advance you are seeing the destruction of the economy of the United States and it will continue. It will not get better downhill from here on out unless we nationalize the Federal Reserve, lock up the criminals who own it, cancel the debt, which will then bankrupt the Illuminati, which is exactly what we ought to do. Print constitutional money which cannot be usurped, which cannot lead to our destruction and go back to what we're supposed to do and quit contracting for benefits. We're escaping from the laws of nature and there's a terrible consequence for that terrible consequence we have to function within the laws of nature.

You can't contract for somebody else to keep you alive. You have to be responsible within your life to keep yourself alive. And if you can't do it, then you have to die. That's the law of nature. You see, Kennedy also did a lot of other things.

I mean, he was a believer in the Bible. These men who are bringing about the New World Order don't believe in the God of the Bible. They believe in the God of light, lucifer, the angel of light who was flung down to the earth and became the Lord of the world. That's their god. That's why everything they do goes against what people know to be the right thing to do.

They believe that man was held prisoner by a vindictive, cruel God named Jehovah in the Garden of Eden. And that Lucifer, through his agent Satan set man free from the bonds of ignorance to which he was chained to the Garden of Eden and thus brought the gift of intellect wisdom to man. And thus is the true benevolent God. And man with his intellect and his wisdom and his knowledge will create technology which will elevate man to the position of God. And all this is allegorical.

Don't take the story literally, you see, because it's all allegorical. They believe that intellect, reason is the light, is the true God, is what makes man God.

And I'm not going to debate the right or wrongness of that, because who the hell knows? But I can tell you that they pervert whatever it is that might be divine about their philosophy by becoming what they profess to destroy. Destroy? Yes. And so in their zeal to bring about the new World Order, they destroyed the political will of the nation when they assassinated John F.

Kennedy, which has furthered their goals because it made a lot of people feel so helpless that, god, if they can kill the President, who am I? What can I do? I'm just one lonely, helpless person. So they quit voting. They abdicated their power, and of course, through agents like Robert Grodin and many others, Oliver Stone, they're being convinced that our government sucks, that our government is the problem, that the Constitution doesn't work, that the Bill of Rights aren't real.

We're playing right into their hands. In other words, we're playing right into their hands because there's nothing wrong with the Constitution or the Bill of Rights are our government. You see, it's been infiltrated and from within. They are eating at the heart of this nation like a cancer, this secret society. They are destroying it.

They are subverting it. Our Constitution has not been allowed to work since 1945 and maybe even earlier. And they have been working behind the scenes to bring about a one world totalitarian socialist government with the Communist Manifesto as its platform through the United Nations, which was created by this nation from an older organization called the League of nations, which was the original foundation and at the highest levels of our government. The Constitution has already been scrapped and they are working under the aegis of the UN participation act and the United Nations Charter. Which says what?

Which says that there are no rights. There are only what you call privileges. And privileges can be granted or taken away at will by the state. Quite frightening scenario. It's a very frightening scenario.

And people better wake up to the fact that unless they wake up and do something about it now, there's only going to be one alternative. And that's either take up arms, restore the Constitution, and the blood will run in the streets of America, or reach down and put the shackles around your own feet and march off into slavery peacefully.

It's not going to be easy. The coming years. Wow. Now, historically, this may or may not relate, but at least modern contemporary world history does not include the stories of Atlantis and Lemuria that go predate. How does that history and why was that suppressed or why is it still being suppressed?

How might that affect what we are understanding is going on today? Or is it related? Well, I'm not sure if a place called Atlantis or Lemuria ever existed or didn't exist. I don't really know. But I do know that the story that is told about the civilizations that live there are something that we should listen to because this whole scene may have played itself out before on this earth.

And if you understand the theory which I believe has been accepted as fact now of continental drift there may have been an Atlantis and a Lumeria which had tremendously developed technologies and societies. And the same scenario that we're playing out now in this great stage called the world may have played itself out over and over again in the past. For millennium, in my investigation of the mystery schools, the secret societies that are bringing all this about that really control everything behind the scenes, I found that this is all about religion. And it's all about a recurring theme that is penetrated and is at the heart of every religion in the world. And that is a creator or a creator who has a son that is sacrificed and then is resurrected and saves the world or saves humanity seems to be an archetype that is within us.

And so that you don't go flipping out watching this tape I'm a Christian. I believe in the teachings of Jesus Christ, even though it may turn out that he may have never lived the scene, it doesn't matter when you read his words. And you can go back through history and find these are the same words that were spoken by every savior that there ever was, are the most beautiful, most profound, most affecting words that have ever been spoken on the face of this Earth. And when I get down and almost get to a point of hopelessness I just go read the Sermon on the Mount and I come back up again because in the end it's not going to matter whether Jesus ever lived or didn't live. The story is real and it's within all of us and it brings us to something within ourselves that is good.

But these men don't look at that. They believe that the end justifies the means, that these stories are just stories and that the real meaning behind it all is that man can transcend his animal state through the realization of intellect and the overcoming of all of his emotions and feelings and morals, guilt, all of these things. And I just can't go along with that because I believe it's our emotions that tell us when we're doing wrong. We feel it within ourself. And a person without that capacity to feel when they're doing wrong becomes a sociopath which is someone without a conscience who really believes that the end justifies the means and therefore has no pangs of conscience nor no reluctance to murder someone who gets in their way and it's extremely dangerous.

Now, do these people recognize the continuity of life? In other words, you have told me earlier that they're after physical immortality. They believe that through their technology man will become God with power of reason. Through technology, man will himself become God. They will engineer just like Hitler wanted to do the super race who will live forever.

And the concept is the same. And the men behind it are the same as Hitler was when they killed John F. Kennedy. It shows you what kind of men they are because they would not stop to kill anyone who gets in their way and they've never stopped at it. Their goal literally to bring about the New World Order will be to kill approximately 2 billion people before the year 2000.

AIDS is one method of doing this. There'll be many more as they solidify their control. Everyone will be given a choice. They'll be presented with a new world religion. They'll be told to renounce Christ, renounce Buddha, renounce Muhammad, join the New World Order, join the new world religion.

If they refuse, they'll be executed. Very simple. And it won't bother them a bit. In fact, according to their beliefs, they believe they'll be helping these people. And in reality they will, because those people will transcend this physical state while they're prisons here living forever.

I feel sorry for them because those of us who will eventually die will transcend the pain and the suffering that goes along with this world.

And they're so egotistical that they preserve whatever they do so that the diligent can find out what kind of men these men really are. For instance, the A. Kennedy assassination. I've been showing a film for five years that shows exactly who did it. I show you exactly where Oswald is on the film.

He wasn't even on the 6th floor. He was standing in the doorway of the Book Depository building watching the motorcade go by.

And it's incredible. At the same time, you said they would have everybody renounce religion. Have they as well been using it as a tool for their means? If you're a Christian, you'll be required to renounce Christ and join the new world religion. Remember I told you before, no matter what your religion is or what you think they are, following the scenario in the Book of Revelations to a T, right down to the last little bit, if you want to know.

What's going to happen in the future if we don't wake up? And through the power of those see, not one drop of blood ever has to be spilled. And no one has to ever put any chains on their legs or their arms, ever. If people just wake up and exercise what was given to us in our constitution, the power of the vote, while we still have that power. So you say there is still a possibility for like one individual watching this tape to actually make a difference?

You better believe it. How would that be so? Well, number one, learn what the truth really is. Get away from the fantasy that you've been living. Educate other people, those you know, your family.

Once that begins to happen, it spreads. And then if the people decide that they don't want what they have in store for us, planned just through the power of the vote. They can make this country and the world whatever they want it to be, whatever they want it to be. And there are no limits on that except to understand that you can never make everything all right and you can never make everything all bad. Both must exist, and we must maintain a balance, and we must become responsible.

If each individual on this earth learned to walk in a divine state of grace responsible for themselves, their family, their city, their state, their country and for the world into the laws of nature into the laws of nature and actively participate in solving the problems of yourself, your family, your city, your state, your country and the world. There could never be a group of men meeting behind closed doors in secret that could ever control anybody. But by abdicating responsibility, by not walking in that divine state of grace, makes possible anyone meeting behind closed doors to bring about the world that they want. And the world that they want may not be the world that you want or that I want or that these people watching might want.

If you don't participate, you can't complain. If you don't help cook the meal, you got no right to bitch about. You got to sit down and eat what's put on your plate. If you don't like that, then you should have been in the kitchen helping to prepare the meal, helping to plan it, helping to prepare it, helping to serve it. If you want to sit on your butt in the living room while somebody else prepares the meal for you and decides what it's going to be and puts it on the table, it's too late to say that's not what you wanted to eat.

It's too late to say it's not cooked the way you wanted it to cook. Well, that's very simple to understand. That's right. You got to eat it because you have to eat to live.

And I think that anybody can understand the meaning behind that little story. Okay, let's take a step back to the Kennedy thing. Now, this is all about the Kennedy. Well, yeah, it is just specifically about once again, I want to bring up the film as well. Another thing that came to my mind when I viewed it is that the two secret servicemen, the driver and the person sitting next to them in the front, regardless of what they claim happened, obviously did not operate in a way that you were trained as a secret serviceman to protect the president.

Shouldn't they have just driven that car right out of there, and the other guy should have done something to protect or look for who's shooting? It just didn't seem to make any sense. How would the Warren commission not they didn't see the film, so I guess they didn't see the film by design, because if they saw the film, they'd have to be responsible for the decision that they made that Lee Harvey Oswald was a lone assassin. Okay? So I think they didn't see the film on purpose because they didn't want to have to be responsible for saying the driver did it.

They didn't want to make that decision. And in a letter that Lyndon Johnson wrote to the Warren Commission, he specifically said in the letter, you must quickly identify Lee Harvey Oswald as acting alone with no conspiracy so that American can get back to business. Was Lyndon Johnson acting on behalf of this secret society or was he concerned? Of course, he had to know all about it and approve of it because he was going to be the new President and the new President would be in charge of the investigation.

How high up a government official do you have to be before you're briefed of the total, of all the things that are going on, the reality behind them? Well, you have to understand that nobody exists on a high level in government who's opposed to the New World Order. Nobody.

Our government has literally been infiltrated and there is a cancer within our government destroying and eating it, nibbling away at it, hacking off its limbs. And you said this started in 1940? 519, 45 was when the overt destruction began to occur. When Truman signed the UN. Participation act and the United Nations Treaty actually began long before that, when these secret societies began to infiltrate the government and appoint their members to important posts.

Infiltration is easy. If one gets in, he can then appoint and hire others to replace people who are not members below him. So now we've had over 50, almost 50 years of this going on. At least I believe that it started back probably 1913, 1917, when the Federal Reserve Act was passed, when the Council on Foreign Relations became a reality in this country.

By diligent research and study, you can see when it happened, where it happened, who did it and how it was done. It's imperative. When they say there's no conspiracy, we talk about a conspiracy. It started out as a conspiracy. But when they say, today there's no conspiracy, that's not a lie, it's the truth.

They are doing it right out in the open, right under our noses. And we're too stupid to know it, to see it.

So it's not a conspiracy now, today at all. It's right out in the open. They even published their plans. I mean, here Carter appointed Zabig new Brzezinski as the National Security Adviser, who just wrote a book before he was appointed declaring himself a Marxist. You read that book.

This man believes in Marxism. This man is a socialist. Not only a socialist, he's an international socialist. He's a globalist. His goal stated in his book, to destroy the sovereignty of nations and bring about a one world Marxist government.

Now, the the Carter administration was one extreme and then we came into the Reagan administration, yet nothing changed. Nothing changed. What you're saying is that no matter what the political leanings, they seem to be playing the same game. As long as you're playing their game, it doesn't matter who you vote for, who you put in office. They all belong to the other side.

They're in the pockets of the illuminati. When you quit electing professional politicians, when you quit electing the guy who looks nice on television because he speaks good and he looks like the guy you wanted to marry or something like that, you're playing right into their hands. They made it so impossible for another Abraham Lincoln to get elected to the office of President that it's a wonder that we even have a chance at all. We need to send people to Congress and to government who are going to clean House, kick all the members of secret societies out of the bureaucracy, lock them up, try them for treason. They are traitors.

So one thing that may help is term limitations. We must have term limitations, and it must be only one term. Forget all this nonsense that anybody goes to Washington don't know what's happening. They don't know what's happening simply because they haven't taken the time as citizens to understand how our government works before they ever go to Washington. You see, it should be a process that starts in infancy.

It works its way up. And everybody should be taking part in the government. Now, if someone came in to office with this kind of knowledge and with this kind of intent to really push these people out, would they not be eliminated immediately? Not if they had the people behind them. Because what the people would do in one fell swoop, in one election would elect people who've never served in government before, kick the incumbents out.

Send citizens to Washington. And here's the way it has to be done. You know, right now, you don't even pay your congressman. You know who pays your congressman? The federal democracy of the District of Columbia.

The federal government pays your congressman, who's supposed to be representing your state and you. The federal government is a foreign country to your state. Why should he represent you? Not only that, but he goes he moves to Washington, DC. He maintains a residence here, but he doesn't live here.

And as long as you reelect him, he continues to live in Washington, DC. Forever if you keep reelecting him. So they lose all touch with what's back here. They're paid by a foreign government, the federal government. They're not paid by the sovereign state of Georgia or by you.

They have to be paid by you. And they have to live here. They can't move to Washington, DC. They go to Washington, DC. For one term, okay?

One term only. When that term is up, they have to come back. And you don't pay them exorbitant funds. You pay them just enough to live on comfortably while they're there. No fancy giant cocktail parties, none of this crap.

And you take care of their family. See, they don't take their family either. That's the other clue. They leave their family here where they live. You, the people of Georgia, take care of their family and their business or their farm or whatever it is they have while they're gone.

Now, do you think they have a vested interest in representing you? They sure would under those conditions. But under the conditions they go under now, they have no interest whatsoever in taking care of you. Now, let's look at the current they're taking care of themselves. The current crop of presidential candidates.

Is there anybody even running that represents something that we're talking about here? No. All of them are New World people. SONGUS in his book, even everything that he's written touts the New World Order. All of it.

Right. For songus's literature. You're going to see New world order. New world order. New world order.

New world order. Clinton, the governor of Georgia, was selected in 1991 by the Governor of arkansas was selected in 1991 by the Bilderberg Group in Bond, Bond, Germany to be the new President of the United States. Remember what happened to Gary Hart? What did he do? He went out on a boat with a woman who wasn't his wife and he was destroyed.

Look at Clinton. What's happened to him? Nothing. The press is on his side to helping the guy. You know why?

Because he was chosen by the people who own the press to be the next president in the United States. I don't know if he will be or not. That's up to the American people. But if they get their way, he will be. Bush bush is one of the most heinous criminals that's ever walked on the face of the earth.

Bush is the man who's been a CIA agent since his college days. He's a member of the Skull and Bones. The Russell Trust. He was initiated in in a casket with a ribbon tied around his genitalia, which symbolizes that he's a priest in the temple of ISIS. A pagan.

This guy. This man is a member of the mystery schools. Well, he has the outward appearance of a good Christian, church going Christian, though they do whatever they have to to be approved by the people, but in secret they're not at all. This is a man who practices pagan religious rituals, magic. Doesn't matter what you think of all these things.

I'm just telling you, this is what he does in secret.

He is the man who, when he was chief executive Officer, when he was president of the offshore division of Zapata Oil, organized and began the first large scale drug smuggling operations into this country. George Bush is the one responsible for the drugs on the streets. And the war against drugs is not a war against drugs. It's a war against the Bill of Rights. We've already lost the Fourth Amendment in this war.

That's true. And we're going to lose everything else. You watch on it amazes me. People watch on Saturday night. Cops, top cops, tough cops, 911, all of these stories that are glorifying the police state, and they're falling right into the manipulation as they watch police with no search warrant, with no court order, break down people's doors, tear out their walls, rip open their mattresses, all in the name of the War on Drugs.

Pretty sneaky. It's pretty sneaky, all right. You see them stop people in the streets, and the guy's got $400 in his pocket. They don't print, press any charges. They didn't even have any reasonable suspicion to stop the person and search them.

And what do they do? They take their money and they don't give it back. And America is watching this. And the stupid idiots. Yes, you stupid idiots.

You sit there and watch it, not realizing that when you take away that man's freedom, you've also taken away your own. You see, because they can do the same thing to you just because you talk away that they don't like you talking. Or because you wear red shoes and they don't like red shoes, they can do the same thing to you. And under the new law, without a court order, without a search warrant, they can break down your door, they can rip open your mattresses, your couches, your walls. They can trash your house, all in the name of the War on Drugs.

And let's say they don't like the color of your shoes. All they have to do is drop a little pouch of cocaine in your living room behind your couch and find it and say, AHA, you're a drug dealer. What happens then? Now, they can confiscate your house, all your possessions, all your property, all your bank accounts, all your cars, boats, vacation cottages, whatever you have, and they can auction it off within 24 hours without ever even pressing charges against you, without a court order, without due process, without just compensation. And there's not a damn thing that you can do about it.

Not a damn thing. At least right now. At least right now. And the reason you can't do a damn thing about it is because you're the one who brought it about through your stupidity. You're mentally crippled.

You're operating from a position of ignorance, apathy, abdication, irresponsibility. We're losing our country, our freedoms, everything. These are strong accusations of the American public. What do you hope to accomplish by angering the very audience that you want to watch and listen to? You go prove me wrong.

Go make me the idiot. In so doing, you're going to find out what the truth is, and maybe you'll wake your up. And if you do, maybe we can save our country. Because I don't really care at this point whether you get mad at me or not. My country's disappearing.

My freedoms are disappearing. My daughter's going to live as a slave in the new world order if you people don't wake up and help me. So if I had a two by four, literally, I would smack you upside the head with it. I don't care if you get mad at me. It's beyond that state.

You know, I'm willing to put my life on the line. Why would I care if you get mad at me?

People say, well, don't you feel threatened? Don't you feel like your life is in danger? Are you kidding? You're the people who sent your sons and daughters to fight an illegal, immoral, unjustified war in the Middle East, and that didn't bother you a bit that they might have got killed over there, and you're worried that I might get hurt or killed right here? Really defending my country, really fighting in the defense of the Constitution, right?

You brought up the Persian Gulf war. That's something that's still on a lot of people's minds based on what you're saying should be the reason for that war. They should feel really guilty. They should feel really bad about that. I mean, what about a Saddam Hussein that everyone seems to agree is the evil man here?

That we had the right to go in and punish, destroy or whatever? Well, it's funny that the man who purported to want to destroy Saddam Hussein was the man who really built Saddam Hussein when he was in the Central Intelligence Agency. We have been building up Saddam Hussein's arsenal. His technology comes from us in the Soviet Union. We built him up to create that war.

We did it for a purpose. And the purpose was, look at this. If George Bush knew what he was doing, how come he didn't know what he was doing? Here's what he said we've got to send troops to the Middle East because we can't afford to pay $26 a barrel for oil. That's on tape.

Next he comes out and he says, no, it's not about the price of oil. It's because Saddam Hussein is not going to stop at Kuwait. He's going to go into Saudi Arabia. And those are our friends, our buddies. So we got to go defend Saudi Arabia.

And then James Baker says in a press conference, no, it's not about Saudi Arabia. It's not about $26 a barrel for oil. It's about jobs. Folks, we're going to get you a job, and to do it, we're willing to kill your sons and daughters. Yes, sir.

We'll send them off to get killed so that you can have a job. Prosperity. That's what it's all about. Well, what was the actual scenario if we hadn't gone in? Well, see, that's not the end of it yet.

Then George Bush comes out and says, whoa, the White House is flooded for telegrams. They don't want their sons and daughters to get killed for a job. It's not about jobs. It's about naked aggression. Yes, sir.

There's a little Hitler over there called Saddam Hussein. We're going to go destroy him because the world doesn't need another Hitler. Never mind Pinache in Chile. Who's? Another Hitler.

Never mind all the other Hitlers in the world. Never mind Tiana Min Square. Well, then people would say, well, the American government's not interested in that because money is not the oil here. We're talking about money. So you're saying it's not even that?

No. They've been planning this war for years. In fact, Arco Press wrote a book about it. The name of the book is Rapid Deployment Forces. It was published in 1985.

It names Kuwait as the country. It talks about Operation Bright Star, where they've been practicing the war every year since the early 80s, sending troops over there, practicing the war, liberating Kuwait. It's even named in the book. The whole thing was spelled out years ago. What it was all about was to establish the new world order, you see, because for the first time in the history of the world established the legal international precedent that the United Nations could pass a resolution and send its police force to enforce that resolution and that the member nations would have to pay for that action.

And George Bush said it very clearly, but nobody was listening when he said, no longer will any nation stand against a world united. And with that action, he established the legal foundation in international law that the United Nations is now legally and overtly the one world government and that the United States military forces and the other forces that were sent by other countries were established as the one world police force under the United Nations. Have you seen the new Air Force uniforms yet? Nowhere on them does it say United States or us. They are United Nations uniforms.

Go look at them. What role in the Middle East, again does Israel play in this? Israel was created as the instrument to bring about the battle of Armageddon and the fulfillment of prophecy. A war that will be so terrible, where nuclear weapons will be used so that the American citizens and the other people in the world will get down on their knees and beg for no more war. And what is the answer to that?

They're going to be told, the only way we can guarantee no more war is if we destroy the sovereignty of nations and we come together as one humanity in a one world government. Right now, I'm telling you, unless the American people wake up and stop it, starting in about 1996, the battle of Armageddon will become a reality. Not because two nations got mad at each other and decided to fight. And that's why Saddam Hussein was not destroyed. He will be the instrument that will bring that to pass.

Right? Yeah. They personally did not go in and do that. Saddam Hussein will be portrayed as the antichrist babylon is in Iraq. Read the book of revelations.

Whether you believe in the book or not, read it because the men who are bringing this about are using it as their script. Well, the UN did indeed charter Israel as a sovereign nation. They were the ones who created this state. That is correct. It was really created by Great Britain and the United States, with the United States being the major, major instigate.

Okay. And the Jewish people were then being manipulated into believing it was for some other reason. That's correct. They've always been manipulated. And I get people who still come to me all the time and say, bill, you're all wrong.

It's the Jews. The Jews are subverting the world, man. It's not the Jews, it's not the Catholics, it's not the blacks. It's these men who belong to the ancient mystery schools who meet in secret and decide the fate of the world. And they belong to all different races and all different nationalities and all different religions to the public point of view.

But in secret, it's a different story. How about the European community here? Seems, based on your theory, another group of sovereign nations coming together to form one government. European community, the EEC, was created by the central intelligence agency working through a lodge in Italy called the P. Two lodge propaganda.

Two is the name of it, which is the intelligence arm of the Vatican, and prince Barnard, who is the leader of the secret world council that controls these secret societies around the world called the Bilderberg group. And that's the truth of the matter.

During its creation, they just threw out Margaret Thatcher. She was really opposing this. Yes, she was, and that's why she got ousted. Okay? So did the shah of Iran.

So did Marcos. Anyone who opposes it gets ousted. That wasn't an overthrow of Marcos by the people in the Philippines. It was organized, instigated, and carried out by agents of the central intelligence agency and the KGB. The overthrow of the Shah of Iran?

Our intelligence community is trying to tell us they didn't know anything about it. They didn't know what was happening. Bullshit. They organized it. They instigated it.

They are the ones who caused it to come to pass, you see, because we didn't have a national security agency or a central intelligence agency before the UN. Participation act was signed, and these organizations were created to bring about the one world government, the new world order, and it had to be done in a manner that the people would not know that it was being done. And the only way they could do that was hide it behind the veil of national security. And the cold war was a manipulation maintained to bleed the people of tax dollars, to fund the creation of the police force of the new world order, which is the army, navy, and air force and marines of the United States and the Soviet union. And the people didn't rise up in the Soviet Union and overthrow Communism.

It came from the top down because it had to be done. There has to be a bringing to the same level of all the peoples of the world to approximately the same political viewpoint. So there's not big disparity in order to be able to justify the merger of all these countries together. Well, who now is ruling the forces of the former Soviet Union? You have yeltsin in now?

Gorbachev supposedly went down, but we're not sure about that. Well, let me tell you this. From the beginning, there was never any war between the United States and the Soviet Union. It was created by those at the top to fund the New World Order and the New World Order's police force at the highest level of all countries. They all belong to the same club.

And we the people sit back and we watch this grand drama which is being played out for our benefit, not theirs. It wasn't for us, they wouldn't even have to do any of this. But you see, they just can't come out and destroy all of us because they need slaves. They need people to make their shoes and make their cars and mine the ore. They need worker bees.

And that's what we are in the New World Order. We will be the worker bees, the slaves. So the Orwellian view of the vision of the future wasn't too far off based on this scenario. George Orwell was just like me. He was a low level member of British intelligence who was appointed to a position high enough where he saw the same documents that I saw, and he tried to warn the world, just like I'm trying to warn the world, only he wasn't willing to take the risk that I'm willing to take.

So he wrote it in a book called 1984 and spelled out exactly what's coming as a warning to the people of the world as a work of fiction. But you notice that that work of fiction really stirred people up because they knew that it wasn't fiction. In their heart of hearts. Everyone who's read that book knows that it's coming. It's a possibility.

Most people won't recognize it overtly or publicly, because then if they recognize it, they have to be responsible to do something about it. And that's what every one of you have been resisting all your life, is being responsible to do something about it, to get involved. That's why you'll walk away from a girl being raped on the street by a gang of thugs rather than go and try to help her. And I'm not talking to all of you. I know there's some of you out there just like me, but most of you are just exactly what I've just described.

Most people are no better than animals who do not have intelligence because they don't use their intelligence. And to these men, who control things behind the scenes. You are stakes on the table by choice and consent and will always be ruled and manipulated and enslaved by people who do use their brains. As long as we're debunking some myths, because it's putting pieces of this puzzle together, I think for a lot of people that may be watching the hostage situation in Iran that got Carter out of office, is this another orchestration? And if so, how does it fit into the October Surprise is no myth.

There was a deal made. There was a deal made at the highest levels to keep the hostages until after Reagan was elected. Do you really believe that it was an accident? That it was a coincidence that 30 minutes after Ronald Reagan was sworn in, took his oath of office, the hostages were released? Did they want Carter?

Are you really that naive? I can't believe it. Did they want Carter out? Yes. They wanted Carter out.

They wanted Carter out. He wouldn't play by the rules. I don't know why they wanted him out, but they wanted him out. Carter was ineffective. Do not have the support of all the American people.

They need people who can manipulate the American people so that they have their support. My message is to you is don't support anybody unless they're doing what we know to be right. Don't believe them. Don't fall for the manipulation. Double check everything they say.

And that means you can't rely on the media as it is today either. Oh, of course not. All the media in this country, radio, television and print is all owned by five corporations. All of these corporations that own the media are owned and controlled and members of the Council and Foreign Relations sit on their board of directors. Can you name those five corporations?

Is that not off the top of my head? Okay, I could try, but I don't want to take a chance on being inaccurate. But you can trace that yourself. Okay? Remember, if you go down and you trace the ownership of a station or a newspaper and you get to a corporation, remember that somebody owns that corporation and it's usually another corporation.

But when you trace the interlocking of all these things, when you get to the top, there's five.

And all journalists know that there's some things you don't write about and you don't talk about because you'll lose your job. And that's where the control is. And that's why they pay anchorman like Dan Rather $2 million a year, because he doesn't question them. He knows that if he goes against them, he's going to lose $2 million a year. Do you think a man that looks pretty and sits in front of a TV camera for the 06:00 News is worth $2 million a year?

No way. I don't care how long he works and I don't care what he does. There is no job worth $2 million a year. That's why they pay athletes these fantastic salaries. I was listening to radio the other day.

They just contracted to pay one, one player on one team $6 million a year. Can you believe this? And why is that? It's the Roman Circus. What does the emperor do when the people become restive?

And when the people are asking questions and when the people don't like the policies of the emperor, he sends them to the circus. He creates a circus. He builds a giant coliseum, and he begins to throw the Christians to the lions. And he has great chariot races and football games and basketball games, all to keep the idiots preoccupied with things that don't mean anything in the scheme of the entire world, so that they don't have the time to learn what the truth is. So they don't ever get smart enough to learn how they're being manipulated.

So they don't ever question the emperor. That's why they pay a player on a football team or a baseball team a million or 2 million or $3 million a year. It is the Roman circus.

I know men who don't know anything in the world except who plays third base for the Mets, and they think that's a great accomplishment. And they meet and pat each other on the back and bond and go have cocktails and talk about what this guy that plays third base for the Mets did in last night's game.

Sad. It's really sad. Is there any room in the kind of society where these manipulations are not taking place for this type of entertainment or any type of entertainment at all? If people understand that a game is a game if people understand that nobody, nobody, no matter what they do, is worth paying two or $3 million a year for, people should be able to get rich if they want. To by the sweat of their individual labor.

By going on doing something for the world, not by taking people's minds away from the Emperor. It's a game. Football is a game. Football is a game. But let me tell you something.

When 150 of the most powerful men and women in the world can meet in secret in Bodinbaden, Germany, and plot the fate of billions, and nobody even cares about it. But six football players go to lunch together, and it's in the headlines across the country. You have a reflection of the society in which that exists. And it is a sick, sick society that it's doomed to self destruction. So based on that scenario, there's some truth into what these these men are looking at?

Absolutely. And that's what makes me so sick, is that I'm trying to wake up of people who, on a daily basis, are proving the ones that I'm warning them about to be. Right. Well, so that even though a minority, there are people out there that you recognize are awake to this. If they don't do something about it, they will lose that ability to be free in that way.

That's correct. Whether they might think, well, I don't need to worry about it because I know what I know and I'm fine. It doesn't work that way. There's a connection here to everything. That is correct.

That is absolutely correct.

A nation of people who are willing to send their sons and daughters that they profess, that they love to a foreign country to die, and they use the excuse to themselves that they're sending them off to defend our country, and they know damn well that's a lie, are doomed. It's funny, there's a parable you said Ben Franklin earlier, was even a part of this. Yes. A parable of Ben Franklin. I don't know if you're familiar with it.

He paid too much for the whistle. He came up when he was a young boy. Are you familiar with that parallel? Go ahead. Where when he was a young boy, he was given an allowance, and it was a decent amount of allowance, and he was going to the store to get a toy.

He was very excited about that. And along the way, he met some boys who had this whistle, and he saw that, and he saw the little boys blowing this whistle, and he thought, wow, the greatest whistle. This is the greatest toy. He really wanted this thing. So without asking, he gave all his money away to these boys for this whistle, and he went home.

Sure enough, he got very bored with it, and he had no more money to buy something that was really worthwhile to him. Sure. And so from that point on, he had a saying that said, don't pay too much for the whistle. And I think somehow that relates here. He's also the one when the Constitutional convention was finished, when they wrote the Constitution and signed it, when it had been signed, he walked out the doors.

Someone outside, I forget who it was, I believe it was a reporter for one of the newspapers in the 13 colonies asked him, said, what have you rocked, Ben? Ben looked at him and he said, a republic if you can keep it.

He knew he did.

That's a good place to end. Yeah, I think so. That's a great ending. Wow. Good job, guys.

Right there. Lights are roasting me, man. I've already had my son ready for that. The major media is great at putting out the propaganda, because this meme out there, this idea put out by the mainstream media that the people have no choice, because after all, you just can't let them fail. The government has to bail them out because it would be much worse to just let them fail.

And this is remarkable, because the major mainstream media have gotten the American public to buy into policies that guarantee their impoverishment. And it's just a testament to the triumph of mainstream media to push out any dissenting voice or any debate or any kind of public service that you would think would be inherently obligatory for a public airwave to adhere to. The public airwaves, which started out as a public utility more or less have been, of course, co opted by the corporate agenda and now serve purely at the behest of the propaganda meisters in Washington and in the banking system who put out these ridiculous, these ludicrous ideas that oh, we just can't let them fail. And anybody who now has seen their monthly income go drop by 90% due to the drop in short term interest rates by the by the banking system. The people who are now starving because their monthly income has been slashed by 80 or 90%, these people have had their monthly income slashed for no reason other than to bail out these bankers.

So when you say that, well, we couldn't let them fail, you have to understand that simultaneously you have to understand that you the individual who's had your monthly income slash is where the money is coming from. You are subsidizing the Merrill Lynch bonuses and the Wall Street bonuses and not only have you had your money stolen but then you turn around and defend the crooks. And it's got to be the very nature of this whole idea of the Stockholm syndrome where the person who's been kidnapped falls in love with their captured. The American people have been kidnapped by the banking system and now they're defending the banking system while the banking system steals their money in the form of driving interest rates low to bail out banks who have kept afloat this enormous slush fund scheme, unnumbered accounts that are simply there to launder money, launder losses and.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

William Cooper – Secret Government MJ-12 Alien Contact CIA and the NSA – 03-17-2023

William Cooper - Secret Government MJ-12 Alien Contact CIA and the NSA - 03-17-2023

William Cooper - Secret Government MJ-12 Alien Contact CIA and the NSA - 03-17-2023

Episode Summary:

The document delves into the secrecy surrounding the alien presence and the U.S. government's covert operations. It mentions President Eisenhower commissioning the Jason Scholars, a secret society of scholars, to research the truth about the alien question. The document also references various National Security Council memos that were issued to cover the actions of these secret groups. The narrative touches upon the statements of notable figures like Alastair Cook, Winston Churchill, and Ronald Reagan, hinting at a looming global catastrophe. The document alleges a secret government that deals with the alien phenomenon, including UFOs and their recoveries. It emphasizes the significance of two particular UFO crashes near Aztec, New Mexico, which reportedly contained human body parts. The secrecy was so tight that even top-tier technologies recovered from these crafts were kept hidden. The document also chronicles the evolution of projects like Project Sign, Project Grudge, and Project Blue Book, which were all aimed at studying or covering up the alien presence. The formation of the CIA and the National Security Council was, in part, to manage the alien secret. The document also narrates the tragic story of Secretary of Defense James Forestall, who opposed the secrecy and was allegedly murdered to keep him silent. The narrative also introduces an alien named Eevee, captured from the 1949 Roswell crash, whose revelations became the foundation of the "Yellow Book." The formation of the National Security Agency (NSA) was to decipher alien communications and establish a dialogue. The document concludes with the mention of the Bilderbergers, a secret society that evolved into a secret world government.

#AlienPresence #UFO #Eisenhower #JasonScholars #NationalSecurityCouncil #SecretGovernment #GlobalCatastrophe #ProjectSign #ProjectGrudge #ProjectBlueBook #CIA #NSA #JamesForestall #RoswellCrash #Eevee #YellowBook #Bilderbergers #SecretWorldGovernment #CovertOperations #AztecNewMexico #AlienCommunications #SecretSocieties #AlienQuestion #GovernmentSecrecy #AlienCoverUp

William Cooper - Secret Government MJ-12 Alien Contact CIA and the NSA - 03-17-2023

Some of the information is based upon research derived from the information that I saw it. For instance, in the documents that I saw it was stated that President Eisenhower had commissioned a group called the Jason Scholars which was stated to have been a secret society of scholars to research the deception, lies, facts, truth and get at the root and the real truth of the alien question. It also stated that there was a group of twelve men formed by NSC memo 54 ten and that the study group was formed by NSC memo 50 411 and that there was another NSC memo issued to cover the actions of these men and explain the reasons why such prominent men were meeting on a regular basis and that NSC memo was 50 412. One and 50 412. 254.

Twelve one was implemented in March of 1955 50 412 two in November of 1955. Anyone who knows how correspondence, Executive Orders and Executive Memos are written knows that you do not write a memo 50 412 in March and then in November tack a second part onto it. The memo was originally really written in 1954. I'm going to go through the whole history. I'm going to have to leave a few things out simply because it's going to be impossible to cover everything in the hour and a half that I have.

Before I begin, I would like to read two quotes to you. The first is attributed to Mr. Alastair Cook who said, quote I'll be astounded if this planet is still going 50 years from now. I don't think we will reach 2000. It would be miraculous unquote.

Winston Churchill said, and I quote we seem to be moving, drifting steadily against our will against the will of every race and every people and every class forge some hideous catastrophe. Everyone wishes to stop it, but they do not know how. What do you think he was referring to? Ronald Reagan stated on October 18, 1983 in a meeting with Thomas Dyne, who is the executive director of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, and I quote Ronald Reagan, you know, I turn back to your ancient prophets in the Old Testament and the signs foretelling armageddon. And I find myself wondering if we're the generation that is going to see that come about.

I don't know if you've noted any of those prophecies lately but believe me, they certainly describe the times we're going through. Ladies and gentlemen, during this talk that I'm going to give you I'm going to explain to you the history of this phenomenon who the secret government really is and I will name them by name. Beginning group, the study group. I will tell you who they are today. I'm going to tell you what this is all about.

I'm going to tell you who's selling drugs to your children. And I am going to tell you why the United States government is afraid for you. To find out what the truth is regarding UFOs I'm going to skip over the early saucer recoveries recoveries but there are many more than what you would expect the early saucers is this any better?

There were many more saucer crashes and downcraft than what you have realized. There were many more alien bodies recovered and there were more live aliens recovered than what you are aware of.

But that's not important. The important thing is that they occurred, not how many and not where. The important thing is that they occurred and those of you who want to argue over how many and where and how many bodies are wasting the time of everyone else because that's not important. What's important is that they occurred and there are two crashes that are so important that the government will go to any lengths to prevent you from finding out and those are two crashes which occurred near the city of Aztec, New Mexico. Why?

Because both of those crash craft contained human body parts and they are deathly afraid of a national panic.

Because of this, there was a very, very tight security blanket screwed down tight over all of the alien question. The downcraft, the fact that they were here, the technology that we were recovering. Some crafts, strangely enough, were not damaged at all. But we could not recognize anything that we had previously known as mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, or any other thing that we knew of, except eventually we discovered that the craft contained a small reactor approximately the size of a large football or a small basketball, which was said to be a clean reactor. And the craft, this particular craft used, or seemed to use water as fuel.

Now, how that all works, I don't know. I am not a nuclear physicist, thank God.

A special group of America's top scientists were organized under the name Project, signed in December of 1947 to study the phenomena. There was no such thing at that time as MJ Twelve.

The whole nasty business was contained within the shroud of secrecy. Project Sign evolved into Project Grudge. In December of 1948, a very low level collection and disinformation project named Blue Book was formed under Grudge. 16 volumes were to come out of Grudge, including the controversial Grudge 13, which I and Bill English saw, read and revealed to the public. Blue teams were put together to recover the crash disks and dead or alive aliens the blue teams were later to involve into alpha teams under Project Pounce and Project Pluto during these early years the United States Air Force and the Central Intelligence Agency exercised complete control over the alien secret.

The Air Force was later to be dropped because it was a young service and had no political power and could not overcome the power of the army and the Navy.

In fact, the CIA was formed by Presidential Executive Order first as the Central Intelligence Group for the express purpose of dealing with the alien presence. Later, the National Security Act was passed establishing it as the Central Intelligence Agency. The National Security Council was established to oversee the intelligence community and especially the alien endeavor. It was not created specifically to form national policy. In fact, you can say that the National Security Council was the forerunner of MJ Twelve and there was another group between MJ Twelve and the National Security Council which is to come later.

A series of National Security Council memos and Executive Orders removed the CIA from the sole task of gathering foreign intelligence and slowly but thoroughly legalized direct action in the form of COVID activities at home and abroad. On December 1947, Truman approved issuance of NSC Four entitled coordination of Foreign Intelligence Information Measures at the urging of Secretaries Marshall Barstall Patterson and the director of the State Department's policy planning staff, kennedy who, by the way, were all members of the Council on Foreign Relations. The Foreign and Military Intelligence Book. One final report of the Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with respect to intelligence activities. United States Senate 94th congress second session, report number 94 Seven 5.

April 26, 1976, page 49 states this directive empowered the Secretary of State to coordinate overseas information activities designed to counter Communism. A top secret annex to NSC Four, which was NSC four Alpha R four A for those of you who are confused by military terms instructed the Director of Central Intelligence to undertake covert psychological activities in pursuit of the aims set forth in NSC Four and secretly was to run a psychological operation against the American public to hide the presence of UFOs and aliens.

The initial authority given the CIA for covert operations under NSC Four A did not establish formal procedures for either coordinating or approving these operations. How many of you understand what I just said to you? Not too many. Let me explain it what this means. The initial authority given the CIA for covert operations under NSC Four Alpha did not establish formal procedures for either coordinating or approving these operations.

That means they had to answer to no one. It means, Go do what you got to do. Don't bring any dirt back here because we don't want to see it. Just get the job done. Don't ask anybody.

Don't report to anybody. That's exactly what it means. It simply directed the DCI, which is the Director of Central Intelligence to undertake covert actions and to ensure through liaison with State and Defense that the resulting operations were consistent with American policy. The only guideline was that it was consistent with American policy.

Later, NSC Ten One and NSC Ten Two were to supersede. NSC Four and NSC Four A and NSC Ten One was to establish the Office of Policy Coordination or the OPC was chartered to carry out an expanded program of COVID activities. It was directly responsible for the alien task projects and it was the direct forerunner of MJ Twelve. NSC ten One and Ten Two validated illegal and extra legal practices and procedures as being agreeable to the national security leadership. The reaction, of course, was very swift in the eyes of the intelligence community.

No holes were barred. Under NSC Ten One, an Executive Coordination Group was established to review, but not approve covert project proposals. Why? Because if you've ever read or known anything about President Truman, he was a mean little guy and he didn't believe in trusting everybody else to do the right thing. And he kept the power solidly in his hands.

He did not give it to anyone.

The ECG was secretly tasked to coordinate the alien projects. NSC Ten One and Two were interpreted to mean that no one at the top wanted to know about anything until it was over and successful. These actions established a buffer between the President and the information. And it's important that you understand this, because it's important later, it was intended that this buffer serve as a means for the President to deny knowledge. If leaks divulge the true state of affairs, that is, to prevent the collapse of the government.

If the President can stand up and say, I didn't know about it, the government can survive. If the President cannot say that, then you have a very, very dangerous situation indeed.

The buffer was used in later years for the purpose of effectively isolating succeeding Presidents from any knowledge of the alien presence other than what the secret government and the intelligence community wanted them to know.

NSC. Ten Two established a study panel which met secretly and was made up of the scientific minds of the day and may very well have included some of those names which are on the fraudulent document known as Majestic Twelve or the Eisenhower briefing document which is, in reality, a contingency plan to lead you right through the rose garden.

The study panel was not called MJ twelve. In fact, the study panel was never called MJ twelve. Another NSC memo. NSC ten five further outlined the duties of the study panel. These NSC memos and secret Executive Orders set the stage for the creation of MJ Twelve only four years later.

Now it gets nasty. Secretary of Defense James Forestall began to object to the secrecy. He was a very idealistic and religious man who believed that the public should be told. When he began to talk to leaders of the opposition party and leaders of the Congress about the alien problem, he was asked, which is a polite way of saying, you're fired to resign by Truman. He expressed his fears to many people and rightfully believed that he was being watched and that his life was threatened.

This was interpreted by those who were ignorant of the facts as paranoia, because most people had no knowledge of what was really going on. Forestall later was said to have suffered a mental breakdown and was admitted. They say, actually he was committed to Bethesda naval Hospital against his will. In fact, it was feared that Farstall would begin to talk again, and he had to be isolated, discredited, and shut up. Sometime in the early morning of May 22, 1949, agents of the CIA tied a sheet around his neck, passing the other end to a fixture in his room, and threw James Forest all out the window.

The sheet tore, and he plummeted to his death, and he became one of the first victims of the COVID up. The live alien that had been taken from the 1949 Roswell crash was called Eevee. Was short for Extraterrestrial Biological Entity, and all aliens are not called Eevee. Eevee had a tendency to lie, and for over a year would give only the desired answers to questions asked. Those questions, which would have resulted in an undesirable answer, went unanswered.

At some point during the second year of captivity, he began to open up, and the information derived from Eevee was startling, to say the least. And this compilation of his revelations became the foundation of what would later be finished called the Yellow Book. Photographs were taken of Eevee, which, among others, I and Bill English, were to view years later in Grudge 13. Why do they keep the aliens in a Faraday shielded environment? Because they have a tendency to disappear right through walls, and if you can prevent the transmission of electromagnetic energy, you can stop them from doing it.

In late 1951, Evie became ill. Medical personnel had been unable to determine the cause of Eevee's illness and had no background from which to draw. Eb's system was chlorophyll based, and he processed food energy much the same as plants. Waste material was excreted almost exactly the same as plants. It was decided that an expert in botany was called for.

A botanist, Dr. Guillermo Mendoza, was brought in to try and help him recover. Those of you who have been looking for him on medical lists will not find him there. He was a PhD in botany.

Dr. Mendoza worked to save EB until mid 1952, when EB died. Dr. Mendoza, eventually, according to the information that I read, became the expert on at least this type alien biology.

In a feudal attempt to save Eeb and to try and gain favor with this technological superior alien race, the United States began broadcasting a call for help early in 1952 into the vast regions of space. If you know they're better than you, and if you know they can lick you, you better try and be friends with them. And that's what this effort was all about. The call went unanswered, but the project continued. As an effort of good faith.

President Truman created the super secret National Security Agency by secret executive order on November 4, 1952. And until recent years, there wasn't one in 50,000 people in the United States who even knew it existed. Its primary purpose was to decipher the alien communications and language and establish a dialogue with the aliens. This most urgent task was a continuation of the earlier effort and was codenamed Sigma. The secondary purpose of the NSA was to monitor all communications and emissions from any and all devices worldwide for the purpose of gathering intelligence both human and alien and to contain the secret of the alien presence.

Project Sigma, ladies and gentlemen was extremely successful. The NSA also maintains communications with the lunar base and other secret space programs. By executive order the NSA is exempt from all laws which do not specifically name the NSA in the text of the law as being subject to that law. How many of you know what that means?

That means we have a completely lawless organization running around the country doing whatever they want to do, answering to no one and under no law which does not name the National Security Agency in the text of that law as specifically being subject to that law by executive order of the President of the United States.

That means that if the agency is not spelled out in the text of any and every law passed by the Congress, it is not subject to that or those laws. The NSA now performs many other duties and in fact is the premier agency within the intelligence community today. The NSA receives 75% of the monies allotted to the intelligence community and the old sayings ladies and gentlemen, where the money goes, therein the power resides is absolutely true.

The DCI today is mainly a figurehead. He is in charge of the CIA. The CIA does have many functions which are useful to this country and some which are deadly to us. The DCI of course is in charge of that agency but he is not, as everyone thinks, the head of the intelligence community. That position really and truthfully lies with the director of the National Security Agency.

The primary task of the NSA is still alien communications but now includes other alien projects as well. President Truman had been keeping our allies, including the Soviet Union informed of the developing alien problem since the Roswell recovery. This had been done in case the aliens turned out to be a threat to the human race and thus the world plans were formulated to defend the earth in case of invasion. These were international plans which included most of the countries of the world.

Great difficulty however, was encountered in maintaining international secrecy. It was decided that an outside group was necessary to coordinate and control international efforts in order to hide the secret from the normal scrutiny of governments by the press. The result was the formation of a secret society which became known as the Bilderbergers.

The headquarters of this group is in Geneva, Switzerland. The builder Burgers evolved into a secret world government that now controls everything. The United Nations was then and is now an international joke.

In 1953 a new president occupied the White House. He was a man used to a structured staff organization with a chain of command. His method was to delegate authority and rule by committee. He made major decisions, but only when his advisers were unable to come to consensus. And when he was in the army, he was known as the Diplomat.

He was very good at what he did. He was very good at bringing people together, reaching consensus and getting people to work for him.

His normal method was to read through or listen to several alternatives and then approve one. Those who worked closely with him have stated that his favorite comment was just do whatever it takes. Now, here's a man very different from President Truman. He spent a lot of time on the golf course. This was not all unusual for a man who had been career army with the ultimate position of Supreme Allied Commander during the war.

A post which carried five stars along with it. In fact, he deserved it. This president was General of the Army, Dwight David Eisenhower. During his first year in office, 1953, at least ten more crash discs were recovered, along with 26 dead and four live aliens. One of the four live aliens died within hours of being removed from the craft.

The others died approximately three or four days later. Of the ten, four were found in Arizona, two in Texas, one in New Mexico, one in Louisiana, one in Montana, and one in South Africa. There were hundreds of sightings. Why were so many craft crashing? Because the government was scared.

And when they found out that the radar was downing the craft, they started aiming the radar at the craft with lock on radar and pumped the juice through and they brought as many down as they could.

Eisenhower knew that he had to wrestle and beat the alien problem. He knew that he could not do it by revealing the secret to the Congress, because in fact, isn't that the same as telling the public? Early in 1953, the new President turned to his friend and fellow member of the Council on Foreign Relations, Nelson Rockefeller, for help with the alien problem. Eisenhower and Rockefeller began planning the secret structure of alien task supervision, which was to become a reality within one year. The idea for MJ twelve was thus born.

It was Nelson's uncle, Winthrop Aldrich, who had been crucial in convincing Eisenhower to even run for President. The whole Rockefeller family, and with them the Rockefeller empire had solidly backed Eisenhower. Asking Rockefeller for help with the alien problem was to be the biggest mistake Eisenhower ever made for the future of the United States, and most probably all of humanity. As you will soon see.

What he literally did with this act, ladies and gentlemen, is abdicate the presidency to a secret group. Within one week of Eisenhower's election, he had appointed Nelson Rockefeller chairman of a presidential advisory committee on government organization. Rockefeller was responsible for planning the reorganization of the government new Deal programs went into one single cabinet position called the Department of Health, Education and Welfare. When the Congress approved the new cabinet position in April of 1953 nelson was named to the post of undersecretary to Ovita cult hobby in 1953. Also, astronomers discovered large objects in space which were moving toward the Earth.

And it was first believed that they were asteroids. If you know much about astronomy, you know that you can predict or project or project backward orbital paths of bodies in space and determine where they come from, what they're doing, where they're going and what their orbital path really is. Well, this failed to pan out and the evidence proved that the objects could only be spaceships. Intelligently guided Project Sigma intercepted alien communications and when the objects reached the Earth they took up a very high orbit around the equator. There were several huge ships and their actual intent was unknown.

Project Sigma and a new project Plato. Through radio communications, using the computer binary language, which the aliens understand very well, they're very mathematical minded, was able to arrange a landing that eventually resulted in face to face contact with alien beings from another planet. Project Plato was tasked with establishing diplomatic relations with this race of space aliens. But in the meantime, something else happened. In the meantime, a race of human looking aliens contacted the United States government.

Where this happened, I do not know. I wish that I did. This alien group warned us against the aliens that were orbiting the equator and offered to help us with our spiritual development. They demanded that we dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons as the major condition. They refused to exchange technology, citing that we were spiritually unable to handle the technology which we then possessed and has not yet been true throughout our history.

They believed that we would use any new technology to destroy each other as we always have. This race stated that we were on a path of self destruction and we must stop killing each other, stop polluting the Earth, stop raping the Earth's natural resources and learn to live in harmony with each other and with nature. These terms were met with extreme suspicion, especially the major condition of nuclear armament disarmament. And I have to say that I could not blame them in the face of so many uncertainties and so many alien surprises staring them directly in the face.

It was believed that meeting that condition would leave us helpless in the face of an obvious alien threat. We also had nothing in history to help with the decision. Nuclear disarmament was not considered to be within the best interests of the United States and the overtures were rejected.

Later, in 1954, the race of large nosed gray aliens which had been orbiting the Earth landed at Holloman Air Force Base. It happened in 1954. Ladies and gentlemen, if you take everything that Bob Eminegger has ever said and subtract ten years from it. You will be right on the money.

A basic agreement was reached. An alien named Krill was left as a pledge that they would return and formalize the agreement.

In fact, he was a hostage. This race identified themselves as originating from a planet around a red star in the constellation of Orion which we call Betel Guys. I believe that that's a lie. They lie a lot and they deceive a lot and it is evident through every action that they've ever done with us. The truth is, ladies and gentlemen, these creatures might be from Mars.

Really? They claim that they are from a planet which revolves around the red star which we call Betel Guys. They stated that their planet was dying and that at some unknown future time they would no longer be able to survive there. This led to a second landing at Edwards Air Force Base. The historical event had been planned in advance and details of the treaty had already been agreed upon.

Eisenhower arranged to be in Palm Springs on vacation. On the appointed day, the president was spirited away to the base and the excuse was given to the press that he was visiting the dentist for a toothache.

President Eisenhower met with the aliens in a formal treaty between the alien nation and the United States of America was signed. We then received our first alien ambassador from outer space. His name and title. And I know it sounds ridiculous, but it's absolutely true. His name and title was His Omnipotent Highness.

Krill. Pronounced Krill, spelled K-R-L-L-R-C-R-L-L.

In the American tradition of disdain for royal titles, he was secretly called Original Hostage. Krill R-O-H Krill. So that Americans would not have to say your Omnipotent Highness you should know that the alien flag is known as the Trilateral insignia. It looks like a TP with two circles on either side of the V and one pole running straight down the middle. It is displayed on their craft and worn on their chest on their uniforms.

Both of these landings in the second meeting were filmed and the film exists today. Where it exists I do not know. But I do know that it exists. The treaty stated the aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We were particularly interested that they do not interfere with anything that would affect our future which has been violated.

We would keep their presence on Earth a secret. They would furnish us with advanced technology and would help us in our technological development. They would not make any treaty with any other Earth nation. They could abduct humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and monitoring of our development with the stipulation that the humans would not be harmed, would be returned to their point of abduction. That the humans would have no memory of the event and that the alien nation would furnish MJ twelve with a list of all human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis.

And this is not being done. It was agreed that each nation would receive the ambassador of the other for as long as the treaty remained in force. It was further agreed that the alien nation in the United States would exchange 16 personnel, each to the other with the purpose of learning each of the other. The alien guests would remain on Earth and the human guests would travel to the alien point of origin for a specified period of time, then return, at which point a reverse exchange would be made. I have no knowledge whatsoever of what happened to those original 16 humans who left the Earth with the aliens.

It was also agreed that bases would be constructed underground for the use of the alien nation and that two bases would be constructed for the joint use of the alien nation in the United States government. The base at Dalcy is one. The base at S four in the area known as Area 51, or Dreamland, is the second.

Exchange of technology would take place in the jointly occupied bases. These alien bases would be constructed under Indian reservations in the four corners of Utah, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona and one would be constructed in Nevada in the area known as F Four located approximately 7 miles south of the western border of Area 51, otherwise known as Dreamland. All alien areas are under complete control of the Naval Department and all personnel who work in these complexes receive their checks from the Navy. Construction of the bases began immediately, but progress was slow until large amounts of money were made available in 1957. And in the meantime, work continued on The Yellow Book with the information derived from the guests.

I would like to say at this time that the movie that most of you may have seen how many of you saw Close Encounters of the Third Kind? That movie was absolutely true. Those events did take place not exactly as you saw them, not in the place where you saw them take place, but there was a landing, there was an agreement. There was conversation. There was an exchange of personnel made.

I would like to say now also that Jay Allen, Heineck was the technical director on that movie and he was also the co author of Grudge 13, which I read between the years 1970 and 1973 along with another man named Lieutenant Colonel Friend.

As you learned last night, it's the real nice guys that get you right. Phil project Red Light was formed and experimentation and test flying alien craft was begun in earnest. As I told you earlier, many of the craft we recovered were intact, appeared to have no damage whatsoever. One craft actually exploded over the test site during testing sometime in the early 60s. I'm not sure what the exact date is, but.

The explosion is said to have been seen over three states. Project Red Light, according to the information that I have, was postponed at that time because they had no idea what had happened or why the craft had exploded. But they lost the pilots and the project went on hold. A super top secret facility was built at Groom Lake in Nevada in the midst of the weapons test range. It was codenamed Dreamland until this area was built.

Testing was done at the Tonipod test range and that's why some of you have conflicting information.

The installation was placed under the Department of the Navy and clearance of all personnel required. AQ clearance as well as executive, which means presidential or majestic approval.

This is ironic due to the fact that the President of the United States does not have clearance to visit the site. Many of you did not know that the President of the United States cannot enter Area 51. There are very many other areas which he cannot enter also.

The alien base and exchange of technology actually took place in an area known as S Four. Area s four was codenamed the Dark Side of the Moon. The army was tasked to form a super secret organization to furnish security for all alien task projects. This organization became the National Reconnaissance Organization based at Fort Carson, Colorado. The specific teams trained to secure the projects were called Delta.

A second project, codenamed Snowbird, was promulgated to explain away any sightings of the red light craft as being Air Force experiments. The Snowbird craft were manufactured using conventional technology and were flown for the press on several occasions. And those of you who are my age or older will remember as children or young adults going to the movie and seeing in the movietone newsreel the Afro car and other strange looking saucer craft that were developed by the United States and the Canadian Armed Forces as a part of Project Snowbird. Project Snowbird was also used to debunk legitimate public sightings of alien craft, also called UFOs. Project Snowbird was very successful and reports from the public declined steadily until recent years, but not just due to Project Snowbird.

There was an intense ridicule, denial and debunking campaign going on since the beginning. People stopped reporting what they saw.

A multimillion dollar secret fund was organized and kept by the military office of the White House. This fund was used to build over 75 deep underground facilities. Presidents who asked were told the fund was used to build deep underground shelters for the President in case of war. Only a few were built for the President. Millions of dollars were funneled through this office to MJ Twelve and then out to the contractors and was used to build top secret alien bases as well as top secret dumb or deep underground military bases.

I think dumb is very appropriate and the facilities promulgated by alternative two throughout the nation. President Johnson used this fund to build a movie theater and paved the road on his ranch, and I believe he also used it to fix his shower. He had no idea of his true purpose, but he felt that because it was military money, it was his money.

The secret White House underground construction fund was set up in 1957 by President Eisenhower. And you can forget Pruman, because Eisenhower has done everything that's been done to us, not intentionally, not to hurt us, in the beginning to protect us.

The funding was obtained from Congress under the guise of construction and maintenance of secret sites where the President could be taken in case of military attacks. Called presidential emergency sites. The sites are literally holes in the ground deep enough to withstand a nuclear blast and are outfitted with state of the art communications equipment. To date, there are more than 75 sites spread around the country that I can account for, which were built using money from this fund. The Atomic Energy Commission has built at least an additional 22 underground sites.

Again, that I can account for. The location and everything to do with these sites were and are considered and treated as top secret. The money was and is in control of the military office of the White House and was and is laundered through a circuitous web that even the most knowledgeable spy or accountant cannot follow. As of 1980, only a few at the beginning and end of this web knew what the money was for. At the beginning were Representative George Mayan of Texas, the Chairman of the House Appropriations Committee and of its Defense Subcommittee, and Representative Robert Sykes of Florida, chairman of the House Appropriations Military Construction Subcommittee.

Today it was rumored that House Speaker Jim Wright controlled the money in Congress and that a power struggle was underway to remove him. We all know what happened there, but I could not substantiate by any source the fact that he was in charge of the money. It is a rumor.

At the end of the line were the President MJ twelve, the Director of the military office, and a commander at the Washington Navy Shipyard. The money was authorized by the Appropriations Committee, who allocated it to the Department of Defense as a top secret item in the army construction program. The army, however, ladies and gentlemen, could not spend it and in fact, did not even know what it was for. Authorization to spend the money was in reality given to the Navy. You'll find out why the Navy has control of all this.

A little bit later it'll become clear to you. The money was channeled to the Chesapeake Division of the Navy engineers, who did not know what it was for either. Not even the commanding officer, who was an admiral, knew what the fund was to be used for. Only one man, a Navy commander who was assigned to the Chesapeake Division, but in reality was responsible only to the military office of the White House knew of the actual purpose, amount and ultimate destination of the Top Secret Fund the total secrecy surrounding the fund. That meant that almost every trace of it could be made to disappear by the very few people who controlled it.

There has never been and most probably never will be an audit of this secret money.

Large amounts of this money were transferred from the Top Secret Fund to a location at Palm Beach, Florida that belongs to the Coast Guard called Peanut Island. The island is adjacent to property which was owned by Joseph Kennedy. The money was said to have been used for landscaping and general beautification. The money did not begin to be transferred to Peanut Island until shortly after Kennedy's assassination. Some time ago, a TV news special in the Kennedy assassination told of a Coast Guard officer transferring money in a briefcase to a Kennedy employee across this property line was on television.

Could this have been a secret payment to the Kennedy family for the loss of their son, John F. Kennedy? I think it was, but I can't prove it. The payments continued through the year 1967 and then stopped. The total amount transferred is unknown and the actual use of the money is unknown.

Meanwhile, back at the ranch, Nelson Rockefeller changed positions again. He had been in sort of a holding position until the time was ripe and now the time was ripe. This time he was to take CD. Jackson's old position which had been called the Special Assistant for Psychological Strategy. With Nelson's appointment, the name was changed to the Special Assistant for Cold War Strategy.

This position would evolve over the years into the same position Henry Kissinger was ultimately to hold under President Nixon. Officially, he was to give advice and assistance in the development of increased understanding and cooperation among all peoples. Sounds very nice and innocent, doesn't it? The official description, of course, was a smokescreen, for secretly he was the Presidential Coordinator for the intelligence community. In his new post, Rockefeller reported directly and only to the President.

He attended meetings of the Cabinet, the Council on Foreign Economic Policy and the National Security Council which was the highest policymaking body in the government.

Nelson Rockefeller was also given a second important job as the head of the secret unit called the Planning Coordination Group which was formed under NSC 50 412 One in March of 1955. However, the memo was written in 1954 at the same time that NSC Tense 54 Ten and NSC 50 411 were written it was not used until it was needed. The group consisted of different ad hoc members depending upon the subject on the agenda. The basic members were Rockefeller, a representative of the Department of Defense, a representative of the Department of State and the Director of Central Intelligence. It was soon called the 50 412 Committee or the Special Group.

NSC 50 412 One established the rule for the first time established the rule that covert operations were subject to approval by secret executive Memorandum NSC 54 Ten. Eisenhower had preceded NSC 50 412 One in 1954 to establish a permanent committee not ad hoc, to be known as Majority Twelve, MJ Twelve, to oversee and conduct all covert activities concerned with the alien question. NSC 50 412 One was created to explain the purpose of these meetings when Congress and the press became curious as to why such important and prominent men were meeting on regular basis.

Majority. Twelve was made up of Nelson Rockefeller. The Director of Central Intelligence, Alan Welsh Dulles. The Secretary of State, John Foster Dulles the Secretary of Defense, Charles E. Wilson.

The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral Arthur W. Radford. And that's why the Navy got everything. Because the first Joint Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff who served on MJ twelve was Navy. If it had been an Army General, the army would have had it.

The Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, j Edgar Hoover. And that should answer a lot of questions for you and six men from the Executive Committee of the Council on Foreign Relations. Known as the Wise Men, these men were all members of a secret society of scholars that called themselves the Jason Society. See you smiling, Bill. Thought I didn't know it didn't fool you.

Are the Jason Scholars who recruited their members from the Skull and Bones in the scroll and key societies of Harvard and Yale, and that was stated verbatim in Operation Majority. The wise men were key members of the Council on Foreign Relations. There were twelve members, including the first six from government positions, thus Majority Twelve. This group was made up over the years of the top officers and directors of the Council on Foreign Relations and later the Trilateral Commission. Gordon Dean, George Bush and Zabignu Brzzynski were among them.

The most important, however, and influential of the wise men who served on MJ Twelve were John Mccloy, Robert Lovett, Avril Herriman, Charles Boland, George Kennedy and Dean Atchison. Their policies were last well into the decade of the is significant that President Eisenhower, as well as the first six MJ Twelve members from the government were also members of the Council on Foreign Relations.

Thorough researchers will soon discover that not all of the Wise Men attended Harvard or Yale, and not all of them were chosen for Skull and Bones or scrolling key membership during their college years. You'll be able to quickly clear up this mystery by obtaining the book the Wise Men by Walter Isaacson and Evan Thomas. Simon and Schuster, New York. And under illustration number nine in the center of the book, you will find the caption love it with the Yale unit above far right and on the beach. His initiation into Skull and Bones came at an air base near Dunkirk.

I have found that members were chosen on an ongoing basis by invitation based upon merit post College, and was not confined to over only Harvard or Yale attendees. It also had something to do with how much money your family had, unless you were a military officer. A chosen few were later initiated into the Jason Society. They are all members of the Council on Foreign Relations, and at that time were known as the Eastern Establishment. This should give you a clue to the far reaching and serious nature of these most secret college societies.

The adjacent society is alive and well today, but now includes members of the Trilateral Commission as well. The Trilateralists existed secretly several years before 1973 because I saw the name of the Trilateral Commission in the documents. In 1971, the name of the Trilateral Commission was taken from the alien flag known as the Trilateral Insignia. That should give you some clue as to how much trouble you're in. Majority Twelve was to survive right up to the present day.

Under Eisenhower and Kennedy, it was erroneously called the 50 412 Committee, or more correctly, the Special Group in the Johnson Administration. It became the 303 Committee, named after the room that they met in at the White House. When they met at the White House. Because the name 50 412 had been compromised in the book The Secret Government. Actually it was not compromised.

It was intentionally leaked to explain the purpose of the meeting of these men so that no one would go looking for NSC 54 Ten and NSC 50 411. And I wish you all luck. I hope that you're able to dig it out.

Actually, NSC 50 412 One was leaked to the author to hide the existence of NSC 54 Ten. Under Nixon, Ford and Carter it was called the 40 Committee. And under Reagan it became the Pi 40 Committee. But over all those years, only the name changed. The positions remained the same.

By 1955, it became obvious that the aliens had deceived Eisenhower and had broken the treaty. Mutilated humans, yes, mutilated humans were being found along with mutilated animals and yes, mutilated animals. And those of you who doubt that this is taking place should leave your job, should leave your home, should do whatever you have to do and go look for yourself, because it's important that you know it and that you believe it.

These things were being found all across the United States. It was suspected that the aliens were not submitting a complete list of human contacts and abductees to MJ Twelve. And it was suspected that not all abductees had been returned, and this has been verified. The Soviet Union was suspected of interacting with them, and this proved also to be true. It was learned that the aliens had men and were then manipulating masses of people through secret societies, witchcraft, magic, the occult and religion.

After several Air Force combat air engagements with alien craft, it also became apparent that our weapons were no match against theirs.

In November of 1955 NSC 50 412 Two was issued establishing a study committee to explore all factors which are involved in the making and implementing of foreign policy in the nuclear age. This again was only a blanket of snow that covered the real subject of study which was the alien question. For in fact 50 412 Two had, as I told you earlier, been written in 1954 when NSC 54 Ten and 50 411 was written and 50 411 by secret executive memorandum. In 1954 the study group was commissioned to examine all the facts, evidence, lies and deception and discover the truth of the alien question. NSC 54 Two was only a cover that had become necessary when the press began inquiring as to the purpose of regular meetings of such important men.

When the press asked Gordon Dean somewhere near the end of 1954 why they were meeting and what they were studying Gordon Dean says as of yet we have no direction but we're working on it.

It then became necessary to find a direction and find a reason for these meetings. And that's exactly what they did.

The first meetings began in 1954 and were called the Quantico Meetings because they met at the Quantico Marine Base. See one thing I knew ladies and gentlemen I know who they are. I know what they were called. All I had to do was find out who belonged to those names. And it's impossible to hold meetings of 36 prominent men secret over such a long period of time.

The study actually lasted three years, not forever. It was a three year study period.

A study group was made up of 35 members of the Council on Foreign Relations secret scholars known as the Jason Society or the Jason Scholars. Dr. Edward Teller was invited to participate. Dr. Zabignu Brzezinski was the study director for the first 18 months.

Dr. Henry Kissinger was chosen as the group study director for the second 18 months beginning in November of 1955. Nelson Rockefeller was a frequent visitor during the study. I'm going to read you the study group members. Now for those of you who know who these people are you're going to be amazed.

Those of you who do not, I advise that you purchase a copy of my text which will be on sale minute that I finish my last word and research everything that I'm telling you. And your own research will tell you that I am telling you the truth. And I don't have to do that.

You see, I'm a witness. I'm not a Ufologist and I'm not by profession a researcher. I'm doing this because I want the Constitution put back where for law.

The study group members were gordon Dean, chairman one of the most powerful men in the United States at that time dr. Zabig New Brzezinski, study director for the first phase. Dr. Henry Kissinger, study director for the second phase. Dr.

Edward Teller represented the scientific community. Major General richard C. Lindsay Hanson W. Baldwin lloyd V. Burkner.

Frank C. Nash. Paul H. Nitsey, charles P. Noy.

Frank Pace Jr. James A. Perkins don K. Price david Rockefeller oscar M. Rubhausen.

Lieutenant General James M. Gavin. Carl P. Haskins. James T.

Hill, Jr. Joseph E. Johnson. Mervyn J. Kelly.

Frank Alt shule hamilton fish Armstrong. Major general James McCormick Jr. Robert R. Boy Mcgeorge. Bundy william A.

M. Burden john C. Campbell thomas K. Finletter george S. Franklin Jr.

II rabbi Roswell L. Gilpatrick n. E. Hallebee general Walter Badell Smith called Beetle henry de Wolf Smyth Shields warren carol L. Wilson and Arnold Wolfers Now, these aren't bad guys.

They were a study group. And the first MJ Twelve was not made up of bad guys they were made up of concerned Americans. What happened later became bad the yanking of power away from the President the formation of a secret government the sale of drugs to the American people, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. And I'm going to cover most of those things before I'm finished. It's about time.

The second phase meetings were also held at the Marine base at Quantico, Virginia and the group became known as Quantico Two. Nelson Rockefeller built a retreat somewhere in Maryland which could only be reached by air for MJ Twelve and the Study Committee so that they could meet away from public scrutiny. He donated the land, he built the facilities say hello for me, Phil.

So that they could meet away from public scrutiny. The secret meeting place is known by the code name The Country Club. Complete living, Eating, recreation, library and meeting facilities exist at the location. The Study Group was publicly closed in the later months of 1956 and Henry Kissinger published what was officially termed The Results in 1957 as Nuclear Weapons and Foreign Policy by Henry A. Kissinger published for the Council on Foreign Relations by Harper and Brothers, New York.

In truth, the manuscript had already been 80% written while Kissinger was at Harvard. The study group continued veiled in secrecy. A clue to the seriousness Kissinger attached to the study can be found in statements by his wife and friends. Many of them stated that Henry would leave home early each morning and return late each night without speaking to anyone or responding to anyone. It seemed, in fact as if he were in another world which held no room for anyone else.

Now when they say that he would not speak to anyone or respond to anyone they meant it literally.

I find these statements very revealing. The revelations of the alien presence and actions during the study must have been a great shock. I know I would have been shocked. Henry Kissinger was definitely out of character during the time surrounding these meetings as he is normally described as being a gentleman, very charming and most people who meet him like him very much.

Henry Kissinger would never again be affected in this manner no matter the seriousness of any subsequent event. On many occasions, he would work very late into the night after having already put in a full day. Coupled with his not speaking, this behavior eventually led to his divorce. A major finding of the alien study was that the public could not be told, as it was believed, that this would most certainly lead to economic collapse, collapse of the religious structure and national panic, which would lead into anarchy, secrecy. Thus continued.

An offshoot of this finding was that if the public could not be told, then the Congress could not be told. Thus, funding for the projects and research would have to come from outside the government. There are some things beginning to fall into place. Without aliens. You cannot make sense of anything else that's been happening for the 44 years.

You put the aliens in the middle of this stuff and you've got all the answers, every one of them.

In the meantime, money was to be obtained from the military budget and from CIA confidential nonappropriated funds. Another major finding was the aliens were using humans and animals for a source of glandular secretions enzymes, hormonal secretions blood, and in horrible genetic experiments. The aliens explained these actions as necessary to their survival. What I'm going to tell you now is very sad if it's true, because I am unable to weed through the lies and deception and really find the truth. All I know is what they told us.

They stated that their genetic structure had deteriorated and that they were no longer able to reproduce. They stated that if they were unable to improve their genetic structure, their race would soon cease to exist.

We looked upon their explanations with extreme suspicion. Since our weapons were literally useless against the aliens, MJ Twelve decided to continue friendly diplomatic relations with them until such time as we were able to develop a technology which would then enable us to challenge them on a military basis. Overtures would have to be made to the Soviet Union and other nations to join forces for the survival of humanity. In the meantime, plans were developed to research and construct two weapons systems using conventional and nuclear technology, which would hopefully bring us to parity. The results of the research were projects Joshua and Excalibur.

Joshua was a weapon captured from the Germans, which at that time was capable of shattering four inch thick armor plate at a range of 2 miles using low frequency aimed sound waves. And it was believed that this weapon would be effective against the alien craft and beam weapons. Excalibur was a weapon carried by missiles not to exceed 30,000ft above ground level. Not to deviate from designated target more than 50 meters that would penetrate 1000 meters of tufa. Hard packed soil such as that found in New Mexico would carry a one megaton warhead and was intended for use in destroying the aliens in their underground bases.

Joshua was developed successfully, but never used. To my knowledge, Excalibur was not pushed until recent years. And now there is an unprecedented effort to develop this weapon. The people who are working on these weapons tell us that they have never been pushed so hard in their history working on any project, than they are being pushed to develop Project Excalibur.

Now what I'm going to read you next may upset some of you, but it's absolutely true. The events at Fatima in the early part of the century were scrutinized on suspicion that it was alien manipulation. An intelligence operation was put into motion. To penetrate the secrecy surrounding the event. The United States utilized its Vatican molds that had been recruited and nurtured during World War II and soon obtained the entire Vatican study which included the prophecy.

And I don't care what you've ever read before, you have not read the true prophecy.

This prophecy stated that if man did not turn from evil and place himself at the feet of Christ, the planet would self destruct. And the events described in the Book of Revelations would indeed come to pass. It stated that a child would be born who would unite the world with a plan for world peace and a false religion beginning in 1992. By 1995, the people would discern that he was evil and was indeed the antichrist. World War II would begin in the Middle East in 1995 with an invasion of Israel by a united Arab nation using conventional weapons which would culminate in a nuclear holocaust in the year 1999.

Between 1999 and 2003, most of the life on this planet would suffer horribly and die as a result. Return of Christ would occur in the year 2011. Is this true? I don't know. I know that it was decided by the United States government that this was indeed an alien event.

And I believe that this is more deception which is being heaped upon us. So don't go out of here thinking that the world is going to end tomorrow because of this. It might because of something else and I'm going to talk about that, but not because of this.

When the aliens were confronted with this finding, they confirmed that it was true. The aliens explained that they had created us through hybridization and had manipulated the human race through religion, satanism, witchcraft, magic, the occult, secret societies, et cetera. They further explained that they were capable of time travel and the events would indeed come to pass. Later exploitation of alien technology by the United States and the Soviet Union utilizing time travel confirmed that indeed something bad was going to happen. The aliens showed a hologram which they claimed was the actual crucifixion of Christ which the government filmed.

We did not know whether to believe them or not. Were they using our genuine religions to manipulate us? Or were they indeed the source of our religions with which they had been manipulating us all along? Or was this the beginning scenario of the genuine end times and the return of Christ which had been predicted in the Bible. No one knew the answer and I don't know the answer either.

A symposium was held in 1957 which was attended by some of the great scientific minds then living was held in Huntsville, Alabama. They reached the conclusion that by or shortly after the year 2000 the planet would self destruct due to increased population and man's exploitation of the environment without any help from God or the aliens.

By secret executive order of President Eisenhower the Jason Scholars ordered to study this scenario and make recommendations from their findings. This was done.

The Jason Society confirmed the finding of the scientists and made three recommendations called Alternatives One, Two and Three.

Alternative One was to use nuclear devices to blast holes in the stratosphere from which the heat and pollution could escape into space. I'll buy heat, but I'll never buy pollution.

Change the human cultures from that of exploitation into cultures of environmental protection. Of the three, this was decided to be the least likely to succeed due to the inherent nature of man and the additional damage the nuclear explosions would themselves create. Alternative Two was to build a vast network of underground cities and tunnels in which a select representation of all cultures and occupations would survive and carry on the human race. The rest of humanity would be left to fend for themselves on the surface of the planet. Alternative Three was to exploit the alien and conventional technology in order for a select few to leave the Earth and establish colonies in outer space.

I am not able to either confirm or deny the existence of batch consignments of human slaves which would be used for the manual labor in the effort. As a part of the plan, the Moon, code named Adam would be the object of primary interest followed by the planet Mars, codenamed Eve as a delaying action. All three alternatives included birth control, sterilization, forced if necessary and the introduction of deadly microbes to control or slow the growth of the Earth's population. AIDS is only one result of these plans. There are others.

It was decided, since the population must be reduced and controlled that it would be in the best interest of the human race to rid ourselves of the undesirable elements of our society. The joint us. And Soviet leadership dismissed Alternative One but ordered work to begin on Alternative Two and Three virtually at the same time. Those of you in the state of Washington who report hearing machinery underground are probably correct. In 1959, the Rand Corporation hosted a deep underground construction symposium.

I have a copy of this symposium report which I'm not supposed to have. Nevertheless, I have it approximately this thick. In the symposium report, machines are pictured and described which could bore a tunnel 45ft in diameter at the rate of 5ft/hour in 1959. Just think what they can do. Now.

It also displays pictures of huge tunnels and underground vaults containing what appear to be complex facilities and possibly even cities. It appears that the previous five years of all out underground construction had made very significant progress. By that time, the ruling powers decided that one means of funding the alien connected and other black projects was to corner the illegal drug market.

A young, ambitious member of the Council on Foreign Relations was approached. His name is George Bush, who at the time was the president and CEO of Zapata Oil, based in Texas. Zapata Oil was experimenting with the new technology of offshore drilling. It was correctly thought that the drugs could be shipped from South America to the offshore platforms by fishing boat, where it would then be taken to shore by the normal transportation used for supplies and personnel. By this method, no customs or law enforcement agency would subject the cargo to search.

George Bush agreed to help and organize the operation in conjunction with the CIA. The plan worked better than anyone had thought and has since expanded worldwide. And there are now many other methods of bringing the illegal drugs into the country. But it must always be remembered that George Bush began the sale of drugs to our children.

Now, if you think I'm crazy, get off your butt and start digging, because you will find out that it's absolutely true.

The CIA now controls all the world's illegal drug markets. The official space program was boosted by President Kennedy in his inaugural address when he mandated that the United States put a man on the moon before the end of the decade. Although innocent in its conception, this mandate enabled those in charge to funnel vast amounts of money into black projects and conceal the real space program from the American people. A similar program in the Soviet Union served the same purpose. In fact, a joint alien United States and Soviet Union base already existed on the moon at the very moment Kennedy spoke the words.

On May 22, 1962, a space probe landed on Mars and confirmed the existence of an environment which could support life. Not long afterward, the construction of a colony on the planet Mars began in earnest. Today, there is a colony which exists on the planet Mars. It is a United States Russian alien facility.

If you believe it's outrageous, stick around a few years.

Information, very disturbing information. And I don't expect anyone to believe it. I don't expect one of you to believe what I'm telling you. And I knew that when I came here. I'm not one of you.

I'm not a Ufologist. I'm not a researcher. I have an obligation to inform the public. And once that's done, I've done my job. From then on, it's up to you, not me.

This colony exists on Mars, populated by specially select people from different cultures and occupations, taken from all over the Earth. A public shroud of antagonism between the Soviet Union and the United States has been maintained over all these years in order to fund projects in the name of national defense, when in fact, we are the closest allies. At some point, President Kennedy discovered portions of the truth concerning the drugs and the aliens. He issued an ultimatum in 1963 to MJ Twelve. President Kennedy assured them that if they did not clean up the drug problem, he would.

He informed MJ Twelve that he intended to reveal the presence of aliens to the American people within the following year and ordered a plan developed to implement his decision. President Kennedy was not a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and knew nothing of Alternative Two or Alternative Three that I can find out. Internationally, the operations were supervised by an executive committee known as the Policy Committee. In the United States, they were supervised by MJ Twelve, and in the Soviet Union by a sister organization. President Kennedy's decision, of course, struck fear into these people.

His assassination was ordered by the Policy Committee, and the order was carried out by agents of MJ Twelve. In Dallas, President John F. Kennedy was murdered by the Secret Service agent who drove his car in the motorcade, and the act is plainly visible in the film. It was stated in the documents that I saw, the assassin's name is William Greer.

Watch the driver and not Kennedy. When you view the film, when you can find a film that even shows it, all of the witnesses who were close enough to the car to see William Greer shoot Kennedy were themselves all murdered within two years of the event. That's fact, the Warren Commission was a farce, and Council on Foreign Relations members made up the majority of its panel. They succeeded in snowing the American people, and they hid the truth. And many other patriots who have attempted to reveal the alien secret have also been murdered throughout the intervening years.

And that is why I've been so careful about the information that I released, because it was so important that I get here today to be able to tell you the truth. And what happens after me after today is of no consequence whatsoever. But what you do is during the era of the United States initial space exploration and the moon landings, every launch was accompanied by alien craft. A moon based Dub Luna was sighted and filmed by the Apollo astronauts. Domes, spires, tall, round structures which looked like silos, huge T shaped mining vehicles which left stitchlike tracks in the lunar surface, and extremely large as well as small alien craft appear in the photographs.

It is, in fact, a joint United States, Russian and alien base. The space program is a farce and an unbelievable waste of money. Alternative Three is a reality, and it is not at all science fiction. Most of the Apollo astronauts were severely shaken by this experience, and their lives and subsequent statements reflect the depths of the revelation and the effect of the muzzle order which followed. They were ordered to remain silent or suffer the extreme penalty death which was termed an expediency.

One astronaut actually did talk to the British producers of the TV expose Alternative Three confirming many of the allegations. However, I do not know who it was. In the book Alternative Three, the pseudonym Bod Grodin was used in place of the astronaut's identity. It was also stated that he committed suicide in 1978. This cannot be validated by any source and I believe that several so called facts in the book are really disinformation.

However, I can assure you that alternative three is real.

I firmly believe that this disinformation is a result of pressure put upon the authors and is meant to nullify the effect upon the populace of the British TV expose entitled Alternative Three. The headquarters of the International Conspiracy is in Geneva, Switzerland. The ruling body is made up of representatives of the governments involved as well as the executive members of the group known as the Bilderbergers. Meetings are held by the Policy Committee, when necessary, on a nuclear submarine beneath the polar ice cap. The secrecy is such that this was the only method which could ensure that the meetings could not be bugged and is the only place where they discuss their most secret matters.

I can say that the book is at least 70% true. From my own knowledge and the knowledge of my sources, I believe that the disinformation was an attempt to compromise the British TV expose with information which could be proven false. Just as the Eisenhower briefing document was released here in the United States under the Contingency plan Majestic Twelve and which can also be proven false.

Since our interaction with the aliens began, we have come into possession of technology beyond our wildest dreams. A craft named Aurora exists at Area 51 which makes regular trips into space. It is a one stage ship called a Tav, or transatmospheric vehicle and it can take off from the ground using a seven mile runway, go into high orbit, return on its own power and land on the same runway. We currently have and fly atomic powered alien craft at Area S Four in Nevada. Our pilots have made interplanetary voyages in these craft and have been to the Moon, Mars and other planets.

Aboard these craft. There is a group of pilots at the base who wear a patch which has a little alien peeking over the bottom. It has, I think, three or four letters at top and I forget what they are, but John Lear knows what they are. There is a picture of Saturn and a picture of Mars in the photograph and in the background there are seven stars which are strangely shaped, just like the stars in the Pleiades group. What that means, I don't know.

We have been lied to about the true nature of the Moon. The planets, Mars and Venus and the real state of technology that we possess today at this very moment. There are areas in the Moon where plant life grows and even changes color with the seasons. And this seasonal effect is because the Moon does not, as claimed, always present the exact same side to the Earth or the sun. There is an area that wobbles in and out of darkness on a seasonal basis and it is near this area that the plant life grows.

The Moon does have a few manmade lakes and ponds upon its surface and clouds have been observed and filmed in its atmosphere. How many of you remember the period of time, several years, when almost every reported alien craft that was reported landed was on or near water and appeared to be pumping water into the craft? How many of you remember that? Quite a few. The water went to the moon, ladies and gentlemen, to change the Moon.

And it is working.

It possesses a gravitational field and man can walk upon its surface without a space suit breathing from an oxygen bottle after undergoing decompression the same as any deep sea diver. Ladies and gentlemen, if you can come from 1200ft underwater to the surface through decompression, you can go from the surface to 1 ATM of vacuum. See, vacuum does not cause a problem for the human body. It's the inert gas that's dissolved in your tissues and in your bones and in the fluids in your body that causes you the problem. If this is decompressed properly, you will have no problem.

All you need is a very small amount of oxygen, very small pressure to breathe. You will suffer no harm, except for one thing that oxygen becomes toxic after breathing it over a long period of time. Therefore, excursions would have to be of a minimal timely. Other than that, there is no reason why you or anyone else cannot walk on the surface of the moon or in space in a vacuum without a spacesuit. How do I know?

I used to be one of the world's experts on deep sea mixed gas breathing mixtures for divers and on deep saturation diving when I was the head of the department of the Mixed Gas Deep Saturation Diving Division of the College of Oceanering. And I can tell you now, it's much easier to decompress to a vacuum and walk on the surface of the moon than it is to bring a man up from 600ft.

I have seen the photographs and some of them were actually published in a book called we Discovered Alien Bases on the Moon by Fred Steckling. However, all the photographs are not there, but there are some very good ones. I would advise you to buy the book, advise you to look at the photographs, get the NASA number and send for them. I doubt that you can still get them, but at one time you could. In 1969, a confrontation broke out between the human scientists and the aliens at the Dulce underground lab.

The aliens took many of our scientists hostage. Delta forces were sent in to free them, but were no match against the alien weapons. 66 of our people were killed during this action. As a result, we withdrew from all joint projects for at least two years. A reconciliation eventually took place, and once again we began to interact.

As far as I know, today we are interacting with the aliens. Now I'm gone past my limit. I'm not going to infringe upon the other speakers. The text of my speech will be on sale outside.

I only have one message to give you. I don't care what you think of me. I don't care what you call me. I do care what you do with this information because it is important to our survival as a species. It's important to our planet.

It is important for the world. What happens to me is of no consequence. And I knew that when I started this. Over the last 17 years. I knew that someday I was going to have to get up and say this whether I wanted to or not, whether I was afraid or not.

Now I am here. And now it is done. And I feel an overwhelming relief. You now have the information. You can laugh at it.

You can throw it in the trash can. You can burn my house down if you want to. But I am telling you right now your future, your children's future, your grandchildren's future depends upon what you do with this information.

Your own government is selling your children drugs, and you don't seem to care. Your own government has given away the power of the people, and you don't seem to care. There is an apathy that is running rampant in this country that is deadly. Whether or not there are aliens, we are truly now, at this moment, a nation of sheep. And, ladies and gentlemen, I assure you that sheep are always led to the slaughter.

But it does not have to be that way. There is tremendous power in knowledge. There is also tremendous power in secrecy. Take away that secrecy, you make sure that you're informed and you can change things and stop fighting with each other.

Thank you.

This time, ladies and gentlemen, I think a five minute break is in order. What do you think, John? In a long time, please keep it to five minutes because we really are very limited on time. It's.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude – 03-18-2023

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude - 03-18-2023

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude - 03-18-2023

I'm John Claude Ebion Mystic, and welcome to this Saturday special report. This is another episode in the bank run and banking failure series. With me today? Of course. Is Mr.

Rafi farber? You can find him on his patreon here at Endgame Investor and also here on Seeking Alpha, as well as on his YouTube channel at Rafi Farbert. Rafi, welcome back to the show. How are you? Thanks for having me, John Claude.

I am good. Glad to be back into the world after my Sabbath. Thank you for being here. I really appreciate your time. And folks, as the poster says, also let's welcome the amazing Cliff High for this in game last round episode here today.

You can find Cliff, of course, on his Bitchute channel here at bitchute. Comcliffe. And you can find all of his work also here on the substat at cliffhigh. Cliff, welcome back to the show. How are you today?

Doing fine. Cold. Cold indeed. And, oh my God, it's about to get really hot. Is it climate change denial to say that it's cold?

Can we say that? Are we laughing? No, that's climate denying. They cut the change word right out of there and they just go right to it. Climate.

Exactly. Okay, folks, just for the rules here for today, as always with this banking run series, we're going to do the first five or ten minutes here on YouTube to kind of set the stage and also abide very politely to all of these rules here on YouTube. And then we're going to switch directly into our Rumble feed. Let me bring the link for you, the audience, here to the Rumble program where we're going to have this noble barred conversation. So the link is now in the live chat.

Cliff, in your last substance, let me start with you here. You were talking about this banking ugly, and you also produced this last video on Bitchute called Mass. We seem to be entering a very different period of time here where we're jumping in from that top timeline there since the bad things that happen in the mid century here with one of our presidents to the creation of this self organizing collective. Can you, for the sake of the audience members here, explain the worst scenario we find ourselves in and how, as you're pointing out to here on the screen, we're about to switch into a very unscripted part of this self organizing collective. Can you set that up for the audience, please, Cliff?

Not easily, not quickly. That's the real problem. This stuff is complicated. There's a lot of moving parts and each of the parts are complex. But here's the deal, right?

We're at the end of the global fiat currency system that was built on top of the activities in 1913. So most of the central banks did not exist prior to the Federal Reserve coming into existence. They are all leveraged off of the point of that pyramid. And it's wobbly. And so the conditions of the failure of the fiat currency engender war.

Thus we have wars all over, right, because people are anxious, their money's gone, there's no wealth. Someone's stealing everything by way of debt on their instrument of currency. And so at the end of time, when there's only debt left into the currency and no purchasing power, then things get real ugly. And we're just getting into the peak of the big ugly, which my data had shown would take off from March and Arc through to an emotional peak. Not an activity peak, not an economic peak, but an emotional peak that will strike us sometime.

June ish okay, maybe the middle of June or so, right? And it's going to get really ugly from May onward. Well, it's getting ugly starting today, but okay, very good. And of course, we're seeing I'll bring up the videos here, the writers in France. We're not hearing much of that in mainstream news, but of course, you're protesting the pension reforms, the austerity there, and the fact that we're at this endgame and there's no more money left here and the social order is broken.

Rafi, you've been doing amazing reports here on your Rafi Farber on YouTube, as well as your collaboration with Arcadia Economics. I point out those videos here to the audience members as best I can. You're doing amazing work. Can you set the stage also from your perspective of what's happening here, not just with the banking system, but as I just discussed here, the fact that the social order is breaking and we're now seeing this eruption of violence around the world. How do you think moving forward here in the next couple of days and weeks, all of that is going to unfold?

Rafi, it days and weeks. I don't know what's going to happen in the next days and weeks. I try not to make short term predictions on that time scale because anything could happen in the next days and weeks. I just know what's going to happen in the end game. That is going to be the collapse of the dollar entirely.

And people think that it's scary and maybe there's going to be some social disjointedness and rioting, et cetera. But I try not to think of that and I try to stay positive and think of the positive aspects of it, really in a financial collapse like this, where the bottom of the pyramid on which everything is based is gold and silver, because that's how the dollar started. That's how the whole current the current currency system started, like Bretton Woods was based on a gold resumability. And the skeleton that we have now is just the structure of Bretton Woods without the content of it. So what happens at the end is that hopefully actual things don't get destroyed, at least not in huge quantities.

You could argue that there's going to be nuclear war, and I'm not going to say that there is. I don't want to even think about that. But assuming most of the stuff that was produced in the boom, in the false bubble boom exists at the end of it, then all you have is a shift of purchasing power from people who hold fake money to people who hold the real money. So all the purchasing power will be in the hands of the people who own gold and silver. And that's what I want to look forward to.

Because the people that are smart enough to realize that gold and silver are money and understand that and hold through all the crazy ups and downs and still understand the reality of what we're in. Those are the people that I want to have the most money and the most power. Because they are the ones that are the sanest people and understand how society functions. And that economics is a study of scarcity and choice, and you can't just print things into existence. So I'm hoping that the world is better things into existence.

Rafi of course, here at the LME, people are left with holding bags of rocks here as opposed to the actual metal. This just broke it the other day. We did look at the LME earlier this year, and there's scandal there. Cliff as Rafi is saying here, we're getting into this period of time where people are going to get a very quick education as to what is the fiat currency versus real sound money. You're projecting here that there is going to be perhaps two or three resets here offered to the population as we go through the systemic collapse of the old systems into the new.

Of course, we have Pluto the Destroyer that comes into alignment here March 23. So it seems to be all timing also with the astrological bodies. Talk about that evolution here. We're about to live in this new money system and this new world and this new Sci-Fi world we're going into. And then after that segment, we'll move right into the rumble fee.

Go ahead, Cliff. Okay, real quick, rafi is correct, but let's make the distinction between the dollar and the Fern, okay? The Federal Reserve note, because rafi everybody, including myself, I say dollar, but I'm really referring to the Fern. It's not a treasury issued dollar, but he's 100% correct. Everything is balanced on the tip of gold, and the whole pyramid is going to fall over.

In my opinion. We cannot avoid the social unrest and discord because of the emotionality that is attached to the fiat currency that must be shed along with the debt of the currency itself. So people that as he's saying, he wants the sound money people to have money at the end of this, and I'm quite confident that they shall because they have gold and silver. Okay? However, you're going to have a whole lot of people that don't have sound money, and they're going to have a whole lot of venting to do as a result of what little purchasing power was in their hands, totally being stolen from them in real time by its evaporation, with the system itself collapsing.

And it is that system that is built on top of the original sound money that subsume the sound money with credit, with illusion and everything that must be shed. We all, as humanity, have 140 last count central banks that are participating in this illusion. There will be, in my opinion, a level of Angst and histrionics storm undrung that we're getting into this now that has never before been witnessed. If you are lucky enough, like my expat friends, to be living in Russia, then you will be relatively isolated from a lot of the anxiety that's going to be coming along, right? Because here's something that people are missing.

All of this is going to funnel over a very short period of time from the western liberal republics to the Chinese banking system, which is owed vast quantities of money and has all these credit swaps and stuff going in fiat currency with the western liberal republics. They're going to catch currency COVID, so to speak, as our banking system goes down. The ripples cannot be underestimated, in my opinion. So right now, the Chinese are calling themselves the land of empty containers, okay? The slang term for China, that's how they're referring it to it now.

But in the banking system, there's another term that is gaining ground in China, and that's the land of the empty vault. And that's been showing up in the last three weeks in my scanning of their verbiage right, of their conversations. So we're getting very close. This is why I'm able to predict this kind of stuff, because language precedes activity, usually in all cases before a human becomes histrionic, they say something that will give you an indication that there's going to be this emotional outburst. I don't care if it's one on one or on Moss.

And so I've been following the big mass of it all, and we're right there now. And folks, I invite you to go check out the mass video cliff just produced here on March 13. You can find that on his bitchute. Guys, we're about to switch over now to the Rumble feed. So thank you so much for watching here on the YouTube channel.

Let me bring the Rumble link back in the live link for you guys here now. And please do come over to Rumble as we detach here from the YouTube feed now remove. Okay, so we're running now live only on Rumble, folks. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining us here on Rumble. Appreciate the live chat and the comments.

Please remember to follow here as we're producing more and more of this content here that is just simply not allowed on other platforms for now. And we do really much appreciate all of your support and following us here, of course, if you don't want to miss a beat. Rafi, what started last year last year, last week seems like a year ago already with all the news cycles. And yes, everything is going wild and crazy, but what started with this Silicon Valley Bank now has erupted into a kinsey Swiss problem. You mentioned that in your last report here with Arcadia Economics.

Can you bring that to the attention of the viewers here and explain also why we're seeing some other bank activities now starting to extricate themselves from their dealings with the Credit Suisse and how that protends? Perhaps the same type of fallout, maybe on a bigger scale that we saw in 2008. Go ahead, Rafi. Are you talking about Credit Suisse? Yes.

Well, first, quickly to respond to something that Cliff Said talks about histrionics. Histrionics comes from the root of a history or a womb. So a uterus. In the same way, we're all kind of being reborn and it's going to be a rough second birth or third birth or whatever birth you want to call this. But yeah, we're in labor now.

It's going to be rough about Credit Suisse. Okay, so we start with Silicon Valley Bank. And what was happening there was they had a bunch of bonds in their balance sheet, which there's a narrative that I don't want to say the word narrative. I hate the word narrative. There's an opinion that Silicon Valley Bank just made mistakes or they have a woke board, which they do, and they're stupid because they're woke and they just made bad decisions.

And I'm not excusing their wokeness, but I'm saying when you're stuck in a fractional reserve fiat system like this, the ones that are going to get screwed over first are the ones on the margin, which was Silicon Valley. Bank, which specialized in extremely low interest rate loaning to these crazy tech companies that had imaginary cash flows out in the 2030 years from now. Whatever it was. So they need the lowest interest rate, so they collapse. Also, they loan to all the fake meat companies, all the plants that can't sell their products.

Yeah, obviously wokeness had a role here, but it was inevitable. And yeah, the people on the margin, the dumbest banks are going to be the ones first, but it's going to filter into the core, and we're seeing it in Credit Suisse. And what's important about Credit Suisse is that this term is thrown around like counterparty risk. I know what that is, but it's like a code that we're supposed to understand exactly what that means. It means that Credit Suisse holds like $500 billion.

I may get the number wrong, I didn't check, but it's in the hundreds of billions of dollars worth of derivatives that they are the counterparty to. When somebody, let's say a bullion bank or some other hedger wants to hedge wheat prices or gold prices or whatever it is they're doing, and they open up a short position or even a long position. The other side of that is usually a systemically important bank like Credit Suisse. And so if somebody's hedging a futures position, hedging a physical position with futures or even a bullion bank who's hedging gold and shorting gold and staying long in London or whatever they're doing, the counterparty is a bank like Credit Suisse. So if Credit Suisse goes down and somebody has a futures position being hedged in some kind of exchange somewhere, and all of a sudden the Credit Suisse goes down, then his position gets screwed over, and he can't get his counterparty to pay up if he wins the bet.

So then you have the entire futures market of every commodity, including gold and silver and consumables just closing positions and open interests falling and falling and falling. And then you have a short squeeze in every single commodity in every single futures market on the planet at the same time. That's what happens if An Sib falls over, because they're the ones who own the other side of the derivative positions. So they cannot let Credit Suisse go down. They have to keep inflating.

Or if they don't inflate, then all the commodities markets and the futures markets close their positions, and then you're down to just the physical supply, and then you have hyperinflation that way. Either way, you're looking at the same thing. And what's interesting here with Criti Swiss, a lot of analysts were saying that they were running this long bond lawn stock, short gold trade here for a number of years, and they might be at the point now where they have to pivot that particular trade. Now, what's interesting this week, Saudi Arabia announced that they were pulling their support from critic Suisse. Cliff, how does that tie into the death of the world currency?

The fact that the Saudis last year made an agreement with Russia, effectively supplanting the deal that Nixon and Kissinger had made for the petrol dollar in 71. How do you see that into the timeline here of the death of the petrol dollar? The fact that the people are moving away from the petrol dollar with the BRICS nation and how that is leading to what you have termed here American Revolution 2.0? Go ahead. Well, a couple of things.

We know that Yellen is concerned exactly about the same point that Rafi is bringing up, okay? Because in her talk in front of Congress, some things leaked out. One of the things that leaked out was and she never confirmed it, but she didn't deny it because she couldn't, because she had just said it, in essence, was that if you are a depositor in one of their preferred banks, then you will be made whole. But if you're not, you won't. And so this is causing some consternation among all the locals, all the let me just interrupt you there, Cliff, just for a second.

Yes, guys, that's the press release. Cliff is talking about. You can find that on the Federal Reserve dot gov website here. They're talking about eligible depository institution, meaning some are not eligible. So, Cliff, keep going.

Yeah. So we know that this is the case. We know that they want to crush the locals and the communities in order that at some point in the future, they may attempt to drive us into the central bank digital currency. Their first go round. The first rollout of this is scheduled for July with this thing called Fed now Payment, which they've modeled curiously on, software wise, on PayPal, oddly enough.

Okay, but here's the thing. The contagion aspect of this is very real. We're seeing that now. People are freaking out now about this word that was deliberately let loose by yellen about not being safe in these small and other banks. So they want to cause this reaction.

They never do this stuff accidentally or any of that. So this was a designed reaction and it's led to all kinds of purchases of precious metals, starting with the day of that speech, as people get out of the local and other banks, but not necessarily move into what would be thought of as one of the big five bullion banks, et cetera. Right, yeah, I'm just talking to some metal people and they're working their asses off here real quick on this.

The death of fiat currency always causes social unrest and social disruption because it is a wealth transfer. All right? So as Rafi is saying, those people that were smart enough to buy precious metals, and I disagree with them, also smart enough to buy Bitcoin. I like bitcoin's. Utility of international settlements and instant wire transfers and still retaining value.

But those people that have those are going to be able to or they're going to be the top of the heap as the heap rolls over, so to speak, right? Because we're down at the bottom of that pyramid, it's going to go flop, flop, and we'll be up on the top of the pyramid in terms of the purchasing power and so on. But that leaves a lot of the pyramid in this particular time uncovered in a way that's never been seen before. So let me just sketch to you real quickly here that there were at least 30 circulating currencies in pre revolutionary North America. We had French currencies.

In fact, a lot of our United States coinage was modified French coins. But the point being that we used to be a multi currency, but almost all of those currencies related to gold or silver, where it had some element of it in there. When the financial system that was the colonies at that time collapsed with the revolution against the British, they didn't ship goods over anymore. It's going to be very akin then to what's happening now. So we're not getting anything from China.

As our money crashes, more ships that are out in the Pacific will turn around. I kid you not. They'll turn around. The Chinese will just keep the money and keep the goods because there's no point in delivering them. We're getting to that level of disruption.

We are at the same level that they had in the colonies at that time. And that is that we've got to become self sufficient and we've got to do it really quick because we have no other option. So in a way, this is brutal to say it because we're going to go through a brutally ugly time, but I'm one of those guys that if I'm going to get in a fight, I'm in it all the way, right? There is victory or death. Nothing short of that, right?

If I'm going to get wounded, I will take my pain now. So when I was a kid, I'll just tell you this real quick. I accidentally burned the bottom of my foot on a wood stove, right? I was asleep. I fell over.

It hit the metal third degree burn on the bottom of my foot for about six or 8 hours. I tried to eliminate the pain by going outside and putting the foot in the snow. And it kept me up all night and it did. But as soon as you take out of that snow, it start hurting again, right? So I learned my lesson then.

I take my pain now. I eat it all now. That's what the US. Is going to have to do. We're going to have to learn to be tough, get tough and take our pain now because we're at that point.

So in my opinion, we're going through something that will be far greater than the greatest depression ever to hit this planet in modern history, and it will totally disrupt the society that we have now. And when we come out on the other side, I expect a few years from now that we will not have perhaps 90% of the federal government that exists right now in my country, right? And that my country will not be at risk of being seized by an international cartel to go and bomb some other bastard in some other bastards country, right? Okay. So it's my people that have always died.

I'm a military guy, right? Military brat. And we are the ones that have always died for these assholes that have international, globalists, that have set us fighting the Vietnamese, the Koreans, et cetera, et cetera. And so I am looking forward to this, taking my pain now that that should not occur again. Well, okay, thank you so much for that, Cliff.

Guys, please rewind and listen to that again. And speaking of burning your feet, Cliff, at my dojo, we were doing these firewalk seminars. And I know the feeling you're having to put your feet in cold snow after this. It really helps. Ralphie, let me go back to you here on the terms of the haircut.

We're about to live here now, David Morgan was reporting this. This is a video that came out in December. We also did a decode on this suggesting that the banks knew here in the FDIC, the bank of International Settlements knew that the depositors would in fact be getting a haircut here in the very near future. And in this roundtable discussion, they were suggesting, debating, because their role is to protect the deposits and protect the depositors, but at the same time, letting them know that there was a problem at the bank and that they could suffer a haircut could, in fact, create a stronger and more rapid bank run. It seems that we're in that process now.

But speak to that. First of all, Rafi, this haircut, how you see this, perhaps transpiring, and also share with the audience members your understanding of how the silver stackers right now are going to be. The people who are going to reboot here in terms of the division of labor. Set that up for the audience members so they understand how important the role is. It's not just taking your money out of harm's way and moving it on the sideline to have dry powder to step into this new world, but also their role in rebooting here, the division of labor.

Go ahead, Rafi. Yeah, so about that video. I did see it. I don't think there's going to be a haircut nominally, I don't think, like, let's say somebody has $100,000 in his bank account. He's going to have to take a haircut of 25% and wake up tomorrow with seeing the number 75,000.

That's too obvious. It's too obvious of a theft, and it will result in a global bank run. Everyone will take all money they can out of the banking system and put it into anything else, not trusting. And the only way they could stop that is with laws. And laws won't stop it.

It'll just delay it until somebody finds a workaround with a whole bunch of money laundering fees involved.

There's going to be no nominal haircut. I seriously doubt it. But there will be a hyperinflationary haircut, meaning the $100,000 that you own today in your account could be worth $10,000 in purchasing power a week from now. I'm not saying in a week that's going to happen, but I'm saying theoretically, it's possible. And at some point that's going to happen.

Well, essentially, just to back you up here, the Fed basically announced that they're covering 100% of deposits here in terms of eligible deposits. So they're going way past the 250,000 FDIC limit. This would be the set up for that hyperinflationary event you're talking about. Yeah, because if they didn't do that, then there'd be a bank run, and then it would be the end of the monetary system anyway. They're being cornered.

I mean, they try to go one direction or another but they have increasingly less wiggle room and they have to keep going towards that hyperinflationary singularity in terms of silver stackers and the responsibility of silver stackers for the world. Meaning that the only way a division of labor works and the only reason that we're fed and that I can wake up tomorrow and then go to supermarket and know that I can buy my food and know that I can survive the day is because of a vision of labor. And the only way a division of labor works is because money retains value where people know how much they have to spend and how much they have to work in order to maintain whatever standard of living they want to maintain. If you can't calculate that, then you have no idea what you're supposed to be doing the next day, and you have no idea how much you have to how much you have to earn or how much you have to spend. You can't calculate, so you can't do anything.

So then you have no division of labor, and then you stop doing things. Then if everybody does that, then everybody starves to death. So that's not going to work. So how do you save that? Well, you're going to need some kind of divisible money.

And since all currencies and the entire monetary system is still based on gold and silver now, then they're going to have to go back to physical gold and silver in the initial stages of an explosion, of a monetary explosion. So the stackers will be responsible for maintaining the essentials of a division of labor. They're not going to be responsible for saving, like some gender studies professor in Berkeley who's talking about how men and women don't exist. I mean, he's got no place in division of labor anymore because nobody wants what he does or what he says. And most of academia is going to go down to nothing.

And most of all, the excess fat and all the systems that we have in the global economy, they're going to go away. But people who grow food, people are going to want to pay them stuff.

So you're going to be able to pay somebody to grow food for you, which I'm pretty sure everyone's going to want. So that's what the silver stackers will do, they will be responsible for. We just flushed the toilet of all the fiat garbage, so now it's empty. We got to fill it up with something. So we filled the plumbing system with silver, make it stable.

That's the job of the silver stackers, to literally save what is left of the division of labor, the essential parts of it, so people can survive. Very good. Thank you for that rafi. Now, Cliff, you're not in your head there too. I want to go back to this fed now and the fact that in your web auditor reports, I believe they were starting in 2016 or 17, you were talking about these two or three resets.

And for the audience members are watching the show right now. They're like, okay, what the hell do I do? I know I can't leave my money in the bank, but where do I go? Do I go with the Cbdc? Do I go with the decentralized coin?

Do I go with cash under my mattress for a period of time? Is it all of the above? And why, Cliff? How do we navigate all of this here, moving forward? Okay, so it is all of the above.

You want to be diversified because things are uncertain. So we're coming to a period of maximum uncertainty. In periods of maximum uncertainty, you want to spread your options as wide as you possibly can and be prepared to follow those that may pan out for you, right? But that means that maybe you're just going to have to let some other stuff go away. So maybe you would put a little bit of money in a bank, get a little bit of silver, buy a little bit of food, buy a little bit of seeds, and in the end of it all, maybe the bank will go away.

But you'll have the silver, the food and the seeds, right? That kind of thing. You're going to have to spread it and risk it. All right? So here's the thing, though.

Here's what we have to understand. So Rafi brought up obliquely. The Cultural Revolution. So in my data sets, and I never went into this because I didn't want to explore it back in the time of 2012 and on, I only obliquely mentioned it in there, a Cultural Revolution comes to the United States. I was afraid that the Cultural Revolution would end up being like Mao's Cultural Revolution.

And indeed it was. It is now we're living through Mao's Cultural Revolution, pushed onto the United States in the form of Wokonianism, the trans stuff and climate change, okay? Because Mao's revolution was based on making China ill, young versus old intergenerational separation. And he wanted to do away with the old, and he weaponized it through Munchausen's by proxy, just as we're going through. This is pertinent because in the data sets, it showed, just as Raffi had used by illustration, professors, that no longer had any occupation, that they were just cast out.

Now, I thought at the time, 2012, not seeing the infiltration and all of that, at that time, I thought that those data sets were referring to something like Mao's Revolution, when professor friends of mine, after they survived the coal mines and this kind of thing in Mao's Revolution told me about what it was like. And they were just a professor one day, and then the students came in, and then the next day they were working at a coal mine. Right? And so I thought we were going to get into that. But I think now that it's the other way, that it'll be the gender studies and Rafi is coming to the point of practicality.

All of the impractical nonsensical crap is going to be thrown out in our cultural revolution now in order that we may survive and as he said, grow food and stuff. And within the data sets, you'll notice a lot of data about how the United States cleans up its act. All of North America cleans up its act as far as pollution and stuff. And over these next 30 or 40 years becomes the center of high quality organic farming and food and stuff such that we used to see, like in Holland. And so this is in our future now.

Rothy is quite correct, and it's very gratifying for me that it's going to be all the gender studies people that are going to go have to work in a coal mine because they can't do anything else. Right. Anyway, though. But also I want to point out something else. We use the word hyperinflation, okay?

We have not seen hyperinflation. Hyperinflation has a very specific definition that involves human activity. So we have very nasty inflation. There's no question anything over 2%, even annually is very nasty. And I would argue that 2% is terrible.

But we're in the eight, nine and 10% kind of stuff now. This is very nasty inflation that's destroying us, destroying the social order, destroying our cohesiveness and stuff. But it is not hyperinflation. Hyperinflation occurs when the dynamic of people's emotions become involved in the moment. So in Germany in 1923, in Armenia, in any of these hyperinflationary episodes, you get hyperinflation when the people lose the trust 100% of the currency and spend it as fast as they can and in fact are planning on spending the next bit they get long before they get it.

And so all of a sudden and it is all of a sudden just like that, and all of a sudden the printing presses cannot keep up with the emotionality that's being expressed through the activity of moving the currency through the system. That is hyperinflation. That is scary stuff, okay? My relatives that lived through it in the 1920s in Germany wrote diaries that I read, and they were just shocked about how terrible it was, right. I won't go into any of the details there, but I want to tell you that hyperinflation is not yet here, but it may be very close, okay?

In Germany, hyperinflation was triggered by a number of moves, political moves by the then limping government over the course of just nine days, okay? So just a little over a week, they did these three little items in the German law structure and everything, and it freaked everybody out, and they started a hyperinflationary run. So now today I am feeling that hyperinflationary pressure start to build in myself against the currency, as I know that everybody else is also reacting to the bank problems. But today we got our first political kick towards hyperinflation where Trump announced that they're going to arrest him on the 21st. Okay?

So this is going to cause a whole lot of things to occur. I believe it'll cause a national strike to occur in the United States. I believe we'll have a trucker strike the way that they had in Canada and not deliver goods. So that will cause this anxiety that will transfer the emotion into this. And in fact, I believe it's already happened because I've talked to some people that said this morning when they woke up and they saw that, they decided to drain their bank account.

Okay, so just a regular guy, and this was a guy I know that's got a business here, and he's got payroll, he's got people he's got to, and it's a local bank. He knows about yelling. And he said that was it. This is the last straw. He says if they arrest Trump, that's it.

And he said that today he's going to go and today is Saturday, but he's going to go talk to his buddy who happens to work at the bank and make arrangements to drain his bank account over this weekend and get ready for Monday, such as he can take all of his money out. Right. I don't know how much he's got, but it's going to be a big hit on that bank because he's got maybe 25 people that work for him, and he's really worried about being able to provide for them and his family and so on. And it was not until he saw the political move that he reacted emotionally. He was sort of content, grumble and bitch and moan about the dollar not going anywhere and so on, but he was content up until today to leave his money in that bank.

So at this point, he said it's cash and medals only for him. Wow. Fascinating. And folks, yes, go check out the Twitter for Cliff and myself here. We did post quite a few of these articles here talking about this imminent, perhaps indictment.

And also go check out Jason Forrest video on his prophetic dream of the Trump arrest. Rafi, as we're looking at this, Cliff is adding the component here of the social order breaking down here from a reality of not just the imminent Trump arrest, but all of the big ugly that has been coming out. So we just saw last week the January 6 footage, and that also shocked a big portion of the normies into realizing maybe once for the first time that, hey, somebody's lying to us here and they're lying to us big. This was the last thing we were holding on to here. Orange man, bad.

And here we're being shown that perhaps it didn't play out exactly as we thought. How do you tie that into what we're about to see? And what would you recommend your viewers there at Seeking Alpha, at Endgame's Investor? How do we navigate all of this, the political front and the crumbling of the banking system? Rafi, how do you navigate the political front?

I forget about any faith in the political system. Voting is a sham. It's been for a very long time. It used to mean something, but doesn't mean anything anymore. So instead of relying on politics for saving anything, make local connections with your community.

Find who's going to grow your food. Find who's going to machine your tools or whatever you need. Find who can work with wood, who can help provide your basic needs. And start finding the people close to you and build a local network community economy, so that when the currency does fall, you can start trading amongst yourselves. It just means making friends and staying in contact and knowing where each other, where everyone is.

So in terms of the political order, it's breaking down in the US. If they indict Trump, wow, that's straight up third world country, banana public, South American, scary stuff. And share also with the audience what's happening in your home world. Yeah, well, a similar thing is happening in Israel, and it's more of a local concern here that there's there's a fight going on now between the Supreme Court and the the Knesset, which is the Parliament, and there's no constitution in Israel, so there's no real codification, even if that would even matter. Codifying things in a constitution doesn't seem to have much relevance these days anyway.

But there is no constitution. So the Parliament is trying to kick down the powers of the Supreme Court, and then the Supreme Court is going to say, if you pass that law, we're going to cancel that law. And then the Knesset has to decide whether it's going to order tanks around the Supreme Court or the Court's going to order tanks around the Knesset. I have no dog in this fight. I don't care who wins.

Because from what's been happening in the past two years, here how. Israel forced its disgusting injections, mangala style, on everyone, just pressuring everyone and experimenting on its own people. Disgusting government, both sides of it, are bad. The Knesset for passing the laws and the mask laws and the Mandate laws and everything, and the Supreme Court for allowing it to go happen. So I hope these people fight each other and we can restart something, have our own reset here.

We can be a little bit more free. So I think this is all connected to what's happening in Israel, is what is connected to what's happening in America and the government fighting itself and political war. Everything is happening together at the same time, and everything is a reflection of everything else. So how we purge this disease and having a violent fever to get rid of a disease, it's painful, but it's necessary. And we're about to go through a pretty rough part of it.

And I hope we come out calm and sane. I hope the same. Rafi, originally, before the interview, you mentioned maybe you had 45 minutes. We're at the 45 minutes now. I have two more segments.

Can you stay a little bit longer or do you need to? Okay, very good. Thank you so much, Rafi. I appreciate your extra time for the audience members here. We were just talking about some of the old Webbas data reports.

Cliff was nice enough to give us the underbridge original versions. There are a lot of them on the web that have been modified, so be careful what you're reading. But if you're looking for them now, again, beyond Mystic Net, cliffhigh is where you can download these original reports. Now, Cliff, you just mentioned, I want to bring this back up for the audience members here. This is a little bit more complicated.

I know you're trailblazing ahead here with these words and constructing this narrative so that we get used to this language, understand it, being able to digest it, and then to convey it to the rest of the population here. Let's spend a little bit of time here on the Manchester by proxy here, what you're talking about, what those actual codes mean, the fact that you're actually putting out real data here and why perhaps some of the trans communities are hitting up your Twitter. You lost your Twitter last week. Explain to them why this is so crucial here and how that ties into the breaking of the social order and how, as both of you are mentioning here, we're going to go back to the basics here and not really care so much about all of this. Wokism.

Cliff? Okay, so it's fairly complex. You have to ask yourself, why do all of these things occur? Right? Why does trans occur?

Why does a politician support trans, et cetera, et cetera? Well, obviously in a politician's interest to do so, gain power and so on. But at a human level, why would such a thing occur? Why would a mother support a child trying to regender themselves, resex themselves? Because it has nothing to do with gender.

When you're starting to cut off body parts, then you're dealing with sex, right? And so it is Munchausen's by proxy, which is one of the most complex codified diseases that we have that involves both physical and psychiatric components, right? And so if you go look up Munchausen's by proxy and get into it, you'll find volumes written on this thing. And it's basically, in its simplest form, it's a sick caregiver that needs attention from an external. So frequently you'll see this dynamic of a mother, an absentee father and a child, and the father is not quite 100% gone.

The mother makes the child ill, such as to draw back that male into her life. And she does this frequently in an unconscious fashion, not even really aware of her own motivation. Also, she communicates to the child the illness by way of unconscious signaling. And there's been vast quantities of psychiatric books written on this. It is one of the hardest diseases to ever diagnose in a caregiver and an ill person.

But it will become so effective that the ill person can actually do things like manifest blisters, manifest physical symptoms in their body from a psychological condition that goes away once this dynamic is broken. So frequently, a trans kid becomes instantly non trans when taken to an absentee parent and is no longer under the influence of that parent. That's sending out these unconscious and conscious signals to behave this way such that I may benefit. So it's a very complex disease. Mao Seng and a bunch of people that worked with him analyzed Munchausen's by proxy in the 30s in a very extensive test, very extensive analysis.

I don't think it had ever been done that way before. And in the Chinese started using Munchausen's by proxy to shape their own society. And then Mao took it over in 1966, and he used it to foment the Cultural Revolution and seize power back, because they had almost gotten him out of the way in 65, and they were trying to get normalized relations with the US. And the Western world, et cetera. And he used it to take China back.

It has been weaponized and used against us. The key component of this is an object, whether it's a person or a planet or an identity, that needs to be protected by the caregiver. And so my thing is to bring up this language, especially relative to people in power. This is a very dangerous situation, and even the AI recognizes that. The most dangerous situation you can run into is a person that's a politician that's actually exhibiting Munchausen's by proxy, attempting to put it out on the population in the form of anything.

But nowadays we have it focused on a sick planet. And these mythical trans kids. Trans kids is not a thing. They don't exist. Blah, blah, blah.

There's no climate crisis. We're not going to die from any human activity. Humans, they say that we're going to push it over the certain sun agreed temperature because of our activity. But the fact of the matter is, humans never add any energy whatsoever to this planet. The only thing we do is convert it from one form to another, but that energy is still here.

Okay, as Ricardo Bosi was saying in our last war Correspondent show, guys, if you haven't seen that, go check it out. He's talking about, of course, like euclid, this fifth generational warfare. This warfare for our minds to have us to think a certain way in order to have us act a certain way here in this controlled chapter. Bring that in here and also talk about the fact that people can go research this for themselves. We have an actual ICD code here, as you have on the screen.

Explain how this ties into the 5G warfare and how knowing that this is being perpetuated on us, having the tools to recognize it and point to it can actually start flipping the tables here and freaking out a lot of the power structures once they've been discovered here by this particular tactic in this warfare. Go ahead, Cliff. Okay, so you just mentioned the phrase flipping the tables. That arises from three card monte. When people discover how they're being cheated in three card monte, what do they always do?

They flip over the scammer's table, right? Scattering the cards and all of that. So that's exactly what's going on here. The discovery that you're being deceived in real time brings out an instant reaction that shatters the mind programming that goes on. It's an emotionality that comes on up.

I won't go into any of the details, but it actually hardens you against mostly that specific con being used on you again. But it also degrades your ability to be gullible to other cons as you go forward. The more you've been scammed, the less you can be scammed because you've seen it, right? And so that's where we're at now that we're going to have this flipping of the tables. As everybody understands all of these different scams that are going on, and as part of the unrestricted fifth generation warfare, those people that can observe the scams happening, identify the language and show you that it's going on, can, especially in my case, provide you with language that can assist you going forward.

So if you know that your politician is using language that is focusing on causing harm to children, which is the supporting of them, transing, then you could stand up and say, I have a public health notice here. These proceedings have to stop until this person, the politician, has been investigated by a panel, not an individual, a panel of psychiatrists to confirm that they are not exhibiting Munchausens by proxy. You won't believe how rapidly that changes the dynamic of any meeting with a public official in there. Even if you don't get traction, it's going to freak everybody out. It's going to collapse the meeting itself.

And if you can hand out the printouts of the Munchausen's by proxy language and the AI saying, here are the steps, then everybody will start getting the clue and they'll say, hey, wait a second. What's going on here? Right? This is a weapon of war. We are probably about seven or nine months away from the normies, grasping that this war tactic has been put on us for these last 40 plus years.

And then we'll have all kinds of people write books about how they snuck in and the colleges were converted and all the language and all of that. But as I say, they won't even start grasping that for seven to nine months somewhere out in the future. But the emotional shock of what's going to hit us this coming week and then the weeks afterwards leading up to May. So now bear in mind a potentiality that we do have a national strike, that we do have trucker strikes, and that we have some form of reaction to the arrest of Trump. Okay.

That they actually go through it and do it. It's a misdemeanor that they've got a unique novel theory to escalate into a felony. So it isn't going anywhere. Right. Okay, so let's say that they do that.

What are going to be the consequences? I can draw out a timeline now that takes us from Tuesday of this week up to May 1 that would support the idea that in May 1, the government will collapse because there will be the Dick Algeier moment in the halls of Congress when no one will pass an extension of any monetary funding for any aspect of the federal government. Wow.

As soon as May 1. May they okay. Rafi, let me bring you on here also because we have a lot of silver bugs in the audience members and we have a lot of people trying to understand why silver is important, but why there at the silver level also, we're being conned. There's this big con game happening. I've had many interviews with Andy Shekman over the last year or two explaining that, of course, we're seeing the big drawdowns of the comics and the Lbma.

Apparently, somebody is front running what is about to occur here and getting into the physical, even though in the mainstream news they're telling us that gold, of course, is a pet rock and inconsequential. I have another video here somewhere from Bernacki saying it's just tradition. But let's talk about the scam here at the silver level and what you see happening here. What's the set up right now in the technicals in terms of the silver market? Rafi well set up in technicals, not much of a technical analyst, but I do look at open interest, the amount of contracts that are open in silver futures.

But what's the scam? The way I put it, there are a lot of different ways to put this. I don't capture in terms of fraud as much as just the nature of the system. You could call that fraud, too. I have no problem with calling it fraud.

I don't use that word. I try to help people understand what is going on here. And essentially what's going on is that for other commodities, there's one price right there's, the consuming price of that commodity. Like, how much would you pay to consume a barrel of oil for your energy needs?

So it's the same with all with all consumable commodities, with wheat, with oil, with energy, et cetera, with the gold. And silver is different because there's a consumer price. Like if you're a jeweler, how much would you pay for 10oz of gold? So you can make your jewelry to stock your shelves or whatever it is that you use gold for, if you need it for your electronics or you use it in whatever it is that you manufacture. So then you need some gold physically to consume in some kind of thing, that's a price.

But there is another price of gold and that is the price that people are the monetary price. Whereas there are only a certain select amount of people that actually use gold as a consumer good. Everybody in the world needs gold because everybody in the world needs money to trade it with for something else. So the monetary price of gold is much, much higher than the commodity price of gold. And are you suggesting that these are going to meet here very soon with all of this?

Yes, they're going to meet. At what number exactly? I don't know, but it should meet at the end game to a 100% value of 100%, balance out the amount of liabilities in the Federal Reserve balance sheet. Assuming there is gold in Fort Knox, and I do not know that for sure. I'm sure Cliff would probably say no.

But let's assume there is what is 8132 tons or something like that. So the Fed has that on its balance sheet supposedly, and then a whole bunch of paper. So when the paper falls to zero, the only thing left on the balance sheet is gold. So it has to balance out the rest of the liabilities, which are the amount of dollars in circulation. 100% backing would be something around $40 to $50,000 an ounce.

Now if there is no gold there, then there will be no exchange rate and the dollar will be completely worthless. And then you'll need physical coins. So at the end of the day, gold and silver futures, they're not going to be redeemable. So most of the people with a futures position, whether it be gold or even an ETF position, they're not going to get anything out of that because really it's only an exchange ticket for a bunch of dollars. And if the dollar doesn't work, then what are you going to do with the share of Slv or Gld or whatever we could do with it?

We could do nothing. It could be a nice wallpaper. Yeah. If it could even be that you'd have to request like physical copies of your holdings of your ETFs. Right, okay, thank you.

I appreciate that. Cliff before we get to the next segment here, and I want you to follow through on some of this pricing mechanism for gold and silver. I'll get into why perhaps Jim Sinclair was saying earlier this year, based on the calculations that Rafi is trying to explain to the audience members, gold should already be at $80,000 or ounce. And that was with the liabilities that were admitted six months ago, not what we're seeing now, and perhaps all the over the counter derivatives that have not been accounted for yet. So I'll get to that segment in a moment.

But Cliff, a big issue right now for a lot of people. All the stress, all the turmoil. As Recorder Boasty said to you're supposed to be confused right now. The white hats, the black hats, everybody's trying to fuck with you, everybody's lying with you. A big problem for a lot of our viewers is trying to sleep.

Cliff, why is sleep so important and what do you have for them here at Pure Sleep? Okay, so Pure Sleep is a cool product. We've got a sugarless version. So if you're one of the people that is going through cancer, sadly, from all of the shots and so on, it'll aid you that way. And by the way, if you've taken any of the mRNA products, natokinase has been shown to get rid of the spike protein and also degrade the lipid nanoparticles and bind them to excrete them.

So that does offer some help there. Okay, so we need to sleep here because during the sleep, okay, so your body can't repair itself during the day. Anything it does to any kind of injury that you get during the day is simply triage. It's just trying to keep you from getting worse. And so it's only during at night that you can actually repair that damage.

And because I was trying to recover from being down to £128, I needed to recover. So I've got GABA in there. GABA is such a powerful substance that the Japanese government considers it to be illegal in products. It has to be administered by a medical prescription because it's a precursor to a human growth hormone. So it will allow your body to maximize the creation of human growth hormone before you go to sleep because of the nature of the mix we've got.

And then so you'll have the human growth hormone and it provides some level of support in using it, but it's not any of the peptides that actually direct how it should be used. So if for instance, you had arthritis, then a good use for this would be to take a peptide during the day that would direct growth towards your joints and so on, but have the Pure Sleep at night so that you would have the human growth hormone there available for you. Okay, very good. And folks, I just put the link here to Pure Sleep in the live chat. Go check it out.

I absolutely love mine and I love the new flavor also that was just put out here in the last couple of months. I really like it, Cliff, and I love the plastic reusable containers. I know a lot of our viewers also like that. So Cliff, let's go back to this idea of this original webbot data suggesting that we would see at some point here when we entered this new phase of the world, this $600 per ounce silver. Let's go back to the conversation here of what Jim Sinclair was suggesting there, the $80,000 per ounce gold, how that ties into today and also tie that into now the warfare we find ourselves in, we're seeing different levels of attacks now into the open.

We've moved away. From the overt part of the war into the sorry, of the COVID And now we're into the overt part of the war, as you're describing here in this last video. But explain how that war is also going to be affecting us here at the gold and silver price level. Also the fact that we are going to finally be what was the term you used? Harvesting the corn.

Tie that in to the worst scenario we're in. Now. Suddenly that makes a whole lot of sense. Okay, so here's the thing. This is essentially a deep spiritual war involving those and the two sides are easily categorized.

And then there's this middle lump that doesn't know anything's going on really. And those are the normies. The two sides can be categorized as those people that create fiat money and use that to do evil deeds because they have no emotional, physical or cost investment in the creation of fiat currency. They make as much as they want and then everybody else takes it and will give them food and other stuff for it. And so they think that the people that will give them real goods for the fiat are pretty stupid and they want to take over the whole planet.

Now on the other side are those individuals that think we should be on a spiritually sound money system that has no debt attached to it, that no one gets rich off of my labor in this hidden fashion. And so this is truly, in my opinion, a war, good versus evil. And everybody's confused and all of the normies are confused because it is in that state of confusion and anxiety, angst, anger and so on, that minds can be made to change. And the normies have been cultivated like a crop for so long, it takes a lot for their minds to change. Therefore, the upcoming level of emotion is going to be huge, indeed, shockingly huge.

Thus we must face the nuclear war. We've got to have that in there. We've got to go right up to it and face it. We must face all of these things because in facing them, we show who are the adults and everybody else will fall away and then they'll start following the real adults. And that's how this is going to play out.

So what's necessary now is for, in my opinion, is for people of solidity to stand and be solid in that solidity that others may gather around them as we come into this very terrible time with all of these emotions being brought up with the death of the fiat currency and so on. And so this is why I'm starting to get really, I get very peculiar about language, but I like to insist that there's the US dollar and then there's the Federal Reserve notes. Also, the gold in Fort Knox is not owned by the Federal Reserve. It doesn't matter what claims they may have on it. In 1964, there were some moves made that eliminated the ability of the Federal Reserve to make a claim on the gold.

This was done by the Sock. It was one of the very first documents that I can find that allows for the Sock's existence to be supposed was that there were certain things that were done and so there may be gold there for all I know, but the Federal Reserve won't be able to get their hands on it. We're going to see the in my opinion, we'll see the derivatives go first and that will be a giant kick in the balls to a lot of people, okay? These people will be city councils, these will be pension funds, these will be all different kinds of water projects globally, all kinds of weird projects globally that are being used to funnel bribery money to support illegal activities and all of that kind of stuff. They exist in vast quantities in the level of the derivatives.

They live on this hazy kind of secret bond world financing everything that's going to go away at the very first part of our hard stop here heading towards May. And so a lot will be revealed and then that's going to be this giant peak of the big ugly as a lot of this stuff comes out and that's when a lot of people are going to get very angry, very upset. We may indeed see riots, but it won't be mega people running around pulling down statues, right? They may have a few of the antifa dressed up as mega, but that isn't going to go over very well. I remember a web auditor report where you said that not just politicians but perhaps also media newscasters would be flayed in the streets.

Those were the words that were coming up in your old web auditor reports. Now as it pertains to the corn being harvested, we know what you meant by that and of course they're afraid of being harvested. So this is why they're putting out all these arrest warrants now for Trump and even the ICC here issuing the arrest for Putin earlier this week. I want to get into the war in Ukraine. How that is a fallback position for perhaps the fall of Kazakhstan here in the last segment.

Before I do that, I wanted to bring up the link here for the discounts available for you guys, the Beyond Mystic audience here today offered to you by Miles Franklin. You can find that at Beyond Mystic net silver. We have the 1oz Kangaroos on sale at 379 over Spot, as well as the ten ounce silver Italian maple bars if you guys are looking to bulk up there at 259 over Spot. And if you move over to the Mfbullion. CA, if you're on the Canadian side of the viewership, you can also get the Maple Leafs who are on sale also there.

So that's mfbullion CA and of course Beyondmistic Net Silver and for those asking in the chat, yes, the silver bars are still available. And on top of that page there, there's the special order form there for those three, as well as the new Sending Ravens silver bar available now for pre order. So check that out, Cliff. And maybe we could do this as an open table for the last segment here. Going back to this idea that Ukraine is the fallback position we saw last year.

We reported on this, and I believe you and I did a video on this last year when Kazakhstan fell, a lot of things happened there. We saw what your web data suggests might be happening here in North America, the politicians being hanged on the streets. We saw the taking over of the banks. We saw people going through all of the material, following the money, so to speak, and basically creating this funnel effect where the last of these Caesarian mafias, as you call them, the cabal, fell back into Ukraine. Now, what was funny here, just as a side note to be funny with our audience members just again, Biden was out this morning saying that the deposits were safe, your deposits were safe in Ukraine.

Let's get into and Rafi, let's get into how all of this is going to shape up. I had Jim Willie on the show the other day, and he's suggesting that perhaps this whole thing in Ukraine will be over within a month or two here. We're almost at that point. And I listened to Dr. Paul Kerg Roberts the other day on the Greg Hunter Show, and he's like, I don't understand what's happening.

Russia could have finished this months ago, but they're not finishing the war. Explain what the real strategy is in Ukraine right now, as best we can glean from it. I'll start with you, Cliff. And where does it go from here in this end stage, the end game, the final round here or the last round we find ourselves in? Okay, so it's legit to say that the Russians could have ended it sometime back.

They deliberately have delayed, they've deliberately altered tactics, and lots of people don't understand why, but it's all about timing. They can't end until there are certain conditions, until the normal population of the planet has faced the nuclear war aspect. Okay? All right, so this is a psychological war at its core. All physical aspects of it derive from the psychological plan that is powering everything else.

So certain things will happen in the physical world and bring points of tension, and they are there to create the tension and the illusion that things would proceed from that point forward. So we have this being used on both sides. So in Germany now and throughout Europe, you will find many people that are saying, as soon as he's done with the Ukraine, putin's coming for you, okay? And it's not going to happen. But if he had finished with Ukraine now, they wouldn't be able to do that.

They wouldn't be able to use these kind of psychological tools on their own population. And those must be in place for the counter that will come later when he doesn't attack. Okay, so you've got to set everything up. This is fighting. And in fighting, you will find it in the very best.

Guys that are good at fighting, mohammed, Ali, all these kind of people, they use faints, they use timing, they use pulled punches in order that you will react a certain way. They'll throw a punch this way such that you'll shift your head right into the one that they're driving into you. Right? And so that's where we're at now, is in all of this psychological stuff back and forth on that, it's going to get ever so much more complex, more complicated and more scary as we go forward in dealing with the scariness. You can always center yourself, right?

And so if everything gets too weird and there's all this talk of nuclear war and everything, bring it back to yourself, your house, do, sweep the floors, wash the dishes, whatever. Clean your local environment in order to clean your emotions of what's going on, because it will be polluted as we go forward with all of the necessary drama that has to be created in order that these minds might change the way they need to. Wow. Thank you so much. I appreciate that.

I'll get back to you for final words of wisdom here. You kind of alluded to that there Cliff Rafi sent to you here going back to perhaps this fallback position from the Kazakhstan capital of the Illuminati, falling, so to speak, here last year into this now final battle, at least kinetic battle, against perhaps the bioweapons labs, the child trafficking, the money laundering that is happening in Ukraine now. How far are we to understanding perhaps for the normal population, maybe not the people watching the show here, but for the normal population to understand the nature of this war? And perhaps when that comes to a conclusion, how do you see that playing out here in your mind and in your analysis? Rafi I guess I have to plead ignorance here.

I have no idea what you're talking about. Okay.

It is very much complicated. And again, guys, if you want a little bit more information on that and the background, please do go watch my War Correspondent show with Ricardo Bossy. Two of the first episodes there did set the stage for this particular war. How we, on one hand, have the 5g war for your mind, but on the other hand, also have the open aspects of this war, including the tactical attacks on the United States in the last couple of weeks. Now, the banking warfare attacks and of course all of the devulgation that is happening now with January 6 and the COVID narrative all coming out at the same time.

We are into this culminoric effect here in this war. And of course, there also we talked about the component, boots on the ground in Ukraine. So if you want to go check out that episode, that is the place to be, guys, before I go. Also, if you want to stay connected here on the Insider Access Pass, where I produce all of this Insider access content here on Censored Unfeathered on Beyond Mystic Net. Because of the bank runs here too, people are having issues with their credit cards or payment processing and they're not having the ability to connect with us.

And to watch the episodes on a timely basis, please do consider the yearly pass here. We've put it at 50% off for you guys. The coupon code is bank run 50. That expires March 20. My birthday, of course, the Equinox man, a lot of things happening for my birthday.

Cliff, hopefully we're going to have a good birthday here in the next couple of weeks and that we're going to see some light at the end of the tunnel. Cliff, let's end on that. Actually, I'll end with you, Cliff. Rafi, while you're on the screen, what is your best advice here? Cliff just mentioned clean yourself here so that you can be strong and be nimble enough to weather the storm here and to be flexible enough to adapt yourself to the situations that are coming up now in the next couple of weeks and months.

What do you say to your subscribers here on Your Patreon? Talk about that hair too. Also how we can support you there and what can they expect here if they follow you at the End Game Investor on your Patreon? Well, my Patreon is not my main thing. My main service is The End Game Investor, where I talk basically three or four times a week with a weekend report about what's going on in gold and silver in the monetary system from an Austrian school economics analysis perspective.

So you get a two week free trial on that at this site over here that's on the screen. Let me break the link down for you guys here and the chat. There's a lot of amazing content there. So you guys please do go and support Rafi there and all of his amazing work. Here's the link in the live chat.

Keep going, Rafi. So My Patreon is where I take a more biblical angle on economics and monetary policy. I'm a religious Jew and I have a pretty extensive knowledge of Bible and Torah and from Jewish perspective. So what the Torah believes about monetary policy and gold and silver, whenever I come across a comment, I share it and analyze from the same perspective that I have now. So for people who value this sort of stuff, it can be calming and that this is not old.

We've been through this before, way, many thousands of years ago, and it's good to see from that perspective what people were going through back then with the same issues that we're having now, just from a modern standpoint. And, yeah, YouTube channel, you can check it out. I make my videos as funny as I can because the only way I can stay sane is laugh. And that's the most important advice. I can have everybody stay sane, stay connected to as much nature as you can, get off your phones when you can stop looking down and look up and have your local community support you and support them, and you should get through this on the other side.

Thank you, Rafi, I appreciate that. And yes, I do find your videos very funny. I just can't possibly understand how you have time to put out all these edits in your movies, your videos, to become so funny, but I do very much appreciate that. Let me bring the link down so you guys can go and subscribe there to YouTube too. Rafi's YouTube channel there.

Cliff, back to you here as we round up the show. You mentioned earlier to me in the email. Today, Tuesday, is the pop off. Okay, so it's a big pop off. What do you mean by that?

And where do we go from here? How do we navigate all of this? It's going to depend on how it manifests as to whether it is super active. So there's a couple of days, they may decide through fear, through wisdom, whatever, to not arrest Trump. Right?

If they do that, then it's one of those Rubicon has been crossed over, the die is cast and there is no going back and there is no longer a certain level of civility. Okay, so it then comes out in the open, the dictators have taken the velvet glove off, basically. And at that point, I'm expecting the populace to react and I'm expecting the populace to react with a lot of energy from a certain level of the populace, but I expect them to drag a lot of the normies along as well, and that this will be shocking to a lot of people and that things will degrade fairly rapidly. So there's going to be some level of unknowns relative to how it plays out tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday. So if Trump is fingerprinted, if he's arrested, if he's fingerprinted, if he's processed, and if he's released, that's one scenario, right?

What if there's incidents, what if there's delay in the release? What if there's anxiety on the part of the people? And what if the powers that be delay causing their own kind of anxiety for their own purposes? Well, we may see street actions, but it wouldn't be antifa like street actions. It would be perhaps a large truck convoy totally surrounding every police facility that could be found in New York State and all the government building.

That would be awesome. Wow. Right? So it will be that form of activity, of standing, in my opinion, standing and saying, we're here bring it. Bring it.

They won't. They won't bring it even if they brought antifa. Antifa cannot stand up to a bunch of pissed off truckers, right? And so we're going to get to the point where we're now coming up to the stand, okay? And so people will just stand up and say, I'm here, I'm not taking it.

Bring it this far, no further. Wow. Thank you so much, Cliff. Thank you so much, Rafi. Guys, if you want more of this amazing reporting this week, we've had to change the schedule here to adapt to this perhaps a Trump indictment news cycle.

So we're going to do the war reporting show on the Wednesday at 08:00 Eastern as opposed to the typical pay per view we do. So we'll bring that live to you guys here, free and uncensored on Rumble and on the Thursday night also, we have this special Pluto the Destroyer, the decode here of the three, two, three. So you don't want to miss that. How all of the astrological bodies are also pointing to perhaps the same alignments we had during the French Revolutions and the Guillotine. So that's going to be a fabulous show to perhaps set up some of the things that are coming up in the web bot data reports right now.

So you don't want to miss that. That's going to be a Thursday at 08:00 p.m.. Eastern, of course, on March 23, the day itself where Pluto enters this very powerful alignment on YouTube. Go ahead. One last thing.

You brought it up. We all know that the French Revolution started because of Bastille. What was bastille of prism? Exactly. Thank you so much, Cliff, for that added note.

I'll remember to bring that up in the research and the slide deck that Julie is already preparing here this weekend for this live show. It's going to be absolutely amazing, guys, if you want to follow me also here on YouTube for amazing new content there, including the Divine Feminine Oracles and the Manifest Destiny shows. And also Penny Taylor. She's back. A big thank you to all of you who supported her during the live meditation while she was undergoing surgery a couple of weeks ago.

She's going to be back on the show for our next break in the clouds. You can find that here at Beyond Mystic on the YouTube channel. So, again, guys, please do go and support our friend Rafi here at Sea Alpha on the End game investor. And you can find, of course, Cliff on his substac here. You can take a screenshot of that as well as on his bitchute.

I'm Jean Claudette on mystic. This was the end game last round with Cliffy and Rafi Farber. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining. Have a great day and we'll see you soon. Otoa thanks.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Journeys In Hyperspace with Clif High on Friday Night Livestream – 10-01-2021

Journeys In Hyperspace with Clif High on Friday Night Livestream - 10-01-2021

Journeys In Hyperspace with Clif High on Friday Night Livestream - 10-01-20213

You. Rpn is not responsible for the views, actions, statements, or opinions of its guests, advertisers, or even its viewers. The information contained in this program is not to be construed as medical or legal advice. An appearance on this platform is not necessarily an endorsement, but as always, we encourage you to do your own research. Enjoy the show.

You.

Good evening, everyone. You are listening to Red Pill 78. As always. My name is Zach Payne. The Corruption detector.

And this is another edition of Red Pill news for Friday night livestream.

Joining me tonight, actually, in a pre recorded interview because he couldn't be here live, cliff High, the man, the myth of legend. Yeah, it's an awesome conversation, guys. And the good news is, now that Cliff and I know each other, he has agreed to come back on the show to do a full 2 hours in the very near future, which will include calls with you, the audience joker, John Roberts. Good to see your name, buddy.

Yeah, I'm excited to watch this show with you guys. This is a good one. So here's the question. Is the future already written? And if it is written, do we have the ability within us to change what is predestined?

I don't know. It's a deep question. Guys. Hello to everybody out there in the chat. Thanks for hanging out with us tonight.

See people from all over the world.

All right, do me a favor. Sit back, relax, grab your popcorn.

Hold on. Let me fix my camera. There we go. There's this weird thing with obs. When I stop it and then start it again.

It readjusts the size of my camera. Good evening, everyone. Thank you so much for being here with us tonight, guys. I see lots of people out there in the chat. Thank you very much for hanging out with us tonight.

Like I said, tonight's guest is cliffhigh. It was an excellent conversation. We touched on a lot of very poignant topics, things that are specific to our day and age in this time that we're living in. Very, very crazy things. Hello out there, red Pill girlfriend.

Thank you very much, honey, I'm glad to see you. Vector 711. I see so many good people. Abe uncensored abe. Incredible stuff.

Looks like a whole bunch of people followed over on D Live. Thank you very much for that. I've seen several people following over on Twitch as well. Appreciate you guys. Do me a favor.

Please make sure that you have my website bookmarked, Red Pill 78 News. The live shows are there. The archives are there. The podcast is there. Everything that I do ends up on the website.

And do me a favor, if you've been watching my shows on YouTube, please don't watch them on YouTube, because somebody in another country is stealing them and uploading them and then monetizing them. And I just find it very ironic that I am not allowed to put my own shows on YouTube. I couldn't even get paid to do so when I did. But some other people can and they don't do anything about it. It just continues on.

Also, I am drinking my collagen right now.

All right, guys. Well, without further ado, we're going to go ahead and get into the interview with Cliff. We're going to see what happens. Let me know in the chat if you guys want to do a call in afterwards. We can, but if people don't feel moved to, then we don't have to.

I hate doing the call ins when people don't want to call in or don't have anything to say. So here well, BM 17, you're going to get a definition of woo right now. Here we go. It's cliffhigh, everyone, and welcome back to another episode of Red Pill News. If you're watching this right now, then that means that you're on my live stream on Friday.

I believe it's October 1, so I hope you guys are settling in, having a great time. We are going to now be having an exclusive conversation with the one and only Cliff High. Cliff is somebody that I have wanted to interview since the very beginning. And just last week I finally got around to emailing him and he said he'd be happy to come on good News. Cliff said that once some circumstances in his life, even out, he is going to be able to come back on the show for a full 2 hours.

He'll do another hour talking with me and then an hour taking your calls in the audience. Cliff is an incredible mind. If you have not subscribed to him already, then I guess my only question is, which rock are you living under? Because the things that Cliff has said over the years have been incredibly prescient. He has had some incredible predictions that have come true, and every time that he makes a video, in my opinion, it is just chock full of useful information, things that you need to be paying attention to.

So once this video is over, make sure you click the links in the description below this video so you can subscribe to Cliff and hear everything that he puts out on a regular basis. He is producing on Bitchute so that he no longer has to worry about the censorship on YouTube. So without further ado, here is my interview with Cliff High. All right, couple of false starts, but welcome back to another episode of Redville News. As always.

I'm your host. Zach Payne. The Corruption Detector. And joining me for the very first time, my good friend, Cliff High. Cliff, thank you so much for being here.

Thanks, guys. This is so much fun on a Monday morning. Oh, man, it's because it's a Monday, isn't it? All right, as I told you already, I've been following your work for about a decade. I saw you first on Red Ice Creations, and I was really taken with your story.

Very interesting stuff. You've lived quite a rich life. So for anybody who isn't familiar with you, you talk quite often about a concept called woo. What is wu and how did you conceptualize it? Okay, so I had the fortunate occurrence to be born the son of a guy in the military who had certain skills that the military liked, and they shipped them all around the planet.

As a result of that, I spent the first five years of my life living in a tribal existence in Alaska before it became a state. So this is pre 1959, and I lived with a tribal people up there that, unlike the tribal people that I live among now, they don't consider themselves to be, like, conquered. Right? I'm down in the Lower 48 now. But anyway, in Alaska, the tribal people there that we lived with had this concept of a natural world that is a natural universe that in which is housed the artificial and synthetic world of the white man.

That was this creation that the white man didn't come up and take a chunk of a cedar tree and take another chunk of a cedar tree and so on and build a house. The white man came on up and cleared vast areas and made cement plants and all of this kind of stuff to construct what the native people saw as an artificial reality. And because of its artificialness, they thought was going to have trouble and fade. And they live in a world in which, especially if you've ever been a sailor or you do exploration out in nature. And you get into areas where it's cold and you have moisture.

You get a certain kind of a fog, a crystalline fog that shimmers and provides light, shadow, light and shadow to your eye that can trick you constantly. And the ground is uneven because of the ice and so on. So they live in a world where what you see, you have to stop and wait and examine because it does not decode easily, and there's danger everywhere. A misstep on the ice and you're dead.

You can slide to your death just like that in one little mistake, and you're gone. So the world is dangerous. Universe is dangerous, and it pays to pay attention to yourself in the environment in which you are. And it never dawned on me, like I was saying earlier, that until this advanced age here, this past couple of years, it's like, oh, most people don't understand that the Woo exists. They've never been inculcated to this idea that the framework they're living in is entirely artificial.

And I know this is artificial because I have genetic predisposition to being a paranoid schizophrenic. And my brother was a full on paranoid schizophrenic that died young. And as a paranoid schizophrenic, you are sensitive, or I was. I don't know if others are very sensitive to people's emotions, especially in groups.

And you get a certain feeling that you can trust because it's repetitious and it always works. And you can tell when people are hiding things. You can tell when they're hiding their own emotions. And this sort of thing, this ability to sense these emotions and how people are hiding, it tells me that people are out there shoving stuff out into the Woo, stuff they don't want you to see, right? The Wu is all that area where everything is hidden.

It's difficult to don't have a framework that you can trust. The Wu is nothing but discovery. So when you set out in Alaska and it's foggy and you don't know what you're going to be seeing, what you're going to be encountering, it's all discovery. So you go out with a particular mindset that does not expect universe to provide you with anything that you don't tease out yourself. Right?

And so this is the aspect of the Woo that everybody needs to understand, because we're there now. The official paradigm has been deliberately pressurizing the Woo. They've been inadvertently pressurizing the Woo by shoving stuff out that they didn't want us to examine. Everything underneath the Warren Commission. So the Warren Commission is a coffin to seal the assassination of JFK.

Right? So that pushed it down into the Woo and helped pressurize the Wu. I started looking at that in 1964. There were books that were out there. They started suppressing those books in the United States in 1964.

The Wu is an active process on the part of those people that are are our oppressors, that are deliberately seeking to oppress and kill us. And so this is the battlefield, right? The battlefield is, from my viewpoint, to rip open the last of the paradigm and let the woo come in and teach the people how to discover what is there to be seen. Right. This is the old saying that some people are born seeing, others can see when shown and yet others will refuse to see.

We're going to whittle down that ladder group to very small and then the rest of us are going to kick some butt. Absolutely. So this kind of ties into the web bot that I know that you created and I'm interested to know how that came about, how it works and are you still developing predictions from this algorithm? Okay, so the latter part is that I'm developing predictions from two of the values that I use to track. These are duration and intensity which provide me with what I call building emotional tension and release emotional tension values.

These are numerics and so I get a quantified idea of how emotionally tense the language is. I don't have a reliable source for the previous nuance that allowed me to describe the circumstances under which or around which that intensity or duration of emotional tension would develop. Right. Because of the censorship. So what happens is that all of humanity is psychic.

If you live in an environment where you're allowed to express that and become sensitized to it, you express that sensitivity and you express the psychic output in a different way and it sort of gets like used up. I mean, you become aware of it and you take it into your life and go on and do stuff. If you don't if you don't have any kind of an outlet for it, it is my contention that you will still express it whether or not you're aware of it or not. Because every human is psychic and the main way people express it these days is in their texting and in their speech on the internet. Prior to the advent of the mobile where we got into texting and the reduction of language that way it was almost all on the internet in the way of email, forums, that kind of thing.

Right. And so my process worked on basically this difference, this delta because every English language person on average knew about 125,000 words they would be comfortable understanding what those 125,000 words meant. Mainly they were variants of each other anyway and out of that they would use in any given year you might use 25 or 30,000 words out of that group you used and then any given week you'd only be using like 2500 depending on the nature of your work. Right. If your work was complex you might use a few more words.

If it was more simple, you wouldn't use as many words. If you were doing retail, your spiel would shrink to a very known definitive amount of work. Words that you used with your customers, these sorts of things, right? Okay. So the premise is, why do people work in their heads to come up with a word that's out of their usual comfort zone when they're out there typing and messaging to each other?

Because I discovered people were doing this early on in the internet back in the late 80s when the internet was just starting in the form of BBS, before it was actually the internet. Right. These bulletin board systems, because it was experienced, I experienced it even there. And they would look outside their usual comfort zone to find a particular word and insert it. And it would be glaring in the usual sense of it because you could track their speech over the course of time.

Individual people as posters on these fora I could track their speech and look and see. That why they use this word. And I'm fascinated by words because being an army Brad, I lived all over the planet. I came into contact with all different kinds of languages. Like I was eleven years old and I was thrown into German, Russian, Algerian, French, Flemish, Scottish.

And if you think that's English, you're mistaken. Absolutely. Anyway, though, so I'm fascinated with language, right. Just have an inherent nature for it. So I started looking at this and here I would see people would find a particular word and they would use it.

So there was something that was driving them to it. And one day it tumbled to me. It's the psychic thing that's driving them to it, actually. It was that I'd been noodling on it and gnawing on it for a long time because I observed it. I didn't know what was driving it, how it was actually relating to what I thought I was seeing because I've been looking at it since 89.

And in 1993, on September 11, I'm flying down to a gig in Mexico City and the plane is struck by lightning. And it's a scary thing. I'm sitting in mid plane. I figure I'm not going to die, the plane isn't going to crash, I don't worry about any of that kind of stuff. But what struck me was the people in the plane knew before the lightning flashed that it was going to they knew by about six to 10 seconds.

Wow. And I observed that within the body of the plane there were enough people, but it wasn't intensely packed. So I could watch people and all of a sudden everybody just was like even before I felt the static electricity pulling on my hair, everybody knew that the lightning was going to go off. They were almost gasping, they were inhaling before it even popped off. So I knew that at that point, okay, I'm certain that everybody's psychic.

And here was this electrically charged energetic psychicness as the plane was struck by these two bolts of lightning. And then everybody's all happy and relaxed and so on. And that was a huge example of building emotional tension and then release of emotional tension. And so I started putting all these concepts together and then eventually developed software that went on out and ate the Internet in terms of language, just hauling in hundreds of millions of words in their context and analyzing each and every one of them relative to this thing that I called the Emotional Reduction Engine. And out of that came both the emotional intensity, the duration values, all these other values, and then a set of descriptors that would allow me to pinpoint a particular thing that may occur and provide that descriptor set in the form of a little narrative and some indication of how big this event would be.

And then I developed all these other precepts around that sort of thing. So it sort of worked. How would you be receiving the data? Do you have a custom feed for yourself? It gives you the descriptors.

How sophisticated is it? Okay, well, so first off, it was done at a batch process because the early Internet, I was working on 286 machines and the best I had ever done was Windows 98. Now I remember running this stuff on Windows 31, but Windows 98 was really good. It was really a superior product and most of the code was written in C. I had to write my own Internet sweeps, everything, had to write my own comparison.

Ultimately, I got connected in 2001 with SQL Server, started doing some work for Microsoft, bought a license for SQL Server, and started doing everything within the SQL Server database and using SQL to do all the sorts and hunts. But most of the comparison in the engine was written in an artificial intelligence language, lisp or Prologue. A lot of it was written in Prologue because Prologue is really good at handling words. And then there were perl scripts. No, it was just a giant kluge because I just wanted to make it work.

Really, I was just trying to explore and see if I was correct. Right. The idea was twofold. Initially I was going to say, okay, I've discovered something. People are prescient, blah, blah, blah, they know that shit's coming and what can I do with it?

Oh, I can maybe make some money with it so I don't have to work and I can explore this stuff. So I'll go on out, I'll figure out a way to do the stock market, right? Yes. And so I set up all this software to run and I did this in 97, and I was going to find out what stocks were going to go and I was going to go buy them ahead of that and then sell them when the software said, right, be really brilliant. Never did any of that because the very first run that came through, it said Sun Disease.

And it kept going on and on and on and on and on about Sun Disease. Now, I had been deliberately looking for sun, but I was looking for Stanford University network. The stock ticker of that was S-U-N. And the data set brought me back all this stuff about what we now know to be the corona and all of the problems. And it did that in 1997 when we first started doing the run.

I had that data for the sun disease. I had the data also suggesting that our actual physical, scary ball in the sky was going to go through a process of change in this period of time and be coincident with humans getting the sun disease. I had descriptors in 1997 of people falling ill, grabbing LAMPP posts and falling down, and it's like, what? Anyway, I just got too intrigued. It just got into discovery, and here we are now.

So in 1997, you were already looking for something related to the sun and disease. And then how did you feel when coronavirus burst down to the scene?

Well, okay, I felt very weak and afraid. Okay, because bear in mind, I had just died of cancer, all right? So I died in 2018, and it took me in mid 2018 and July 13, which was a Friday, and then it took me all of 2018 and all of 2019 to get close to feeling reasonably recovered because this was a heavy hit. I'd lost so much mass and so on, right? So I was actually somewhat freaked out that I was being this challenged, okay, because here's the problem, all right?

So over the course of the years, over the course of the 20 plus years that I ran that software, there were a number of times that I got indications in the database that said that provided a descriptor of a personality, a pathway, and a success state, okay? And so I had descriptors, for instance, that now are indicative of Elon Musk doing the SpaceX thing, right? Now, could I in 1997 have maneuvered myself into that role of Elon Musk doing the SpaceX thing, right? I actually considered because in 1997, I didn't know what I was going to do with this. I didn't want I wasn't going to ever tell anybody any of the stuff I was discovering because I knew everybody would think I was crazy.

They already thought I was crazy, but at least people like Microsoft, GEC, Marconi, british Airlines, federal Energy Regulatory Commission, any number of state and federal government agencies all thought I was crazy enough, but brilliant enough to hire to do things. So I wrote a software program in the late 80s that ran for 25 years without failure for a state agency and was a distributed processing system that I could have patented, never did, didn't even think about trying to do that sort of thing because it would have put me on a particular path, right? So in this doing this work, I came across a number of roles that I could have slotted myself into now, in the nature of my mind, I was wondering, is universe providing me this knowledge so that I should do that? Right? And I never felt compelled for any of that.

Never felt compelled on any of that shit. I was like, oh, no, I don't want to do that. Then I'd end up doing XYZ, right? I'd end up being a pillow manufacturer or something. You see what I'm saying, right?

And none of these things that I wanted to do, and I don't have those skill sets anyway. But in the course of this, here is a weird situation. I went through cancer for 30 years, undiagnosed. In the course of those 30 years, because of the nature of the allopathic medicine system, not being able to find this cancer or knowing what was going on with me, I had 30 years of interaction with the allopathic medicine system that ended up every single time being negative and degrading my health to the point where I had died. But in order to keep myself going in those 30 years with this advancing state of cancer, I had to become my own doctor in the form of being a non allopathic woo medicine person, right?

Trying anything and everything. So I examined it systematically by regions on the planet for herbal products, et cetera, et cetera. Not knowing I had cancer, but knowing I was desperately ill and getting down to the point where in the end, the last three years, I could only work 3 hours a day. It could only be on my feet 3 hours a day, yet medicine couldn't help me. So we fast forward to 2019.

I'm rebuilding my body. It's tedious because I didn't want to rebuild it. I did not want to come back. They threw me back. They said I had more work to do.

Go. And that was it. Fuck, I'm back. Okay, so I was 128 lbs. I was cold, constantly just chilled.

I had died. And I had responsibilities here because my wife is infirm and I had dogs to take care of and all this kind of stuff. So life was hard, and I had to rebuild myself. And so I thought, retirement, I'm going to be able to rebuild myself, figure out some kind of retirement, have a nice easy passing this next time, right? This was the third time I've died in this life.

It was rough. And then 2020 hit. And that's when I thought, oh crud, I've got to do work. And then I realized, okay, because in the data sets they're associated since 1997, there was a conjunction of individual or individuals that were going to be antialopathic medicine and successful in keeping people out of the Sun Disease. And so I knew that role existed.

I knew that there was a need for it. And so when it hit in late 19 in 2019, when I first started seeing on the Chinese Deep Web signs that there was something really weird going on in China and people were dying on moss. That's when I thought, okay, I've got to really get serious about that. This is why Universe sent me back. This is the work that it wanted me to do.

And comfortably, I think that this was the role it wanted me to take in this particular time. And if there had been someone else better, I would certainly have gladly handed it over to him because it's been a shitload of work, but it apparently has been successful. There have been a number of people that have run up against and dealt with the bioweapon and have become come through it unscathed because they listened to me and took this particular approach. And Universe had pre prepped me for 30 years of examining all of these different molecules and herbs and medicinal mushrooms, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. So I know this shit, right?

I mean, I've read the entire yellow Emperor's Compendium 640 pages in old Chinese. So I know a deep background on this. And sure enough, we've come through it. And there's some understanding here, even though we're still discovering and still pulling stuff out of the woo about our current situation. So let's talk about your protocol real quick because I've been through Coronavirus.

I just had it I was pretty sick for a couple of weeks. I took Ivermectin. That really turned me around. But specifically, what is your protocol that you've developed for staving this off and making sure people can stay healthy and alive? So we start with getting your vitamin D up as high as you can.

90 nanograms per milliliter is the recommended dose or recommended level in your blood. Okay? And that's going to vary depending on your body weight because vitamin D is fat soluble. So you have to do a blood test. But you can buy blood tests on Amazon.

They're cheap. You take a finger prick and then mail them off. Maybe that's 10,000 international units a day. I take 10,000 international units a day of vitamin D and I'll soon switch in December to 15,000 a day because we're going to be under the cloud cover continuously and I'll get no sunlight to speak of for this, right? I may this year use a vitamin D lamp to try and raise it.

But vitamin D is the critical factor. The reason that vitamin D is the critical factor for preventing this is there are multiple reasons for this, but there's one key. One, the ace two receptor that everybody talks about with COVID That where COVID comes in. All of the receptors where the spike protein can come and get you have this peculiarity where they're basically hooked and the spike protein fills a gap. If you have vitamin D there appropriately, it bends it over far enough that that gap does not exist.

And this vitamin D is an inherent part of the effectiveness of the immune system. But then it's like so. Vitamin D, and then I take vitamin C, and then I take Chaga. And then zinc. Chaga mushroom has vitamin D, vitamin C and zinc in it.

But you need to have quantities to deal with the spike protein in the bioweapon and then also the shedding and so forth that other people that the delta variant is creating. Right, because that's just people shedding the spikes. Sure. The vitamin C I take is Liposomal, because you get absorption levels better than injectable. So if you just take regular ascorbic acid, you get 20% absorption through your gut.

If you take injectable, you get 70%. If you take Liposomal, which is vitamin C blended to a fat. So don't get soy less than get sunflower or some other oil that'll go in through your liver, and you'll get 80% to 90% absorption of the vitamin C. So incredible boost to you. And then chaga is the most studied medicinal mushroom on the planet.

They've been studying this thing for 40 years. They know it is the supreme immunoregulator, bar none. There is no better immunoregulator that humans can take, even though science can't tell you a fraction of how it works. They know it does this, they know it does that, but they don't know really how it all functions. But it is called the mushroom of immortality.

Chaga is the first mushroom, first medicinal mushroom that was known to have been named by Aboriginal peoples here in North America. And it's been known in Siberia, France, everywhere. It has this weird, interesting thing about it. So in World War I, in the birch forests of France, that's where they set up hospitals, okay, so you got torn up by munition, turn your guts open and they got to do surgery on you. What do they do?

They pack you into a birch forest and strip off all the stuff away from you. Why? Because no bacteria or any damn thing will grow in a birch forest. They're the most pristine, sterile environments you're ever going to see. And what happens to a birch tree is it gets its own cancer that we call chaga.

It's a mushroom, and it extracts everything out of that birch tree that makes that forest so pristine. All the polyphenols and everything that kill off all of the bacteria. So people that had surgeries done in birch forests didn't get the infection rates of the surgeries elsewhere. And so this is another aspect of it. And so I've had 400 plus nurses that have been on Chaga through this whole thing that were working COVID wards.

None of them got sick. So it's just incredible in terms of how well it does. And people that are saying, oh, yeah, I started on this just out of fear, and I'm never going to stop it, I feel so good. And that's pretty much the way it is. Yeah.

Okay. Good stuff. So you've also said that you believe that fully, probably 90% of the people who have taken one of these experimental vaccines is probably going to pass away. Is there any hope for any of those people, any type of a detoxification regimen, anything that people can do if they've taken one of them? There is hope.

There's a couple of different avenues for hope. Okay? It turns out that if you go and look at clinicaltrials gov and go down into the COVID vaccines, they're not vaccines, but go into the products, you will find that there were four strengths of each of them. This was how they got around their muddying of the control group versus active group. Right?

And so what they did was they allowed four strengths, 30, 20, 10 placebo in each of those volumetric amounts. Okay? So some people, unknown amount of people got absolutely nothing. Some people got a ten milliliter dose. I'm of the opinion that ten milliliter dose people are the ones that really didn't have any effects other than maybe for a day or so.

The horror is that 20 and 30 milliliter doses are really showing up as the problems. And now they're talking about 100 milliliter dose in 100 milliliter dose in a booster shot. This is a depopulation agenda. This is a kill shot now. But in any event, so the people that took these, if you were lucky and you had minimal effects, you may be able to flush out this material relatively easily.

There are things you can do. You can take Ivamectin to bind the spike protein and get it out of your body that they're putting in you. If your body is going to continually produce it, you'll have to have a regimen of using Ivamectin intermittently to keep getting it out. You can do things like take anacetyl cysteine, which is an amino acid that AIDS the lungs. It helps repair the body and it also helps the body produce glutathione, which is what binds up all of the graphene oxide and some of the nanobots and helps those flush out.

So there are things you can do to repair to some extent and to get the material out of you. And we've just recently discovered that those people that had COVID the actual disease so this was a study that was done on people that had suffered the disease before the vaccines were produced and available. So this is like pristine data, so to speak, of the bioweapon itself. So those people that had heart inflammation from the spike protein of the disease have been greatly improved by injectable forms of vitamin C. So in my way of thinking, they'd be greatly improved by, even better improved by the liposomal form if their livers were not affected.

The reason that this is because vitamin C is what makes up the intracellular cement. It's the stuff that binds all the cells together and you use it up and it's an antioxidant and does all these sort of things. So for instance, vitamin D is actually a hormone and it's used in 3000 processes in the body that we've identified. Vitamin C has 2000 processes in the body that we've identified. And so if you lack these, it's not just that you're going to get scurvy, it's that your general health is going to degrade all over, right.

That sort of thing. So at this stage, there are things you can do to recover. Don't take any more of the shots and start having D dimer tests, okay. Intermittently, like maybe every six months. These are tests, blood tests that you go to a doctor to get.

I know you don't trust the doctors. They were the ones that gave you the damn shot and they weren't thinking. But put them to use and get a D dimer test because that will show if you've got blood clot material circulating in your body from little tiny microclots that are forming. If so, you may need to be put on a blood thinner. If so, it might be as mild as one of those little baby aspirins.

Or it might need to be somewhat serious because we're seeing people that are degrading and dying now from the blood clots where they're having to have their limbs chopped off because they get so much clotting in an arm, that sort of thing. Right. This is a horrific death material. We're at war. And just this morning I learned of the deaths of a couple of relatives of a friend of mine.

Yeah, well, it's happening every day sooner or later. Well, this year, now, it's going to be happening to all of us pretty much every day as we go forward. So of those people that have been injected, the thinking on the part of the people that injected them that had this intent, the thinking is that 90% will be dead in ten years and most of those will die in the next two or three years. So out of that 90%, they're thinking that the vast majority, maybe 70 or 80% of those will die in the next two or three years. And unless you do something, I believe that will be the case.

But as I say, there are things that we know how to do. And there's even people that are trying things now, like kidney dialysis to clean out the blood and get rid of the effects. They know it's effective with the nanoparticles and with the graphene oxide. I don't know how effective it is with the spike protein, but you do what you can. Well, I suppose the problem there is finding a doctor or a hospital who would be willing to put you through that treatment.

In my opinion, the biggest problem with coronavirus this entire time is lack of proper treatment. I mean, it seems that the doctors have one thing and one thing only. They want to give you the experimental jab. They're not interested in giving you a variety of different medicines or supplements that have been shown at least anecdotally. We don't have the studies, I suppose, but you can see all across America, like, I took Ivermectin.

As soon as I took Ivermectin, I was out of the woods. Everything was great up until that point. For a week, I couldn't get out of bed. I couldn't work. I couldn't do anything at all.

But if I had been one of those people who ended up in the hospital, because I trusted hospitals, I definitely don't then I might have ended up on a ventilator and that I would probably be dead right now. And there's so many cases of this all across America. I get emails all the time from people, oh, my family member came down with COVID They put him in a hospital. Two days later, he's on a ventilator. He's never waking up again.

It's just so tragic. The protocol is what's killing people, not the disease, not the bioweapon per se. So here are some interesting things. So when I saw the things develop in China, I was reading. It's a tedious process.

I had nothing to do. I'm trying to repair my body. I'm bored. I'm sitting out here, and I'm reading. All through last part of 2018 and 2019, I got into the deep web.

It was something to do, right? I'm skilled. I'm not worried about it. But I'm doing translations off of interesting kinds of Chinese. So it was intriguing, but it was slow.

But then I came across stuff telling me that people were dying of this new weird disease. And I thought, this is funny. And then it started becoming even more closely allied with what the sun disease descriptors were. And I thought, no, they didn't send me back for this. I was not sent back for this.

So I was really resistant for a while. But one of the things that we've now discovered is that the initial death rate in China was not due to the outbreak of a virus from the lab. All right? There was an outbreak. They did release it in the military games.

They did release the virus. But then from late September for sure, maybe late August, but late September for sure, through October, november and December and January, all throughout Hubei province in China, in Guangdong, and a few of the other peripheral cities on the edge, they were spraying and they were saying that they were spraying disinfectants. I remember that. Okay? Yeah.

And I do not believe that to be the case. I believe they were spraying aerosolized spike protein. Now that we know for sure that they had previously developed, in 2015, both the idea and the technology for spraying aerosolized nanoparticle spike protein attached skin, penetrating things to get in the bats. Right? So these people are really evil.

So those giant machines were not spraying disinfectants. Now, I knew this guy who was working in Hubai. He was a Chinese fellow by the name of Wu George. I call him George wu, and he was an herbalist. And the reason I knew him for about five or six years was that I was buying over the course of becoming my own herbalist, trying to find out what was wrong with me in turret buying these rare herbs from him, where he had a license to go and get him out of the northwest chinese deserts anyway.

And he was telling me that everything died after the spring. He lived outside of Hubai, outside of wuhan, in Hubai province. And he said the trucks came by. I think this man is dead now, by the way. I hadn't heard from him since January of that year after the last of the spring.

But he told me that the trucks came by and sprayed that stuff in the middle of the night, and the drivers were wearing closed environment suits and couldn't see, and they bashed into one of the houses on the corner of his street there. But he said that everything died, that earthworms were dead 18 inches down in the soil in his garden that the bacterial process sees in his kimchi. He was an herbalist, and he was fermenting and extracting, and he said the bacterial processes stopped, that there was no more fermentation, that his vinegar mother died. And then that was the last communication I'd heard from it. And so now I thought, well, that was some really powerful disinfectant.

Now I think it wasn't disinfectant. So later on in february and march of 2020, I became aware and was working with a group on the deep web that was hunting through phone records and online records of all kinds in china. In the group, I think we collectively came to the opinion that there were about 15 million people that died in Hubai province. And we thought at that time it was from COVID Now we think now I think it was from them spraying the spiked protein in the air. Wow.

Yeah, it was just a horrific situation. So I was really freaked out that that same situation would arrive here. And then we discover, of course, that it's attached to a coronavirus. They did deliberately release it in the US. The chinese CCP had agents releasing it here in north america and in europe, but that it's extremely weak, as all coronaviruses are against vitamin d and a proper immune system.

So there was never any need for the vaccine. There was a pandemic with a desire to get us to take this depopulation death shot. Yeah, scary stuff. Scary stuff. All right, so I want to talk about the rise of trump and something that I've only heard you talk about a few times, the concept of q and your american revolution 2.0.

Because I never heard you talk about q until July 5 of this past year. Maybe you had spoken about it before, but I just missed it. But what did you see in your data set about president trump coming onto the scene. Well, there was nothing in there about Trump as a personality that I looked at, okay? Because here's the thing.

The data sets, I would always, to get prescient language, you have to throw out conscious language, because if I'm thinking about Trump, my thoughts are going to pollute any psychic impression that I might get unless it's at a particular level, right? And I was getting unconscious psychic impressions. So my data sets were always stripping out all of the personality associated things that would show up in the Internet. So it's a complex process. It would get hundreds of millions of reads and throw out 90% of it in order to filter it down to a thick, serpent mass of the Prussian stuff, which I would sort of filter even further to write these old narratives.

However, in that first run associated with and I'm talking 1997, associated with so I got a huge amount of data in 1997 that took me almost two years to get through, to work out the other algorithms to process it. Because of the tedious nature of trying something unique in software, you've got to try it. It's trial and error. Anyway, so it takes two years to do. Across that time of those two years of processing, I became aware of this thing that I called a sock, a self organizing collective, okay?

That it was being described in the data sets as a self organizing collective, a group of individuals that had decided to come together for a common goal and long term common plan and process. And that this sock at that point in 1997 was apparently active, I thought, because my data sets had picked it up and this sock was going to lead. As we went over all of the data from 1997 empty to 2016, we're getting into the point where so, for instance, 2016, it predicted Trump would win in a landslide. And because the data sets at the time, this is when everybody said Hillary was for sure, blah, blah, blah, that kind of thing, right? And even then, it told me that Hillary would go missing on the night of the election.

And so I knew two months ahead of time that she was not going to do a concession speech that way, right? And she was going to be a coward, and she would just go missing anyway, though, which was kind of cool. So I had some really good, spectacular hits in the language. It described this sock as producing a period of time where there would be the American revolution 20 and it was going to coincide with this global revolution that would boost us into what I called sci-fi world. And that this American Revolution 20 would get to the point where we would finish the work and that we would have an Americana revival that would last for hundreds of years as we went into real history, real human history.

And the Americana revival was just like an aspect of the real human history. So the Sci-Fi world was going to be this. That was the payoff for me. Okay? So I could see in early 2020 that if I can survive the COVID because I didn't know if it was a legit bioweapon, if it was a legit disease, or what the hell it was.

Right. That if we could make it through this, then okay, then we're in this data set, the data had described it very well. And in that complete set of data, we end up in Sci-fi world, which we get an expedition that goes down to Antarctica, that opens up, cracks open human history going back millennia, and opens up the woo for everybody to see. And then for maybe hundreds of years, lots of humanity is just fascinated and absorbed in plowing through this ancient human history and discovering who we are. Okay, but how about the predictions that you had in regards to Q, the rise of Q?

You were seeing it as the poet, I believe you said the poet, the poet of the revolution. Okay, so now Q is an interesting thing. All right? I didn't know that Q was part of the Sock. I didn't know that Q was not part of the Sock.

I had a descriptor that came back in maybe it's 2003.

I was hesitant at the time because there was actually a software. I thought maybe I was picking up something in the data sets about the software called Poet that was used in artificial intelligence language. Right. And after 2003, maybe 2004 and five, it came out to the point where it was like, no, this thing is describing a poet of the revolution. And the point of the poet of the revolution was to disseminate information and act as a news conduit for real news to those people that are paying attention and to guide those people that are going to be part of the Sock.

As it grows, as everybody becomes their self organizing collective, you can decide you're going to organize yourself with that collective at that point and contribute. Right? So this was this interesting process that was going to be going forward that would result in American Revolution too. And Q at that point was at the point that Q emerged on the 28 October 2017, I was still in the process of dying, and I didn't want to say anything about it, even though I knew that this was probably the poet. Right.

Okay. So I knew that there were one of two occurrences that were likely to appear here that Q was legit and was the poet, or Q was legit and there would be a personality that would arise that we would all associate, and that person would become the poet. Right. And I didn't know how it would work out at that point. Later on, I saw that Q was the poet itself, that it met all of the criteria because one of the things that a poet does is speaks in a particular rhyming kind of a way, a particular language of its own.

Poets don't use language as the rest of us do, and we have to acknowledge that indeed, Q is the epitome of that. It's the pinnacle. So it met all of the criteria. And now there were things that I needed to say when I knew I was going to survive. And in 2018 and onward and in 2019, we get into the position where we see the sun disease, and then it's like, okay, now I see what's going on relative to Q, and that there are temporal markers being deliberately created.

Okay. The future proves past. That kind of concept is an interesting thing to stumble across in my line of work, where I was intimately and deeply associated with time and how events move through time, because it told me that there was someone that was engineering something here. Now, I had to be very careful that with my potential for some level of advanced knowledge of how this shit is done, I didn't want to pollute anything that they were doing. I didn't want to accidentally say something that would disrupt it.

Right. And so the only thing I made comments on throughout all that period of time was that no, there were no sealed indictments in the Pacer system. There were not hundreds of thousands of sealed indictments waiting to be pulled out and arrests made. And I was always specific about in the Pacer system because that's the normal federal court system and the federal courts not going to handle this. Right?

Yeah. It's got to go into the military to deal with this. And then as Q develops, you see that, oh, it's not as was touted by the mainstream media at all about the USA elections and Trump, really. Right. And then it becomes obvious that certain things are appearing, and then the logical thing at that point is that you go and you do research, and it's like, oh, okay.

This is that concept that I came across in 1967 that had been developed as a result of Truman. So in 1966 and 67, my father had to go through the War College, Leavenworth, Virginia. This is like to get an advanced degree in war. He was going for his PhD. Right?

It's boring in Kansas. There's nothing to do but dodge tornadoes, really. And so I got into his homework. I read all of his books, right. When he was out the school, I would read the ones that he left.

And I came across this idea that Truman that they'd come up with in Truman's time, and it's like, okay, now of course, older, I understand. 1947. No wonder they came up with this idea in 1947. Right. The idea is what happens.

And it was put in this weird little thing, and I was fascinated with it because why should I see this in ancillary document to the War College to material, right, which is all about logistics and moving stuff and all different kinds of aspects of war. And in there, there's this psychological war, of course. And then within that is this ancillary little volume that says what happens if a space alien comes down and takes over the President and takes over the House and the Senate and the courts and the school system? And they say, what do we do under those circumstances? Is it possible to have a plan?

Could you discover this? Mainly it was questions at that time, but there were hints of what we now call devolution, all right? That there's really only one easy way or not or one sure way to do it. Not easy, incredibly not easy, but it is sure and certain to do it this way.

And it was specifically and it had been on there, it said basically from the desk of or considered about something. I mean, I got the impression now that I was reading that Harry Truman was involved in this, right? And so this was 20 years past 47 and 67. And so they were thinking about it then and it's like, okay, now I see what's going on. And then other hints tell me that Trump was asked to occupy a role within a role within a role within a role.

Okay, so he's one of those enigmas wrapped up in a puzzle kind of thing, right? Because he was asked to be president, but that was not the role he was really playing. He was asked to be a specific president, to cause specific things to happen such that the space aliens would be drawn into a specific path in order that we might find ourselves here now, progressing as we are. And so this was genius and a level of thinking that is deep beyond most people's ability to even comprehend that. What do you mean, he wasn't the president?

No, he was the president and he won. And he won massively, even though they cheated and reduced his win. But he was asked to be the president and he was asked to lose the second time, but not lose. I mean, the whole thing is sculptured and planned and they're pretty devious guys and it's a pretty good plan. Absolutely.

So what you just said there about the space aliens, are you just using that as a placeholder for the cabal itself? Okay. That's what I thought. No, here's the thing. I'm actually personally, because I'm a woo person and I see non human things occurring within the cabal and non human things in activities, in the CCP, for instance, how they do things, and non human overlays being put on humanity.

I think that there is a space alien influence and it cannot be discounted. Okay, but I put a label up there of the bug. Okay? It's a non human space alien, non humanoid, non thinking, being the same way we think. And I put this label up there as the enemy.

This is so convenient, okay? Because you will find, for instance, so one of our enemies here, one of the overlays on humanity that is not human in nature, is this central bank. The central bank of all of the countries produces the central bank and warfare model. And central banks have gotten us into killing humans for the past few hundred years. And they repeatedly do engineer us into world wars.

And this is not a natural human arising thing. We don't instantly go to a new country as soon as we land, set up a central bank, right? So these kind of things I find to be alien in nature. And they are evil and they're doing evil. But because I use this placeholder of these individuals being mentally captured by this space alien, it eliminates the interhuman prejudicial stuff that potentially exists.

So follow me on this. The space alien comes down and takes over people and it sets up circumstances that naturally arises. It harmonizes with that, but it pushes the circumstances, naturally arises, a central banking structure. And the first central banks show up. They start causing nations to fight each other, french, British, and so on.

We come up to World War I. They cause the wars to become more global. Now, it would be and they engineer this in such a way that we don't ever see the bug engineering it, right? So we only see the people that have been captured. It is easy for us to turn our hatred, because of the xenophobia that exists within us, to those people and thus castigate all people that are associated with them as the bad guys.

And that's not pertinent. That's not the way it should be. This leads to pogroms, okay? This leads to because Jewish people are associated with finance, and finance is one of the tools that is being used to oppress us. Jewish people are going to get shit because some of their people and some of their individuals have been taken over by the bug.

So this eliminates interhuman hatreds, building up over stuff that is not necessarily even really interhuman. And I cannot be convinced at this stage that this is a naturally arising condition within humanity itself because I see humans working out things differently when left to their own devices, right? Right. So within this, the space alien placeholder, the variable name of the bug serves many different purposes. It gives us a goal to go and look for it, too.

And that way we're always looking beyond humanity and we won't settle in on something that will create this intergenerational warfare. That is what the bug desires. It is desirous of us dying. Okay? Now, so as a paranoid schizophrenic in my early youth, I was hit by it very hard in order to cure myself or kill myself because of the torture of paranoid schizophrenics.

Live with this thing called. A fugue state? Yes. You don't know when it's going to happen to you. You can't control it.

And it happens because you have the ability within your body to oxidize adrenaline more rapidly and it builds up and you get what's oxidized adrenaline is called adrenochrome. And so I naturally produce Adrenochrome, as in my all paranoid schizophrenics do, and it causes you to go into these fugue states. It's a very powerful psychedelic. It's not quite a psychedelic like those psychedelics that you take in externally, but it has many of the same effects. I came across the notion of external psychedelics and what was going on to me, going on with me because I was reading idiots like Sigmund Freud at age eleven trying to understand what was going on in my mind.

I could barely read, I was dyslexic. It took me until age ten to figure out how to actually read. And then once I did start learning to read, I started wanting to know what's going on in my mind. So I got these books. My mother was a nurse and she had some of these things sitting around and so I read these books and I discovered some of the processes that were affecting me.

When it became possible, I started taking psychedelics with the idea that I would either cure myself or kill myself. And I was able to treat myself out of the condition of the worst of the effects of the schizophrenia and I taught myself to think out of it. But because of this I've got an appreciation for this being that I call the bug. And that's because in these psychedelic trips I'm convinced it was because I'm a schizophrenic. I was able to easily go to this place that's called Hyperspace and people like Joe Rogan will talk about these dmt trips where they get to go there for ten minutes.

I could be there for hours on mescaline or psilocybin mushrooms and you'd be pulled back and you could just go there. It's difficult to describe, but it was easy for me, easier than other people. I'm a former mycologist, so I'm well aware of the aspect of the trip itself. Also dmt. I'm completely sober at this point in my life, but one time in the past.

But it's so interesting because I've had friends who developed schizophrenia, close friends from childhood, and those people essentially don't exist anymore because who they were before those few states began it was completely erased. So the fact that this was like mid 20s onset yes, early 20s, early 20s, that's the terrible time. Yeah. And almost it's happened to at least two different friends and both times there was this aspect of extraterrestrial contact that became part of the overarching, I guess hallucinations that they were having. Okay, so hallucinations well I'm sort of a stickler for language.

Those aren't the hallucinations. Right. Hallucinations is where the brick starts forming patterns and the patterns start moving and shifting, okay? That's the hallucination. Okay?

So schizophrenics do not hallucinate beings, all right? They are in contact with those beings, whether you believe it or not, is immaterial. But it is not a hallucination, nor is it a delusion. I've dealt with delusional people and I've dealt with lots of people with all kinds of mental illness. I started doing crisis center calls when I was 16.

So I was a volunteer at a, at a phone call and I would work the night shift and I worked from nine at night until about four in the morning, night after night after night for years at a crisis line, talking people down out of bad trips. Because I had that ability, because I discovered that I was good at psychedelics. Because I knew this, I knew fugue states since a very early age. And psychedelics were like most of them, the synthetics were LSD and that kind of stuff just not going to get you anywhere. But I was able to do that to talk to people out of it, so I do understand.

And also the terrible part is the early twenty s. And then there's another group of people that get this in their late 30s, early forty s. It is feasible to get out of the schizophrenic state and I do that myself. It's going to sound weird, but a big part of schizophrenia control is the appropriate optimal vitamin B complexes. You have to get your vitamin B's balanced and you can literally control the production of Adrenochrome.

You just don't produce it the way you used to and the fugue states go away. Then you can recover your personality. All right? So something you just said right there was exactly what I wanted to get at. The difference between a hallucination or just a vision, something that's not really there, and the actual presence of some extra dimensional being that is coming into contact with you.

Yeah, you just confirmed it for me. Let me describe it. Let's take a minute there. Okay. This was the shocking part for me was that I could go with these psychedelics.

LSD didn't do it. It was okay, it was mainly psychological, but I could go with these psychedelics to this hyperspace. I could be there, I could interact with minds that were not human. Okay, so I'm talking to you. There's a humanness quality here that is not like you talking to your dogs and you talk to your dogs, and your dogs talk back to you.

You communicate with them. Imagine communicating with a being that is not a human, that is not an animal that is communicating to you mentally.

Actually, the very first time I got into hyperspace, I popped into what I now came to realize, or later came to realize was a laboratory. And there was a bug in this laboratory and the bug looked like an ant to my perception there. I did not know at that time, but I was spherical, okay? When you pop into hyperspace, you don't have the body you have now. You're a sphere, you have your impressions, you have everything coming in, but you don't have a regular body.

You can be taught, as I was, to extrude your body out of that, to use your consciousness to reform your body in hyperspace. It takes a lot of energy but it was worth doing for a couple of reasons. But anyway, so I talked to minds that were not human and this was the most real experience that I've ever encountered. It was as real as the times that I've died and much more real than it is talking to you now. Much more real than anything here in the material.

And it taught me so much that I was able to over the course of those psychedelic trips up through into the 80s. But it taught me so much that over the course of the was able to digest all those experiences, get lots of patents and software and other devices for unique knowledge and create my software that predicted all of this stuff that got us to this point here. And I created a life and fed my family and all of this kind of thing and was successful based on the knowledge from those psychedelic trips. My entire predictive linguistic thing came from that understanding that I was given there because I happened to have this experience. Now, did universe cause me to have that experience of coming into the bug's laboratory?

Hyperspace is not like that guy's laboratory. That laboratory was an empty sort of spherical, amorphous kind of a space with just the bug and some stuff he was messing with and then myself in there. And as soon as he threw me out, I was in real hyperspace where the air is talking at you and the ground is coming on up to kiss your feet and all of this kind of thing, right? And the water is dancing with time flowing through it and you're just amazed. But they have enough power, those bugs to push all of that stuff out and create a calm environment in hyperspace.

And I learned a lot of stuff in hyperspace and one of the things that I learned was that the bugs don't like us because we leak because we leak psychic impressions constantly out of our vagus nervous system. That it's just like a broadcasting antenna broadcast and Earth is just a giant irritation of psychicness coming out noisy thing for them and that's one of the reasons that they want to kill us off is just for their own convenience of not having us irritate them. So this may be a statement of a delusional construct, but the perception of it is not a delusion. That was perceived life experience on these drugs. And I got to the point where I could take people there that were not schizophrenics under certain conditions.

So it's possible to actually get people to go into hyperspace and interact with them there. If you do it right, it's very difficult and dangerous to those people that are not accustomed to it because we're talking 25 wet grams or we're talking 9 grams of mescaline fresh crystal. So huge semonic levels for non schizophrenics. On the other hand, a schizophrenic like myself, I can micro dose and get there. Wow, really?

Okay. All right, so I've experienced quite a bit of what you just described there because I don't want to get into it too much because I don't usually talk about this stuff on the air, but back in my day when I was experimenting with things, psychedelics were a huge part of that. And I definitely know that hyperspace that you're talking about crystalline rainbow structures all around and just massive amounts of universal language input knowledge coming to you yeah. All at once and then everything kind of reforms around you, one atom at a time and you're back on planet Earth. All right, well, Cliff, we've been here for about an hour, and generally on my live shows I do an hour with the guest and then we have an hour of calls.

Obviously we're not going to be able to do calls tonight, but I'm hoping that in the future you might be able to join us for an actual live show and then maybe do some calls with the audience. Do you think that you could? Sure, yeah. We can work that out. The timing is a problem because of so many of my responsibilities, but sure, I don't have much of a problem with that.

Okay, awesome. Well, I always like to give the guests the last word. What do you want people to take away from this? Oh boy, we're not screwed. Okay.

It's the worst of times at this moment, but it's also the best of times because things are changing out in the Woo. It's very much like a description of the Dow, right. That you hear, we are able to see the mountains that we're going to have to climb, and so we know we're coming out of the valley of this now and things are changing and things are going to get better. We have a really horrific time ahead of us, but it is the survival of that that toughens us up. Right.

It's like coming through the psychedelics, you learn a lot, but going into it, I bet you within those first five minutes you knew you were going to die, your body was going to disintegrate and there was just not going to be anything left of you. And without that disintegration, the rest of it wouldn't have occurred. So we've got to have the disintegration for the Sci-Fi world. Unfortunately, that's it now, but this is a great war. This American Revolution Two is the beginning of Global Revolution One.

And man, that's going to be fantastic. All right, awesome. Well, Cliff, thanks again for being here. I really appreciate it and we'll talk to you next time, okay? All right, guys, I hope you enjoyed that interview with Cliff High.

Don't go anywhere because I am going to be right back. Just a couple of programming announcements. Don't forget, if you want to support the show, you can do that in the links below. I'm hoping that everybody here has subscribed to my audio podcast as well as all of the various channels on all of these different platforms where I put these videos out. So if you miss it one place, then hopefully you won't miss it someplace else.

We are going to be taking calls. So without further ado, here is Red pill 78 live on the other side of this video.

All right, here we are. I wasn't lying. Let me just go ahead and stop the show. Hope you guys enjoyed that. Look like people did.

We'll go ahead and take some calls and we'll see what people want to talk about, what you're thinking? I just want to say I feel like I completely agree with Cliff's Summation about the way we're going, the direction we're headed. I know a lot of people have a lot of anxiety about it, but I, too feel that you can't build something in the ashes of the old world until you've actually torn it down. I have no anxiety about where we're going and what we're doing and how this is all going to work out. I see so many people just so scared, living in that fear of what's going to happen.

And I also wanted to address something that I said in Occam's Razor the other day. And I should say this. I should preface this by saying that when I'm talking on these long form live shows, I may make statements that don't make sense when you don't consider them within the context of why I was initially saying them. Such as when I mentioned the tactics of Gandhi and the people of India when they defeated the British and kicked them out. I said so in relation to my call for people to get involved peacefully right now while you can, because chances are a vast majority of people that are watching the shows are not doing what I've suggested.

Going to your school board meetings, running for school board, becoming a precinct committeeman, running for public office, organizing marches, organizing in person, meetups with people. There is a lot we can do peacefully to try to take our country back before it gets to a situation where things are hot. And I certainly hope that most people didn't believe that. I was suggesting that in the wake of increasing violence from people on the left and other groups, if they're committing violence against you. No, of course I'm not inviting people to sit down and do a full lotus and just allow the butt of a rifle to hit you in the back of the head.

I'm really surprised that anybody would think that that's what I was suggesting, but at least one person did, and that's why I'm mentioning it, because they didn't leave their email, so I couldn't respond to them. All right, let me go ahead, and we're going to go ahead and throw the information for the call up on the screen. This is not it. Let me edit it, and then hopefully we'll get some interesting calls. Whoa.

That was not right. Hold on. That wasn't how it was supposed to be. There we go. Get rid of that.

Get rid of that and get rid of all this. And there we go. Oh, that's so much better. So much better. All right.

And I also think that Cliff's word choice for certain things doesn't mean that you should throw the baby out with the bathwater. He says aliens. Other people might say extra dimensional beings. Other people might say demons. Other people might say fallen angels.

So I think that people end up talking about the same things often, but because you have a different choice of language, that maybe it turns out to sound different, and people don't necessarily get that. But, yeah, I think my biggest takeaway here is, don't live in fear about what we're going through. We are tearing down the old world, and we are building up something much greater in its stead. So there is the information in the chats, you guys, actually, I think I forgot to drop it over in Odyssey. Let me drop it on Odyssey.

Thank you. To chops itmc. I will read the super chats of sorts over on Odyssey once we get to the end of the show. Same with all of the donations on D Live and on Foxhole. Appreciate that.

Guys, let me do something here so I can drop the zoom link into the chat. Let's see. Okay, hold on. Sorry. I've got to do this on two different computers, so it makes it a little complicated.

I really wish I could have a producer someday. Someday, guys, I will be in a studio, and I will have someone there to help.

I was thinking about this earlier, all the people watching Dan Bongino and stuff like that. Dan is really good at what he does, but that's because he doesn't have to worry about all of this stuff behind the scenes. Okay, here we go. There is the zoom link. Here is the zoom link.

Here is the zoom link, and here is the zoom link. All right, looks like we do have our caller. Our very first. We've got two of them. All right, let's see.

Oh, belushi. Good stuff. And then hang ten alien surfer. How appropriate. All right.

Waiting for Belushi's Audi to belushi's audio to connect. Yeah, I'm definitely excited to have Cliff back. What's up, Belushi? Good to see you, buddy. Hey, man, great interview.

Thank you. Thank you very much. I really enjoyed it. Yeah, I really like Cliff. I've been following him a long time.

I'm jumping on a show in about ten minutes, but I just wanted to say that and say and being a psychedelic warrior for 20 years now actually longer than that, but what Cliff was talking about with his schizophrenia and how he sort of healed himself. And he went on that journey like, I'm either going to kill myself or I'm going to figure this out. I had that same exact thing. I was a very angry child. I saw things how they were when I was young and I had a real problem with authority and I had a real disdain for things that I didn't agree with in terms of like why is it structured this way?

Why do these people tell these people what to do? Why am I constantly having to uphold these sort of rules and regulations of things in school? I think the first time I took LSD, I was in 8th grade. But that set off a journey that I was able to go to all those places that Cliff was talking about and helped me get a grasp of an understanding of how basically outside of humanity that the universe is all connected to us. Absolutely.

Some of those blasts when he talks about when you bleed between dimensions, when he's talking about the water has sound energy in it and he's talking about the wind and how it's kissing your feet, that's how interconnected some of these higher dimensional beings are. But the bug or the Vrill, I'm not quite sure what he's referring. I know the bug what he's referring to. I'd like to ask him that question. He's using it as kind of an all encompassing term.

Like I was saying, some people would say fallen angels, some people would say demons, some people would say actual evil space aliens. Some people would say reptilians.

It's something that kind of encapsulates the idea that there is something not human that we are fighting against. And I feel like most everybody in the chat would agree that there is some other power structure that exists out there that we're fighting against. And however you specifically define it, I feel like that's up to you. I don't get too hung up in the details, I think because we've got so many people in the chat, you know what I'm saying? Everybody has a different opinion about the way things work and about how the universe is.

And to what you said about taking psychedelics and allowing it to kind of hone you as a person, I can totally relate to that. I was also very angry as a child. At a certain point I had to make a conscious decision do I want to be somebody who is 100% all the time? Ruled by that anger, ruled by the frustration of the things that I can't control and whatever these structures are around me that I have to place myself within. And then when I took psychedelics.

It allows you to separate your ID from your ego, and you realize how interconnected everything is and how fruitless it is to stay focused on those things that you can't control. You have this incredible world that is directly in front of you and that you can reach out and touch at any time. And there is this intrinsic interconnectedness between everything. And until you have taken that journey, I don't know that anybody really understands that. Yeah, you just nailed it.

Red pill. And the other thing to keep in mind and I'm sure you got people lining up behind me, but the other thing to keep in mind is once you push through that and you separate that ego state and you understand the interconnectedness. It puts you on a sort of different path of, okay, now, how am I going to interact in this dimension, in this environment? And how am I going to live my life moving forward? It took me several years and experiments to get to that point.

But the fear that's associated with allowing yourself to allow your spirit or your mind to go there, to actually grasp these concepts, is the barrier. And I see that so much in society because fear is driving all of this. But I do like that Cliff because I've watched a lot of his projections and timelines, and I love his social listening that he does, but he's like, we're not screwed. And I'm like, okay, good. Cliff sees it too.

Okay, we're going through a near death experience, and I've been saying this is a good thing that all these things need to come down because in order to build a new at the point you were making, I've been sort of pounding that as well out there in the world. How can you realize what needs to change unless you expose it and bring it out into the light and until you see the machinations of this evil force that we're fighting against? It used to be behind the shadows. Many people were certain of what they were doing behind the scenes, but then they would present their public countenance, and that's what many other people would say, well, this is the truth, because this is what I'm being told now. They're not hiding anything.

They're doing it openly out in the light. And as a result, people can wake up to that realization. And that means that we can galvanize together as a society, as humankind, to change that and to move into something much better. 100%, man. Loved the interview.

I hope you get Cliff back so we can do a call in and have a conversation with him. I'd love to. We're already lining it up, so don't worry. He'll definitely be back. All right, Zach, I appreciate you, brother.

All right, brother. Good to see you, man. All right, man. Peace. All right, good stuff.

And I also wanted to address something that other people I saw say in the chat. I will go on record and say that I think psychedelics can be powerful medicine and they can help people in invaluable ways psychologically. But when I say that I'm sober and I don't partake in any drugs, I don't partake in any mind altering substances like that, and it's largely because I don't feel that I need to take that journey anymore. But it's also because there are plenty of mind altering substances which would simply lead me back down the path that I don't want to be on. I've grown as a person.

I've moved on in my life. I don't need drugs and alcohol or even psychedelics. I wouldn't even take pain medication. Okay? That's how far I take it.

Yes, I drink coffee. Yes, I vape nicotine, but they are not altering my perception of consciousness in the same way that all of the other things that I have taken in my life would do. So here we are, and now it's a different world, and we're going to keep going through it. We've got hang ten alien surfer coming in next.

Hang ten alien surfer. Good to see you, my friend. Good to see you, too. Can you hear me all right? Yeah, you sound great.

Sounds great. What do you think about the interview? I'm jealous that you got to have such a deep and meaningful conversation with Cliff, because I've talked to Cliff before, but it's mostly just, hey, I didn't get your report. Can I get the link? I've been following him for, like, 15 years oh, wow.

Or so. And I've been wanting to have a really good conversation with him for a while, and it's always good to see other people having that conversation. And I haven't actually heard from him in a while because I haven't been on YouTube. Oh, here's the thing. He's publishing on Bitchute now because he was getting censored, so he moved his regular videos over to Bitchute.

Just follow him on Bitchute and you won't miss a thing. Well, yeah, I haven't been on Bitchute lately either, because Bitchute has been giving me some issues with my own videos uploading, but yeah, I haven't been on either of the platforms lately. Plus, there's so much to watch on Foxhole. It's just hard to get away. I understand.

Believe me. Believe me. There is no shortage of content out there right now, which is a good thing, because it's a testament to the fact that so many people are getting awake, getting involved, and they want to have a voice in what we're doing, and it's sorely needed. Yeah. Not to mention all the other content other than the stuff that awakens you on Foxhole, just the hangout shows like Belushi where you can actually get away from it.

So that's a refreshing thing, too. At the end of the day, sometimes you just need to wind down. For sure, man. For sure. Yeah.

This stuff is heavy. There's nothing wrong with allowing yourself a little bit of escapism, but I wanted to ask you how you felt having that conversation, because I know you've probably been a fan of cliffs for a while, too. And how was that? Was it a bit of a fanboy moment for you? I'll tell you what was a fanboy.

I definitely was very geared up to have that conversation. Cliff is somebody I've always wanted to interview.

I feel like there have been times where I went to reach out to him, and it just didn't happen. And generally, the only time I have a problem having people booked for the show is if something happens last minute and then they can't make it or I've got something personal in my life. So I have a list of people that I want to get on the show that I've been trying to get on the show. I have people all the time that I'm in active conversations with trying to get them scheduled, and cliff was just somebody I had never actually made contact with. What was a fanboy moment for me was when I emailed him, and he emailed me back almost immediately, and he was like, oh, yeah, I know.

Red pill 78. Sure. I'd love to come on your show. And I was like, oh, you know who I am? Wow, cool.

Okay. Sweet. The idea that he would even be aware of who I was, that was the fanboy moment. That was really cool. That's cool.

And he was appropriate guests for your show. And finding appropriate guests for shows is a difficult thing, especially for me with my show. I'm trying to find appropriate guests, but not everybody drinks beer.

Why would they watch three beermen? Cliff has actually told me he doesn't drink beer when I try to get him on my other show, my bitcoins and beer show that I used to do.

And that's the same reason why I would never ask you to be on my show. But I understand canadian patriot is a funny guy, and I love to have him on my show, but he doesn't drink beer either.

It was a great interview. It's great hearing cliff, man. Sorry if there's any background noise, I have a plane flying over me right now, and I can't wait until you have another interview with them and we can actually call in and talk to him. Right. And I tell you truth, friday nights has been so busy for me, I haven't had a chance to call into your show much.

There's been another guest I really want to talk to about the new California Paul Preston. Yeah, I always catch your show the next day, and there's so many questions I have for him, too, because I'm one of those that live in you're. In the belly of the beast. Yeah, in the belly of the beast. I mean, really in the belly of beast.

I live in Hollywood, so that's right there. But there's so many questions I have for him that I never get a chance. I'm glad I got through tonight. I'm glad I got to talk to you. I know you probably got people lining up and really good talking to you.

Absolutely same, brother. Paul is going to be on the show again soon, too, because we need an update on what's happening there, especially after we just had the debacle that was the recall election exactly. With Newsom, and that was just such a blow for a lot of us. Sierra, I got to tell you, it was actually a really big blow. Well, I can understand.

I mean, I was sad for you almost. Biggest blow when the resident got in. Yeah, it was almost like that. It was like, wow.

I'll let you get to your other guests, and thank you for taking my call. Anytime, brother. Like I said, I can't wait to see Clip back on your show and hopefully be able to talk to him, too. Right on, man. Keep your eyes open.

I will. All right, we'll talk to you soon. Stay safe. All right. And our Australian correspondent, Viper X Crypto is our next caller.

Thank you very much. Look at that. Look at this. Viper, are you there? Yes, I am.

Can you hear me? I can hear you loud and clear, buddy. Five by five. What's going on? Excellent.

Well, it's just another day at the office here in Australia, the prison colony, as you know. How are you and your guests doing? Well, looks like the audience is doing all right as well, and yeah, I feel like everybody's ride and hide tonight. That's lovely. I've been chatting to people in the what is it?

The Twitch? I think it is, yes. Twitch is great. We had a lot of people in Twitch tonight. Last time I looked at Rumble, we had Gosh, it was like 3200 people on Rumble.

There was about 700 people on D Live. Let me see. Over 700 people were on Rumble as well. So, yeah, good people here. You've got a big audience.

Very well done. Red Pill, I've been following you from the beginning. At first, I didn't think I didn't know who you were, and I'm like, who's this person? Because I'm from Aitkun. And we're very wary, as you know.

But it's all worked out very well, and I think you're going to be a star, and you are a star anyway. Well, thanks, dude. I appreciate that. For sure. Obviously, everybody on Aikun and Hn doing the work.

It's incredible to watch, especially when you see people pick up a thread and start digging and everybody starts kicking in. It's pretty awesome. I saw some of the smartest people I've ever seen in the world, and I like to think I'm a pretty smart person as well, pretty nerdy, and I'm the guy that does all that gematria, and I'm known as the number fairy, but we won't get into that. We're not here anyway. We won't do that.

So now we'll focus on my musical career. But I'm not here to talk about that necessarily right now. I just wanted to give you an update about what's happening on the ground here in Australia. Now, you understand that Victoria has had some pretty bad scenes and we've had the premier, Dan Andrews just announced that authorized employees are now going to have to be vaccinated. So that's like freight people, construction workers, doctors and nurses, all those kind of people.

So they're already protesting. Teachers were protesting. So if you go to Rebelnews.com again, I'm not promoting them, but there's a lot of good information there. Their journals just got arrested and his security guard just got arrested. Really?

I was watching clips of him just a couple of days ago at a protest that he was at. No, they're just being flogged all the time and they're in the Supreme Court now just because Avi Yamini has just been taken to the Supreme Court. He's taken to the Supreme Court because his security guard, Daniel, was beaten up by police. He's a professional security guard. He's doing everything properly.

He's got all the licenses. He's literally protecting a journalist that's doing the right thing. But because, of course, it's a conservative journalist, they really want to target this guy and they don't like him. So that's a really good source of information. And there's a few other people I also like a couple of guys, I won't exactly say their names, but you can go see the Crow House is one.

Oh, yes, I love him, too. Yeah, so you can go and check that out. His latest video is very interesting. People are getting beaten up, red pill. They're getting literally their head smashed into the concrete.

Innocent people. Nobody knows what's going on. And for everyone that says, oh, you shouldn't have given up your guns, and all that kind of stuff, people who can legally own guns in Australia can still legally own guns. People in the country still have lots and lots of guns. It's very restricted.

But there are more guns in Australia than before the Port Arthur massacre. So let's not confuse everything, because I see this constantly in the US media. I do, too, yeah. I'm a full supporter of the Second Amendment, but Australians are not people that are going to go and pick up their guns and create an uprising. It's just not that kind of place, bro.

Yeah. So you must understand that we are going to get this done. It's going to be done peacefully. There's already things moving. If you see them in New South Wales, this is fantastic news that Gladys Berrajuklian has resigned because she has an ICAC inquiry, which is Independent Commission Against Corruption, I believe it stands for, and that's the highest level corruption investigators.

And I know these people because the equivalent in Queensland, the Criminal Corruption Commission I've spoken to them before face to face. I won't get into that. So I know what these people are about. They're about investigating corruption in the police, in the politicians. They want information.

And she's had to resign because of that. And I think that it was either going to be that or something else worse is going to be going to come out, because this is what I understand. I don't know for sure, but this is what I've read, is that Gladys Berraji has been blackmailed by Pfizer lobbyists. And that's why she's taken everything that's happened with the lockdowns and all of the you can't have your freedom until you're vaccinated. So now there's going to be she's just said, but just before she was taken out, that if you're not vaccinated, then you're not going to get your freedom back.

There's going to be rules for one and rules for another. I saw that clip. So that's who you're talking about. She just had to resign because she's got a corruption investigation. That is such good news.

Correct. So she's gone. She's going down bad. But who's she going to be replaced with? It's like Andrew Cuomo being replaced by that other Nazi satanic lady from New York.

So you just don't know who's coming. These people are all, dare I say free Masonic. D malay people. They're all placed everyone in Australia is corrupt. And Ricardo Bozier, and if you saw that video of him speaking from the Australia One party, that's a very important video for you to see.

And he's just telling it straight. He's a former Australian Special Forces soldier, and he just said, look, things are going to happen, and I think things are going to happen in Australia before December. I don't like to be that date fairy. No date fairy. I'm already the number fairy.

We won't go there. But I think things are going to happen by December here. So I'm going to make a tentative call to see what will happen. So there's a little bit of hope. Everyone's rising up.

We have teachers protesting now. We have a whole heap of medical professionals being fired because they're not being vaccinated. And in Victoria now, they're coming out with very serious vaccination rules. So you're basically not going to be able to work anymore if you're not vaccinated, especially if you're an authorized, like, firefighters, police, nurses, aged care, education that will include childcare, which affects my industry because I recruit people in those industries. So there's a lot of pushback from people on the ground that don't want to go into this, and the entire country is fighting back.

That's exactly what we need. We need to see this. This is the only way it's going to happen. I mean, to your point earlier yes. I get so annoyed when people are like, why don't people just do something?

Okay, so the person saying that, I don't see you rushing headlong into a line of stormtroopers with your AR 15, or you telling the Australians that they just need to take over or something like that. It's not realistic. And the way they're glowing, this is the way to do it for everybody, every person, every citizen to stand up and say, I've had enough. I'm not going to comply. We're not going to go through with this.

All right? If enough people do, then they'll shut down the medical industry, they'll shut down the trucking industry, they'll shut down the construction industry because there won't be anybody left. Okay? Of course, some people have already complied, but I don't think nearly as many people as they they claim have. Do you know what I personally think this is my opinion.

This is my opinion, okay? Please don't arrest me. Sure. I think that 90% of these people that have been vaccinated are going to be dead in the next five years. No, I agree.

I absolutely agree. Cliff predicts within ten years, and I actually wanted to mention this. I saw somebody over on Twitch, I guess, calling Cliff out for his prediction that many, many people would die from the Rona. So here's how I perceive it. Maybe.

Okay, so what is the vaccine? It is the elites, it is the Cabal's response to the Rona. So whether people die from Corona proper or from their decision to take the vaccine, which is a response and only exists because of corona, it's the same thing to me, all right? This is all one giant travesty. Whether it's the virus itself, the release by the Chinese, or the response from the vaccine industry, and the elites telling people that they have to take it, those people are going to die one way or the other.

But it's all because of one thing, and that is the advent of Coronavirus. Does that make sense? Yes. This is so serious here. We've never been faced with this sort of thing in Australia before.

Everyone was caught very much unawares and blindsided. I've known that this is going to happen for probably six years. So I don't like to be vindicated. Red pill. That's the thing that I really don't like the most.

I don't care about that now. And everyone that I know understands that everything that I said originally was correct. And I've had people try to commit me because I thought I was crazy, and I'm not crazy. So now that it's such a serious situation and we're at the point where we don't have an option in government, we don't have a Donald Trump here, we don't have any of these people stepping up, we don't have a Second Amendment, we don't have a Bill of Rights, we don't have a Declaration of Independence, and we are completely occupied. And they are testing their New World Order here in Australia and seeing what we will do.

They're doing it state by state. They started in Victoria. They went to New South Wales. These are arguably the two most popular states in Australia. So once they control and subdue those two states, they won't be anywhere else really to go.

I live in Brisbane and I'm just waiting for four, six to eight weeks for all of this to come here. Now. Do you know what it's like wearing a mask in 30 degree, 80% humidity? I couldn't do it. That's coming and it's already hot now and I'm starting to not even wear it on the bus.

And I'll get in trouble here because I'm on the record. I don't give a flying it's one of these things. We must stand up, we must say no. I'm saying this to everybody. I work with vaccinated people.

Sometimes I feel sick and I feel like I have symptoms of this COVID thing simply because I'm hanging around with people that are shedding, right? So that's just my opinion. I'm not a doctor or anything like that. I'm a humble anon and autist. I've been fighting this war for six years.

I've been doing my coding and geometry and all the rest of it, even before anyone else was. And now I'm doing this music. And the reason why I'm doing it, red Pill, is because multilevel memetic warfare is very effective. And a picture speaks a thousand words, a meme speaks a thousand pictures even more. And when you put it together moving with special effects and in training music, which is what my electronic dance music is, with the messages that are sent from positive sources like President Trump and President Eisenhower and President Kennedy, then this is how we reach the young people.

So this is being timed especially for release around the time Electric Daisy Carnival is about to start, when Patriots Force is going to have their Patriot Roundup. Is that what it's called? Yes. The Patriot double down. Right?

So I've sent them and their DJ a free download of the Wave files and yourself and Cray. And I don't know where to donate money to you, bro. I don't have a lot, but I want to give you something anyway, because you're helping me to promote my platform. But at the end of the day, if you can promote awareness, that make Australia great again means make America great again. That's why the Mag is very similar.

We are one. We are brothers in arms, and there's no way that we're getting out of this without supporting each other. You are our security umbrella. We should never have got in breath in bed with the Chinese in the first place as our number one trading partner. That was a mistake.

We sold them our ports. They built military grade airstrips here in Western Australia and beyond, and we are in trouble. So we need your help. I don't know if we need sanctions to be put on the Australian government leaders. Not the people.

Not the people. Okay. But they need something to be done. So if anyone's going to come and do an intervention in Australia. It's going to be the United States military, the Marines that come and do a cycle in Darwin.

And I'm personally inviting an Australian citizen of sovereign here on the behalf of the people to invite those patriots in the United States military to come and free our country as you did from the Japanese in the Battle of the Coral Sea in World War II. So there's that and that's it. All right, brother. Well, listen, if you do want to donate, just Red Pill 78 News donate and you can do it right there on my website. But listen, man, stay strong.

And I have not been able to listen to the music yet, and it's something that keeps popping into my head. And I promise you, tonight after the show, I will have it downloaded and it'll be in my music catalog and we'll be listening to it. But you're absolutely right. Memetic warfare is very powerful, and they have controlled the entertainment industry from all corners for far too long. It's time for us to get involved, and that's one of the reasons why I love doing these shows.

All right, Vector, thanks a lot for your call, buddy. I appreciate it. Thanks, man.

Okay, I guess he's gone. Well, thank you. I appreciate you. Listen, we have one rumble chat over here, and I'm going to say it because they disappear. Renee P says none of this would have been possible without voter fraud.

They didn't just cheat their own states, they cheated a nation. And everything that has happened since the election is on their heads. It certainly is. All right, we've got Jason coming in next.

All right, Jason B. Good to see you, buddy. All right, looks like Jason's audio is connecting. All right, can you hear me? I can hear you now.

Jason? Yes. How are you, friend? Sweet. How are you doing?

Red pill. Excellent, brother, excellent. Did you see the whole interview? No, I saw the last half hour and I was like, damn, this is like right up my alley. Definitely go back and listen to it after we're done.

Yeah, unfortunately. But I'm dealing with the last caller kind of changed. I missed the caller before the last caller because I was just sitting here instead of going back to the stream. I'm just sitting in silence, waiting to be wait. I guess I didn't know if I switched back, if that would cut off my zoom since I'm watching on my phone and zooming.

But anyways, my brother or a friend of mine has, like, schizo or something going on that I think is like schizophrenia, which has been hellacious. Right.

There was so much interesting stuff with that whole interview with that conversation from the psychedelics, which I've done not a ton of psychedelics in my 15 years ago, ten years ago, but mushrooms and corset and some of what you guys were talking about as far as what do you call it? I think it was Mescaline tripping. They're like the rainbow, crystalline rainbow structures in hyperspace. Yeah, mescaline dmt. But Cliff's point was that you can reach that same plateau with enough mushrooms and obviously LSD they're all unique in their own way, but I think that they're similar.

Yeah. There's a point at which you kind of transcend the matrix, so to speak. All of them. You can go to the same place. I can vouch for that, for sure.

And I don't recommend it, especially for younger people watching. Absolutely not. No. And here's the thing. I said this earlier in the show.

Psychedelics are not something that all people should take or that all people need to take. It's a uniquely personal decision and I do not recommend anybody even considering it unless they are a full grown adult and your body and your brain have developed. And even when you get to that point, I don't think that it's necessary for every person to do it. And even if you've only casually experienced them or you've done it a lot, I've known a lot of people who have done them way too much and it destroyed them. It's not something that even needs to be experienced necessarily more than once.

You can get the full awakening and realization of yourself, your place within humanity and the universe in one single experience. Right. And you can do it in other ways than those drugs. Exactly.

Who knows all the, I guess, supernatural, metaphysical components of that whole experience. But there seems to be aspects of both where you're kind of opening yourself up to that maybe other dimension that can bring both bad and good. Right. You could potentially we all probably who have done enough of that stuff and I probably did it maybe 20 times. Mushrooms and have bad trips or like very what you call demonic scary.

I mean, dark places, drugs in general. Dark, dark places, new levels of darkness. If you've never done drugs, don't do them because you don't even know what kind of levels of darkness and depression and hopelessness that you can experience until you do drugs. And of course, there's the highs. But anyways, I'm not trying to preach.

I hate for young people or anybody to think, oh, maybe it's a good idea. And then people obviously screw up their lives really bad really quickly. Yeah. But anyways, my brother I guess this would have been for Cliff. I just have a lot of questions about schizophrenia and dealing with that because my brother here was hearing voices or a voice that he called or that called itself Nicodemus oh, wow.

Which is someone in the Bible.

And my brother believed what the voice was telling him and this Nicodemus was saying he is God and he is Jesus, whatever, all this stuff. But my brother is having these fits of where he's destroying our house because we had a house we were renting together, he broke all the windows. Like, totally demonic. If yes behavior. And I'm like, dude, this is not God.

This is not Jesus. And Nicodemus isn't God, in my opinion, Jesus Christ and God the Father. There's no nicodemus too. No, but what's a trip about that? When you break down that word, it's like you can break it down into, like, I see you like the letters I see, and you like, intensive care unit and then demons.

ICU demons. Like, intensive care unit demons. And then talking about COVID and all this stuff with the ICU and the demonic almost activity where they're killing people in these ICU. This is all just tripping me out. Where that word Nicodemus that's talking to my brother, and I never even told him any of this, but I'm like, just the word initially struck or the name struck me as that's a creepy ass name.

Nicodemus it is. And then I'm into, like, gematria I like to see because to me, it's no doubt that the cabal, whatever, they love to do that. They love to play with words and all that, the way that they encode things, everything has special meaning. It gathers more power if it's on certain dates and times and lines up with the cycles on the moon. I mean, everything they love doing that stuff.

Yeah. What is it? Corona is like, six letters and equals 66 if you add up the value of each letter. So six letters that add up to 66. I thought that was interesting that one guy found that.

So anyways, so this is all just tripping me out because now you guys are talking about schizophrenia and then just that voice. And I'm thinking the voice is either just his delusions or a demon, or maybe they're one and the same because it's not always that clear. What are demons? Well, it's like what are thought? In one respect, it's a delusion because it's not part of our collective reality.

He has experienced something that nobody else can see, but on the other side, it actually is like a real physical experience for the person who's going through it, because if you look into schizophrenia, they will see, hear, feel, experience. It's not like you're just your internal monologue. It is somebody else in your head directing you or telling you how worthless you are and saying terrible things. So I really have always thought that the people with schizophrenia, diagnosed schizophrenia are cracking through into some other extra dimensional plane where the things that they're hearing and seeing exist within that plane, and they are just stepping over the boundary or maybe through the shroud between worlds, right? Yeah, exactly.

And so that's why I'm like I don't know, but what it is, whether you're creating it or you're crossing into another dimensional thing, you brought something over, but it's not good. Dude, don't listen to it. It's lying to you. It's lying to you. I can tell you that.

And I can tell you it through biblical, through the word of God, which he believes in, ostensibly. So it's not like he's like, oh, I don't believe in that stuff. He does, and he's trying to make this fit with it. I'm like, it clearly doesn't fit, John. And you got to understand that.

If this was God talking to you, then what does the Bible say? They will be known by their fruits. Look at your fruits. You're destroying life. You're destroying people around you's lives.

Why would God tell you to break all the windows in your house? And I don't know if that voice told him to do that, because he does these outrageous things, and then he has these conversations, but he never had said that. A voice told me to. Right. Anyways, but still, it's just like, is God, like, reprimanding you for that?

Is this nicodemus reprimanding you? Because there's also never any kind of repentance or anything remorse for these outbursts that he has. And then I'm like, what does the voice say about that? Anyways, but I just thought it was interesting, though, the trippiness of breaking down that word at this time, just the randomness of the fact that that word breaks down into, like, ICU demons or it's like, that's crazy. That is crazy.

Yeah. Or us demonic is another one it could break down into. It's really weird. Another thing really quick, I got little notes here because I'm like, oh, man, I keep thinking of stuff, but the rainbow bridge on Thor, right? Yes.

You know the movie Thor and based on the rainbow bridge, dude, the crystalline structures going through, like, hyperspace and all that. Dude, those guys. Okay, but wasn't that myth or whatever written a long time ago? Yeah, that's part of Asgardian legend. I think that it's very possible that ancient peoples who came up with these stories, they were trying to create hyperbole based upon things that they see in the world, their attempts to understand things.

And who says somebody didn't eat some of the wrong mushrooms foraging in the wild someday? That's where I was going. And then they saw that rainbow thing and had the hyperspace thing and then came up with that whole story, which is why they believed it so strongly, because it was actually somewhat of maybe an interdimensional experience. Which brings me to my last one. I just final one.

Okay, so right down like, 510, 20 miles from me, where I just moved here in southern Utah, which is, like the most beautiful place in the world. I just discovered, like, two days ago, there's this cave called Lion's Mouth Cave with ancient pictograph, cave paintings by the natives. Oh, dude, go get pictures. I got pictures. I got pictures.

Dude, there's a rocket ship pictograph. I mean, it's a rocket ship. It's a rocket. It's a rocket. Send it.

I want to see it. So I'm like, were they tripping on Peyote and they saw something in the future? Or were they sitting there because it has a view of this whole entire valley, or did they see freaking aliens? But it's like a rocket ship, like a NASA rocket ship, not like a saucer or something like future. It's weird.

Crazy, dude. Definitely send it. Jason, we got to move on to the next call, buddy. I'm trying to get through these. We're already over time, but I appreciate you calling in, and we'll all be praying for your brother, man.

Hopefully he gets the help that he needs. Yeah, right now he's in the hospital. Okay, thank you. Thank you. Please pray.

Thank you. No problem. God bless. All right, God bless. Talk to you soon.

All right, you guys, please don't call in if you haven't called in yet. We're overtime, and I just want to make sure we get through these last four. Callers. Caller, you're on the air.

Caller, are you there? Yes, I'm here. Excellent. Can we get your name? Name is Josh.

Hi, Josh. Welcome to the show. Thanks, zach? Yeah. What's going on?

What did you think of the interview? Well, I kind of stepped into it halfway through. I wasn't really expecting that. It was very interesting. I'm open minded to it.

A lot of interesting concepts and whatnot. I'll have to go back and rewatch it to get the full gist of what was going on there. Just kind of stepping into that was pretty fast paced. You lost a lot of context, I think. Yeah.

Hey, earlier you had mentioned taking part in school board meetings, local government and such. Yeah. So not to take up a lot of time, I have a few points I want to reach. I'll try to be quick about them, but I'm from Erie, Pennsylvania. I actually live a little south of it, waterford, Pennsylvania.

It's a rural area. Anyway, in town, we've done things like anti mask protest and things. Pretty small number crowd, but the passing traffic was very supportive and all that. Anyway, trying to network with those people physically and go to school board meetings and things like that. Kind of finding some difficulty doing that.

People don't say, hey, come to the school board meeting. And then we ended up going there for the first time, not being a public speaker and almost making a fool of myself, just trying to prevent scientific facts about masks and whatnot wrong. Right. And do you have any advice for physical networking or any resources? Well, no, not really.

Because I guess here's the thing. Do you want to pass out your email address or some way for people to get in touch with you? Because I know that there are patriots in Pennsylvania that watch the show. Really? I know a lot of people end up doing networking through Facebook and stuff.

I'm no longer on Facebook, haven't been for years. But I would hope that during the. Course of putting yourself out there in those positions in these public situations, that you would end up meeting people and you would end up making some type of connection that way. And even if you're out there doing holding signs on the side of the road, have some type of way for people to get in touch with you on one of those signs say, hey, we're looking for people who want to get together, who want to talk about this stuff, who want to organize for these things. Having a simple website goes a long way if you don't have Facebook, if you don't have a way for that to happen, if you have a single person who will just be willing to stand out in front of a grocery store and say, hey, what do you think about masking?

What do you think about mandating vaccines for our children? Put together a petition. If you do a petition and you get people to sign that, then you get their name, you get their phone number, you get their email, and you can have them opt in or out of actually attending, like, a physical meeting. And I applaud you for even getting the courage up to go to a public meeting like that because I know it's not easy. I know that it's very difficult for most people to take themselves out of their comfort zone, to even say, you know what?

I just had dinner and I'm sitting down in front of the TV now. I'm going to go out to the school board at seven or 08:00 at night. It's not easy. It's just easier to stay home. That is exactly it.

And what I would say to that is that we are far beyond the point at which where we should be regressing into our creature comforts. Okay? It's incumbent upon every single one of us to do one small thing each day to try to further this message, to try to wake people up, and to try to move us into that next phase. America 2.0, if you will, our bloodless. American Revolution 2.0, because that's the only way it's going to work.

If you're one person at your job and your job is saying that you're going to have to get the vaccine if you want to keep your job. The first thing I would be doing would be talking with every single employee there and getting to know how many of you are thinking about this in the same way, how many like minded people are there. If there is any way at all for people to network or even just being in the grocery store and talking to people, you see everybody else wearing masks. You see one person walking by not wearing a mask, go up and shake their hand, be like, hey, man, it's good to see your face. There's so many different ways to do it.

Good. I appreciate that. That's yeah, that's fantastic. Thank you. I hope it helps, man.

For sure it does. Sure does. Yeah. I don't know. Right when this whole thing broke out, I mean, I was always sort of awake in life, not really political, kind of just moving along, thinking everything in the system was broken and poor me.

And so one day I was like, well, seeing President Trump on TV and whatnot and he would say, the invisible enemy and stuff like that over. Eventually he's saying more. He's saying more than what I'm getting. So I started looking into things and within 14 days of being on lockdown, my wife and I completely had just woken up and been in full motion ever since. And she's the driving force and she's really going out, trying to put her feelers out.

And like you said, we all have to do our part and reach out and try to wake everybody up. In a sense, trying to do that again. I know how difficult it is. I know it's not easy. And the problem, the reason we're in the situation we are right now, where they've been able to essentially take over America and take us to the brink of destruction is because so many of us were ensconced in the rigors of daily life, jobs, family, taking care of the house, making sure that your bills are paid.

And that's by design. I mean, they wanted to SAP us of our energy and our will to do anything other than just survive the grind of life. And if you can just take an extra hour each day to set aside for working on these things that we're talking about or taking part in something that furthers the message. I think that collectively, the impact that we can have is going to be far greater than if everybody simply goes home, eats dinner, sits down on the couch, watches a couple of hours of television, and then goes to bed. And when they go to bed, they're thinking, the world is broken, what am I going to do?

We definitely lose if we have that attitude. I was in those shoes until folks, patriots like yourself, Dave from X 22 Pragmatic, encouraging people like myself to get out there and do something. And it's finally coming to that precipice where it's time to get out there and do something in my community. Absolutely. Thank you for that.

I'm proud of you, man. Well, thank you for saying so and thank you for listening. For sure. Yeah. Thanks for being there and always getting us through these times.

I know it's crazy. Real quick. I know you got other people locally. There's supposed to be an event in downtown Erie where they're going to have just people go down to town square and gather and seeing the grips of like George Soros come early at an earlier time during this to my town they're bussing people in to cause how they're throwing fireworks at the police and all kinds of things. How can you tell a false flag event?

Should I even bother going to something? Because I figured that might be a good networking thing. You're away from that. I think that quite literally, any event in public could at any moment be ruined by those people, and it could turn into a false flag event. The way that we can make sure that something like that doesn't happen is by making the commitment to not do something that would reflect poorly on us as a movement.

Okay. Right. Like yourself, we all have a public and a personal responsibility.

There is the possibility to talk to people that you might not otherwise ever speak to who you don't agree with on much. But I would imagine that based upon the way the country is going right now, you would find that you have a lot more in common with those people than you ever dreamed possible. Just recently, we had Trump supporters and BLM members marching through the streets of New York City protesting the vaccine mandates. That's a beautiful thing. Yeah, absolutely.

I was all taken back by that. Yeah. So I think that's possible. I think that's possible right now because Joe Biden is living in the White House or wherever he is. I think that the chance that George Soros is going to bust in a whole bunch of protesters to burn down Erie, I think it's highly unlikely.

I think that that was yeah, I do too. Go ahead. I didn't mean to cut you off. Oh, no, it's okay. I would say, go ahead and go.

Be mindful, be aware of what's going on around you. If you see somebody acting the fool, walk up to them and say, hey, this is not how we're supposed to act. Why are you doing this? Who are you? Who do you really work for?

Right? And bring a notepad so you can get everybody's name and phone number. Be like, hey, listen, I'm trying to put together a group of like minded patriots in this area, and if they don't want to give you their phone number because maybe they're paranoid about it, then be willing to give them yours. Maybe even get business cards made. Just saying.

Just patriots of Pennsylvania. We want to get together. We want to do something. We want to make a difference and make a change. Very good.

I'll think I'll leave it at that. I appreciate your time, Zach. Thanks for being there for all of us and yeah, have a good night. I'll call back some other time. All right, brother.

Thank you so much. I appreciate you listening. Talk to you soon, hopefully. Fill me in on some good news next time we'll do. All right, thank you.

All right, we'll see you. All right, we've got two callers left. We lost a couple of people. Chops itmc. Sorry, buddy.

I guess you had to get off also. Same with Bruce Banner. First, we've got our cloaked, unseen world. And then Aaron Moriarty is going to be our final caller of the evening and our cloaked, unseen world. Are you there, buddy?

Yeah. Can you hear me? Yeah, I can hear you. Good. How's it going?

Doing all right. Long time no talk. Absolutely. Yeah. I see you've been doing some shows.

Yeah, I've been streaming live. I'm going to talk. Going to be having a Foxhole channel, hopefully here soon. Cool. I've already reached out to Matt and Methods.

I'm waiting to hear back from Methods. Matt told me to reach out to Methods and said that they would hook me up with one. Awesome dude. Awesome. I've been doing that, but yeah, your guest.

I really had some questions to ask that guy. I had some stuff I wanted to tell him if he didn't know things I know. Right. He will definitely be back for a call. And he had some family stuff happening that made it so that he couldn't be here with us live tonight.

But you'll definitely get a chance in the future, for sure. Yeah, because I wanted to talk to him about the walking through Wallace training system. Have you ever read that patent yet? I have, and it's been a long time, but I've definitely seen it. I've seen the schematics and stuff.

Yeah. I would read it again, just the summary of it, because it really tells you when you do that walk, what it does to your energy. Of course, you don't have the computer program to print out the prints and all that, but evidence that that's a real patent in regards to video footage of Bigfoot going through the phasing through the wall of my house and all that stuff. Yeah, it's wild. It's wild stuff to be able to do that, man.

I've been in the hyperspace that he's talking about on multiple occasions without any hallucinogenics. Yes. And I think a lot of it has to do with doing that walk because it generates your hyperspace energy to flow around your your rotating magnetic field of your life force. But it gives you energy. It does a lot of stuff.

It shatters that calcification of the third eye.

But yeah. Then also, I've been a mental health nurse for the last 15 years, and I dealt with schizophrenia and all those kinds of patients. I'm real familiar with that kind of stuff, too, and it just seemed like a really cool guest. I've seen that guy one other time. I forget where I saw him, but yeah, I need to figure out his channel and start watching him.

Yeah, it's just Cliff Clif and last name High. H-I-G-H-I think you would love his stuff, man. His videos are great. It's really good stuff. Yes.

My plan is on the Foxhole to do what I've been doing on my live stream, but I also want to have a call in show maybe once or twice a week, maybe even three. I don't know. Sweet. People can call in and do tell do one or two things or both video, record something that nature in their area to see. I could show them if there's something there or not that they can't see, teach them how to see it on video.

And then also tell stories of miraculous things that have happened to people and things that are out of the ordinary, out in nature or anywhere, whether it's in an airplane or in the ocean, wherever. Just any crazy stuff that people have seen so people can hear other people talk about it and see that you're not so crazy. Absolutely. I totally agree with you. Yeah.

That would be awesome to do it. Yeah. But I think adding that that extra thing with it break down the video that they if they want me to look at something that they recorded, that they have questions about, I could maybe see things and point out things that other people don't point out, that people can see, but they just didn't know it was there to look at. It's hard, but I guarantee you if somebody watched me long enough and they didn't see stuff, they would see stuff. I guarantee you that.

I have no doubt about it. It's just a matter of putting the effort in and wanting to see something you haven't seen before. Yeah. It seems like it's a trip, man, for sure. It's like they indoctrinate us to live in our analytical mind and get the imagination, which is the one thing that never lies to you in energy.

There are two things that never lie to you is imagination and energy. What does imagination do? It creates and generates energy.

Basically. They trick us into believing that imagination is just a figment of it's not real. And then we're in that analytical mind and we're creating and we're manifesting the world that they want us to create instead of the world that we want to create. Right. That's what it comes down.

Well, do you want to give people your email so if anybody's got out there has something they want to send you, you can go ahead and get it together? Yeah, I'm trying to decide if I want to use my proton mail yet or not right now. Just my first and last see, I'm going to wait on I don't know if I have the proton now memorized yet. I think it's our cloaked, unseen world. Or they could Twitter me something or Gab me.

I have a Gab account and Twitter links, and I'll put them in my description on my YouTube channel. All right, awesome, brother. Yeah. They can leave a message there. Or my discord.

I think that's there, too. That's a permanent one. That should always work. Sweet. Awesome.

Well, I'm looking forward to seeing what you do, man. And definitely if you get the calls going, I'll call in, too. All right. All right, brother. We'll talk to you soon.

All right? Yeah. Take out. Peace. All right, final caller of the evening.

Aaron Moriarty. Here we go. All right, Aaron, are you there? Yes, I'm here. Awesome.

Thank you for your patience, man. Final caller of the evening. What did you think about the interview with Cliff High? I thought it was great. I thought it was great.

And when he started talking about the hallucinogenics, I knew Cliff was high.

Oh, man. It's funny. It's a funny world, the whole thing. I love the conversation. I love the direction that we went.

I had even other things that I wanted to ask him about. But it's fine. I'll save it for when he's live on the air. I was going to ask him if he saw a blip on the invisible mask, because I got this in a shirt now. Have you got anybody in town wearing those?

I just wonder if you go to the grocery store and you see. I went to Walmart today wearing this. And I went to Papa Murphy's pizza or the take and bake. I think I made three sales there. Oh, that's so cool.

Dude. Give out my little card. Awesome. On YouTube. And it's on the little description.

So hopefully they'll they'll get one and they they just love the invisibask. And I had an argument. It's a great concept. Yeah. I pretty much single handedly saved the world, but it's okay.

Muffin. Oh, my God.

She hit the pressure release on the chair.

Oh, my God. Muffin crush the puppy. Oh, my God. She rubs her back on things. Like, right now, she's making me itch her back.

Because she's like, dad, you're already overtime. What the heck's going on? I want to go outside. Dogs are like that. It's like you have hands, scratch me.

Exactly. That's funny. I wanted to also mention the Antarctica thing. He mentioned that they're going to be opening this up, and for 100 years, it's going to be Antarctica ancient. So, Corey Good was taken down there.

You might know from his testimony that there were these elongated, head, kind of pointed head aliens there with kind of, like, pot bellies and also some humans with tails on them. There's some half animal, half human experiments there. Oh, wow. Stuck in the ice. But they've been doing this since 2002.

They've been excavating all this area out, and they're taking out all the alien stuff, and they're replacing it with, like, Egyptian crap. Oh. So when it does come out, just remember they're not telling you the whole story. It's not full disclosure. It's partial disclosure, limited hangout.

I would be surprised if they did anything less. Right. Yeah. The other thing that struck me was when he mentioned when he was doing these hallucinogenic trips or when he was going on these excursions, he was a sphere. That's what I was when I was out of my body.

And I saw you say that in the chat. Yeah. And this is the only other place where I've heard it. And that's the alien interview by Lawrence Spencer. Oh, yes.

He talks about it in there, but, yeah, I was just a sphere and a sphere of nothing but everything. And it's just amazing. It's absolutely amazing. And, oh, from one of the previous callers, maybe you could do, like, mock videotaped practice sessions on what you're going to present to the school board. There you go.

That'd be very helpful. That is a good idea. You're all practiced and you're not going to picture them all naked. Maybe not naked, but the other thing I wanted to mention was I'd love to ask Cliff High if he saw anything in his information that he has these robots going around about this really in depth survey they did in two places, and they got almost identical answers from both places. One was Dubai, Abu Dhabi, and they agreed on everything except one thing, which was seemingly small, but it seems to be a big thing now, an entertainment issue.

It seems that the people in Dubai do not like the Flintstones, but the Yabadabadoo.

I was like, I'm waiting for the punchline. You got the punchline. Oh, my God. That's great, Aaron. I love you, Aaron.

That's so funny. All right, thanks for calling in, buddy. I appreciate you. All right, I'm going live soon, so I hope to see you there. Right.

Tune in to Aaron Moriarty's Truth Quest right after this. All right, buddy, we'll talk to you soon. All right, take care. Peace. All right, you guys, thank you so much for being here.

I need to go through and do the thank yous. We're going to start with Foxhole Kansas mudcat. I'm just going to say your name unless you actually put a comment in. Belushi bruce Banner said great guests make great show. Zach, well done.

Hang ten, alien surfer says Cliff is great. Thanks again. Belushi better lately. Says thank you, Zach. Cliff is a fascinating person.

Such a wealth of knowledge. Sean Joe, thank you for that son of a green card. Thank you, Freedom Flyer. Thank you. Hang ten, alien surfer.

Thank you, Sean Joe. Thank you. Thank you, Donnabo Libby. Thank you. Rapture ready.

Thank you, kilroy, 1962 says I don't think they want us to see this. Going to d live. Great show. Pthaggy says donated Woo coins. Light raid.

Thank you, mountain lace. Forest friend says thanks RP you to man. Belushi again, thanks, bud. Better lately again. Says really appreciate you, buddy.

Great interview, great guest, great work. Philly, 369 garden says no fear. Just wanting to save as many souls as possible. Otherwise comfy AF. There you go.

Jason Blocker says cheap, but it's what I got. Every single bit counts as support. Thank you, napkinator. Thank you for the ship. Low country Brooklyn, says Jason.

Great call. Please email Zach. Those picks. Yes, Jason, don't forget, email me those clips then. Sean.

Joe. Thank you. And Joe Mo, 70, says, thank you, Zach, for your great work. Really appreciate it. Over on Odyssey, Chops, itmc says, currently we are in an advancing solar spot cycle.

Ham radio users like this for the radio propagation. Has your software made any mention or reference to such a factor? And unfortunately, because Cliff wasn't here, he couldn't answer. Vitamin D, if memory serves, as about 25% of the human genetic code. And then ADP.

ATP cycling is a major factor in the citric acid cycle of cellular and coloring metabolism spike protein used in this event directly interferes with this. Has your work found any difference between my work so far and a prion disease? And then Chops, please keep those questions on deck so that we can ask Cliff the next time he's on. And then vickrell TV says cliff is a modern day DA vinci. He is a wise revolutionary to listen to when shit really starts hitting the fan.

And then Chop says good night, everyone. I've got stuff in the morning. And then Appalachian Prospectors. Can you summarize what Cliff's message was? No.

You need to watch the entire video because we talk about a lot of different things. And then over on D Live, thank you for those follows. Banger 42 Dumpy, Montana Row patriot Luddiest. And then Joshua Bain dropped a ninjagini. I'm Scottish and I find that statement very offensive triggered.

Thanks, cara kay, and knocked my socks off. Joshua Bain says, again, this story about George Wu is really interesting. I feel like a documentary about it should be made. Thank you, Bad Bear and Deuce Volt. Joshua Bain again says, wow, this fuke state hyperspace conversation is wild.

This needs to be a show of its own. Thank you, Banger 42. Lucky q 17. And then Hamtown says freedom from demons. Lucky q 17.

Kiss baby DW. Thanks for the follow. And then also drop dem chonies. Andrew Rawlings. And then Annette Wells.

And then also EMP 13. P 13. Is that empire? I don't know what else that's supposed to be. Then trust eternif.

Thank you very much. And then thank you to everybody who has been hanging here with us tonight. I'm going to go ahead and drop the gold pills over on Foxhole. Want to make sure I don't get caught forgetting that again. There you go.

Scratch off has been released. All right, you guys, I will be back tomorrow at 09:00 p.m for another episode of Red Pill. News live. Let me see who's going to be on the show. And okay, I don't have it in my calendar, but I guarantee I've got somebody scheduled.

So good luck, God bless. We'll see you tomorrow.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Antarctica Unveiled – Forum Borealis – part 2 – 12-20-2021

Antarctica Unveiled - Forum Borealis - part 2 - 12-20-2021

Antarctica Unveiled - Forum Borealis - part 2 - 12-20-2021

You and welcome back to part two of this groundbreaking Antarctica episode. Forget about all the hype out there. I think Cliff is gonna put this to new heights, pun intended. And when right before the break, Cliff, we went into the pure existential aspects of these things, we also touched upon the ancient stuff. So I think we should take it from there.

And like I said, try to move up in the timeline. Do you have anything to add to the note where we're at? Nothing that occurs? No, I'm happy to move into more modern times. Well, let's see.

Let's not go too fast because like I said, we have traces from these urns that the Russian found. And according to them, it was a pretty old civilization. So I think that if it's connected to what we today call the Atlantic, I think it could have been maybe the mother culture of Atlantis or predating Atlantis, maybe. Because I'm pretty sure that Atlantis and I won't go into that here now because we have programs, some recorded already about that. Yeah, what we call Atlantis today is a reference to maybe a colony or a survival of this culture that was in the Antarctic Ridge.

But according to your model, maybe there's no room for continent in Atlantic Ridge. Course, maybe you reject the notion of tectonic. Yeah, the tectonic plates move, but the mechanism and everything that is proffered for them is, in my opinion, bogus. That they're moving because of the expansion of the Earth. The expansion of the Earth can be thought of as occurring because of high energy particles from outer space.

So this gets really weird, okay? The sun is not sun is mostly iron with gold and silver and a few other heavy metals in it. It's not nuclear. There's no hydrogen fuel or any of that. It resembles nothing so much as the tip of a tig torch, the ignited tungsten, and an electrified ionized atmosphere.

Yeah, but it's a matter of science. We know that cosmic radiation, although we don't know everything about it, we know that those high frequencies do indeed influence everything on the sun. Right on the earth. On the earth. But see, here's the mechanism by which I was going to direct our thinking, okay?

If you took, for example, that our Earth does not have a molten core, that our Earth is alive and its core is, in fact, a plasma very highly energetic electric sun. Correct? Right. As though might be considered to be a sun, then that plasma has a very interesting characteristic. Plasmas capture cosmic rays.

Now, in the case of our sun, as the Sun's energetic activity dampens down cyclically, there are going to be times that more cosmic rays come around the sun to strike the planets behind it, including ourselves. We're in one of those periods of times now, and the more cosmic rays that come through, we're now learning that, oh, look, this cosmic ray barrage that hit us in 2003 not only stripped off five and a half percent of our physical atmosphere and 15% of its depth, but it caused the Bondaacci earthquake. And it may be stated that the cause of that earthquake was an expansion event that occurred as a result of these cosmic rays coming in and being caught by the plasma within the middle of the Earth. And then if we extend that thinking a little bit further as that plasma grows, there's something that is around it, which is the rest of the planet. And so all this energy coming into the plasma has to do something because it can't grow infinitely.

And so what actually occurs is energy becomes so condensed, so packed in there that it actually converts into matter. And so it's the reverse of a nuclear explosion, so to speak. And it's a matter creation event. And those matter creation events cause the Earth to expand because we're expanding from the middle out and thus we crack the way we do. So it's as though we had a rigid shell around an orange.

As it's growing, that shell is going to crack. The skin is going to crack as the orange grows within it and pressurizes it. And it's very much that kind of a situation with the Earth. And so our Earth is gaining cosmic rays that come on down. They go through all of us.

They smack right through the planet itself, the matter. But they get captured by the energy at the core of our particular planet. Now, we know that this is not occurring with Mars. That Mars is a dead planet relative to its core. And it may be.

So the inner sun in Mars is either altered or dead. Correct. It can't be dead because then it wouldn't have atmosphere and gravity and all that. No, those are immaterial to that. Newton was wrong.

Gravity does not relate to mass or that level of energetic activities. So it would retain its gravity even after Earth would retain its gravity, could it still hobble life? Correct, it still could. But the thinking is at the moment that something occurred to Mars where Mars was struck by a very large object. Not the nuclear explosions that what's his name talks about.

Brandenburg. No, obviously the exploded planet of Van Flandon. Obviously correct. Because you can see that the south side of Mars was tilted towards that. So it really got a beating even.

We got a lot of water. But we don't have to go too much into that because we just had a program with Joseph Farrell called it's Not Out Yet, but it's called Ancient War in Heaven. And we go very deeply into the explosion planet hypothesis. Well, then we could just jump ahead, so to speak. Yeah, because at this point, when people listen to this, that program will already be out.

Okay, cool. This helps a lot. Yes. Okay. So Earth then is actually in an expansion condition all the time, and the North Atlantic Ridge is a result of that expansion.

So all of these things are new and modern and not part of ancient anything. In fact, as an oceanographer, I studied oceanography for a while when I was a kid, thinking I was going to go into that, but life turned me another direction. In any event, though, if you study oceanography, you find a very shocking fact that nobody denies they just can't explain, and that is that the bottoms of our oceans are newer than any of the land on the surface. Wow. And since the bottom of the ocean but hang on, hang on.

They say that the Caledonian mountain range, which I, incidentally, live on, is the oldest and most stable. Okay, that doesn't compute with this model. Or does it? Sure it does. It's not in conflict at all.

We're expanding, and the easiest place for the expansion to occur is at the weakest spot of the surrounding envelope to that expansion. The weakest spot in our Earth is the middle of all the oceans. Okay, so we're always adding new land in the Pacific. There's no such thing as, by the way, as a subduction zone. You can't find a subduction zone anywhere on this planet, anywhere they go.

Sorry, what does that I'm not familiar with that term. Subduction. Subduction zone is the area where supposedly the Pacific plate is diving in underneath the North American plate, and that's what causes the Ring of Fire in the North America. It's the idea that the Pacific plate of the ocean underlies the ocean is being shoved under the North American continent. The two grind together and create volcanoes and stuff.

That's a bunch of absolute excrement. It's really poor thinking. And just for those folks out there who are not aware, these things aren't written in stone. We learn it in school as if it's a matter of fact. But they're just as much of a hypothesis or a theory maybe is better to say as is evolution, relativity, all that stuff.

It's not, like, proven beyond any exactly dobbs. It's room for alternating schools, and there's always been competing schools of thought in these sciences about how these things work, so I just have to throw that out there before anyone thinks you're a complete cuckoo. Just takes everything out of your ass. This is legitimate. It is legitimate.

You're in a minor school compared to the dominant uniformitarian today. Right. And as I have stated in the ass, just because I may be crazy does not necessarily mean you're wrong.

Exactly. Truth is what it is. Exactly. You can't find a subduction zone anywhere. So the tectonic plate model is basically bogus, and it was the representation of the thinking at the time, and, as you say, officialdom just teaches it to us now because it keeps us quiet, so to speak.

Right. And they don't have to go into stuff that they don't really want us to think about or explain. But because we have this expansion event model, then it eliminates the idea that Lemuria is at the bottom of the Pacific Ocean or that Atlantis is at the bottom of the Atlantic Ocean, because those are new territories recently created. Well, then you're hard pressed to explain the pyramids that's in bottom of these oceans. No.

How do you explain that? Because those are not in the bottom of the ocean. Those are on the part of the shallow lateral zone. At some point, it was the lateral zone. It was within the tidal area.

It's not within what we describe as benthic or the desert areas of the ocean. It's still within what we would think of as the continental shelf. So you don't have, for instance, pyramids at the bottom of the ocean, yet we find pyramids and structures all along submerged areas of the continental shelf. Yeah. Big difference.

Okay. And so there is no pyramid. So it's just if the water was lower exactly. It would still be connected to our current land, just as we see in India. If the water were 120ft lower, India would be 60% larger.

And we would see civilizations or remnants of a civilization that would have held twice the current population of India. Yeah. Because people have always settled more in the coastal zones than in the mountains and inland. So it's totally logical that most of the huge cities would be in zones that are now submerged all over the world. Correct.

And we see that no matter what, even in current civilizations now, you always have less of a population inland than you do along the coast. Yeah. And also we have all kinds of historical references that go back to these stella that are within North America and throughout the Pacific region that were related to the Egyptians. Because there's some discussion about how there were bands of stella off of New Zealand as though they were put in as navigation markers, and then within 20 years, they had to do it all over again as the waters increased. And then within 20 years, they had to do it all over again.

And so that there were these three zones, so to speak. And we also find this off of Japan. There appears to be three stages of construction that seemed to have to have had to react to increasing water levels, and then finally they gave it up or something occurred. And that we don't see a continuity from that point forward. And that's probably when this Great War business happened.

Yeah. That we also cover. You said the name earlier in Part One. We call that show ancient war in heaven. Correct.

War in heaven. Indeed. Correct language. But that means that according to your model, then there's not room for Alamuria or an Atlantis in the traditional places. They would have to be correct.

So the current continents are more or less the same as they've always been them. No. Continents, of course, are shredded in the process of the expansion. So that's why if you go to the YouTube, you can look for Neil Adams, and he has some nice graphic videos. Okay, so all the landmasses were one once, correct?

Right. And then we had our first expansion event, and we got a crack somewhere, a little water went into it, and we've been cracking and splitting ever since. And we'll continue to do this. That's pretty mainstream. That's the mainstream model.

That is just, I think, the details here about the difference. That no huge difference because they say that the cracking and the splitting of stuff occurred on a sphere of the same size. I'm saying that the spear has grown some 60%. Right. In addition yeah, in addition to that.

So we have much larger area now. And as a result, I can also, if I were precise enough okay. So I was a student in a gymnasium in Germany in the 1960s, and one of the things they did to teach us physics was they had us measure the planet the way the Egyptians used to do by taking Sunsites at the bottom of wells and have the wells be 200 miles apart in relative latitude. And you do timing and all of this, and then you can make estimates as to how big the planet is based on the time and so on. Right, right.

So you're actually measuring the planet by physical stuff. And if had we been precise enough, then I could take those results some nearly 60 or nearly 56 years later and do it again. And I'm sure I would find that my measurements were for a larger planet, albeit slightly larger. But I'm certain that even in that 60 years we've had enough expansion that it would be measurable. According to this model, then Atlantis would have to be in Antarctica then, because there's no room for Alamuri or Atlantis in Pacific and Atlantic Ocean.

Correct. Plus, there's something else about that we don't see subsidence. All right. There's never been a continent that's subsided. There's never been a continent that's been overtaken by water.

There's never been a thousand foot high tsunami displacement wave or anything like that. All right. Have you heard about freeze land? Sure. Yeah, but see, all of these can be explained in a much easier fashion under the expansion of the Earth model.

And it relates to so, for instance, right now, the theoretical and maximal height that could be achieved by a tsunami anywhere around the planet is about 80ft at the beach. And if you had a large enough tsunami, it could, in some areas, push to maybe 100ft several miles inland, up on low lying areas. But there's evidence of tsunamis or water impacts, rather six and seven and 800ft up on many mountains in the Americas. The Americas has a more pristine case for the catastrophe than other areas. All right?

Simply because humans haven't eroded these markers. But at the time that those catastrophes happens, where the water was up six and 700ft up on these mountains, the Earth was ever so much smaller. And so we had a different set of actual physical circumstances relative to how a tsunami would manifest. You can see that in this model. As the Earth expands, tsunamis over time are eventually going to get down to where they could not physically rise up above a certain height.

Makes sense. Yeah, kind of. Okay, but would we expand together with the Earth, so we become bigger? No. Why not?

There's no reason that humans should expand because the Earth itself is expanding due to the cosmic rays that it captures and the new matter it creates. In the middle of the Earth, we have the cosmic rays and stuff go right through us, and our size is determined in an entirely different manner than the planet. Well, but it's determined by the planet's condition, like the size and the gravity and stuff like that. Okay, you're thinking in Newton, newtonian terms. And Newton?

Newton was wrong. We proved that on the moon. According to Newton, the Moon has a gravity that is one 6th of the Earth because of its relative mass. And yet when we go on up there and the Chinese just did it again, and they measure gravity, it's closer to three quarters of what we have here on Earth. And so that blows Newton totally out of the water.

Okay, I buy that, but I just think you chose a poor example because you know as well as me that the Moon is a freak of nature. Okay, all right. Exactly. So it's not natural. Use something else.

What about Mars? Would Mars be shrinking if it's that can't produce any more matter if the sun is dead? Correct. It cannot, and it's not shrinking, but it's not growing. And we know that Mars got smacked.

It got smacked on, let's just say on the Southern hemisphere. And it got hit so hard by a chunk of something that it created a divot on the other side of the planet. So the concussion wave went all the way through the core of the planet. And it's a thought at that point that that's when the core of the planet died or became so injured that we're still not seeing any sign of recovery. No, I don't trust our planet with a dead core.

So that crushes all hopes of Mars being a future human colony. I would agree.

Well, also we find that if you look in the Jane literature, jane is a religion out of India. It's a minority religion, but they've got a really interesting take on things and a very kind of a mix of Islam and Hinduism or something like that. No, it's more like Sikhism than Islam because they believe in a non personified pulse. Oh, sorry, I mixed it with Sikhism. Yeah, you're right.

Jainism. Yeah. He's a very peace loving religion. Correct. And these guys have something that's really cool, which is this incredible, I don't want to say unbroken, but an incredible historical record and a cosmology that can be validated by the internal references within the document to astrology or to astronomy, that we can now plot and figure out what days and times that could have possibly occurred.

And so their cosmology goes to state that humans lived on two and a half islands of life in this solar system, those two and a half islands being Earth and Mars. Moon and Mars. Oh, so the half is Moon. Correct. And we were 600 billion, right?

Yeah. Okay. 600 billion, correct. On those three. And that was at the height of this civilization.

And at the time, most of us were blue or green in skin. This corresponds with a show we just had. It's not out yet. It's called what's it called human prehistory, according to Esoteric, that the blue race died out, that they were actually they use colors, so they said there were yellow, black, white, red and blue, and blue died out. Many of the ancient, I think also in the many traditional Hindu lore, accounts for the blue races, too.

Oh, sure, yeah, they're well aware of that. They also show the green people, though. Wow. Not little green men. No, not little green men.

So I have to ask you then, Cliff, because some ancient law, because I've been studying in many mystery schools in my life, traditional Esoteric, so I found once, and that was long before I got interested in this stuff we're talking about now. I was more into symbolism. I didn't take things as literal back then. Sure. And they talked about different human races, or I should say the origins to the human races, because today we are so mixed.

But they said that there were different origins on different planets. So do you have any thoughts about that for like, green people, blue people, et cetera? Sure. Okay, so insofar as my model of my understanding is going to reflect some understanding of what the British royals think in terms of how humans came about and how some of the powers that be think that humans came about. Okay, okay.

And so it brings in the idea of panspermia, and that the hominid form of four senses in a cranium and a physical body, bipedal, erect, et cetera, and with a vertebra is more common throughout universe than we would tend to guess. And so more space aliens. Well, that's the ancient law, too, that human being is a template. Correct. And that if you wiped out all human beings on Earth and life began over again it was still when it comes to our kind of intelligence, our kind of consciousness all kind of entity I'm not talking about entities like suns and planets because they can be argued are alive too but they're a completely different state of being.

But the ancient law says that yeah.

Our level of consciousness would be a human being. Yes. Not a lizard man, not insectoid alien or anything like that, that we would end up more or less the way we are. Right? Yeah.

And that's my general take of it. But there's no causative elements involved. And so I have these causative elements in this understanding, and my understanding goes back to this group of people that they called Numo. And the Numo are aquatic beings that are basically bipedal, although they have fins and flippers instead of feet, as we would understand it. But they would have arms and in many ways would look like what we would think of as very ugly mermaids.

And I say mermaids because the Numo as a species are always at any given time, about 98% female. And they are like those fish, and they make themselves male if procreation is needed. The Numo are a very sophisticated understanding of we have a very sophisticated understanding of the Numo. It comes from the Mali people and the Dogon people and other people in Africa. But there's also representations in India, even with the manu myth.

And we take our part of it from the Noah myths right. Where the guy on the land is Gigamash. Exactly. And he's told by a fish that there's a big flood coming. Well, that fish is the numb.

It's a representation of the numb. These guys exist oneness or something like that in traditional mythology. Oneness fish. Good. We even have that up here with the Salish.

Okay. I find that the Pacific Coast of the US. The North Pacific Coast and the Pacific Rim cultures have a more pristine version of a mythology than we find other areas. And so in the Salish area, they called the Numo Changer. And changer came to planet, our planet, in order to rectify a great sin that they the original sin.

Okay? The original sin is not ours. The original sin was the fault of the Numo. And I can go into that if we care to divert. But the Numo created an ecological catastrophe.

They let things calm down, they figured out, and then they came back and they cleaned the planet up from the ecological catastrophe that they had allowed to be created. And then they set about trying to rectify things. And according to the Salish myths up here, which are the expository, is Raven. Raven was the first creature that was modified by Numo and to make amends for this great sin that they had allowed to occur against the Earth. The bird Raven.

The bird Raven. Correct. And so Raven is the expositor. He tells the tale of walking along as changer does his work. And changer creates salmon.

Changer creates all of the creatures in the ocean. Changer creates the vertebrates. And basically what the whole story is about earth is 100% invertebrate, and then changer comes and creates life more complex and stuff that it had allowed to be destroyed. And so from this we get Raven telling the story of changer going around and how changer is aquatic. It lives in the lateral zone, the tidal zone.

It comes out on land grudgingly and for it under relatively harsh conditions. And its feet are such that it can't walk. So it has a device that it calls a shoe that allows it to float above the surface of the planet as it goes about its business. And then there's all of these myths about the Numo coming on in and fixing up the planet that they had damaged and they create all the way up to humans. And we also assume there's an aside here.

We assume that they left some of the humans to be aquatic. And so there may indeed be races of humans living at the bottom of the ocean in tribes that we're just not aware of. But in any event, the point here, too, is that Numo was but the first. Now, Numo had enemies, all right? And this may or may not relate to the Great War in spades.

I just don't know because we're talking about something extremely ancient here with the Numo. But the British believe that. The British Royals believe. And every year they celebrate their connection to the Numo. They go all the way.

Yes. When the queen and Chucky or the heir apparent go and sit on this stone in Wales to reestablish their authority over the island of England and their dominion on the Earth, they go through this ritual that relates them back to the Great Sin, the problems that were created and so on. Briefly, I have to admit I'm pretty skeptical to the notion that those kind of people have any kind of spirituality. Sure, they may have rituals and remnants, but you see their consciousness pretty clear. It seems they're only worshipping mammon and ego.

Well, okay, you're correct. Yes, I agree. So we need to divert into the actual story. Okay? Okay, so the Numo come here and they find Earth.

And Earth has a number of complex beings on it that are not human. And I'm not even sure that there were vertebrates. But Numo is a vertebrate and Numo is a self generating being. So an individual Numo knows when its body is going to die and it gets itself pregnant, creates a new numo. And in the process of that birth, it transfers its consciousness into that new being and that new body.

And so the Numo is, in that sense, immortal, all right, or eternal. But it doesn't do it in the same body. It goes from body to body to body but with a very brief transition. Okay, so the Nemo come to the planet Earth and they took samples because their thing is to create things, their creator class of beings. They go from planet to planet wherever they can and basically are like Johnny Apple seeds.

They seed life, complex life, right. Anyway. And their whole thing, according to what can be determined is that they're trying to create vessels for souls to bind to such that there's more opportunities for more incarnation and the complexity of universe grows appropriately. In any event, though, so they come here, they take some samples, they go away, they grow some beings that we would consider to be quasi humanoid and they come back. Now, here's the thing about numo.

As I noted earlier, they're all female, except that they change to become male when it's necessary that procreation should occur. Well, they inculcated this paradigm to the hominids that they were going to seed on this planet. And so they brought back these beings that were basically androgynous and could be either male or female at this was before the split of the genders, right? Correct. Okay, so here's what happens.

They bring back eight of these beings with them to seed. So they thought these eight beings would be the new being, new race on planet Earth. Well, when they get here, two of the beings actually commit a sin in the eyes of the numo. And thus we get this idea of a soul taint or an original sin. And these two beings fell in love, but they fell in love out of season and in inappropriate genders.

So they were both male at the time that they fell in love. One of them converted back to female to have progeny and that's not the way it was supposed to work and it was against the nummost rules, so to speak. Right? Okay, this may be our original love was a sin for them, despite how wise they're allegedly correct. Well, because in their in their species, you had to mate according to and do this procreation according to all different kinds of protocols.

Right? History repeats itself, if you ask me, but okay, yeah, okay. And this may be why we have prejudice against homosexuals and everything. Right. In any event, though, so here's what happens.

They create a progeny and that progeny goes mad and so they're here on Earth. And the numb are very interesting because they don't use like UFO time folding kind of techniques to get from A to B. They may indeed employ that, but when they're actually powering through into solar systems and stuff, they did it via a mechanism that was described as a liquid copper engine. All right? We don't know anything about it other than that brief description, except that this progeny of these two individuals, now that progeny is seized upon and declared to be the original ancestor of the British royals and in fact, all royals on the planet all claim that they are descendant from that original.

I bought that for pharaohs and stuff. But today's royals, today's royals, when they're on that rock in Wales, the heir apparent must acknowledge to his parent or the person that's sitting in that stone that they. Are both descendant from that sea monster. And those are the terms they use, sea monster or aquatic monster. And in any event, so they do it every year.

And so this has been going on for presumably as long as there have been these royals, as they've been tying themselves to this lineage. They are inbred, we know that. Yeah, correct. And they're so reluctant to breed out of it because they think of themselves as tied to that particular line. So what happened?

Yeah, but I think the line was broken around the Merovinians. They may have the lore and the customs like a museum, but you really think they have managed to preserve the blood? Now we're getting no, and I never even go that far. I don't care what their understanding is. That's David territory.

Exactly. And they might even be completely crazy and quite wrong. But it's interesting that the point isn't that they are a different species than us, but that they have preserved this and that they to some extent, may even believe it. Correct. But we do know that humanity is a hybrid species.

We know this and we have it demonstrated to us every year as women that are RH negative try to give birth to RH positive children and their body tries to reject the fetus. We are indeed a hybrid species. In any event, I'll get done with this story here real quick. The progeny grows up to be what we would think of as a young adult and he's not mentally stable and he steals one of the numerous spaceships and is unable to exit the planet, comes back down and crashes on the Earth and causes a catastrophe as the liquid copper engine pollutes the whole of the Earth's atmosphere and ecosystem. Is this when there was a global fire on Earth?

Correct. And so at that point, the Namo and the remaining and their eight breeding people, their eight humans, hop into spaceships and beat feet to get away from the disaster. Sometime passes and they all come back. Only now it's a much larger and it's known or thought of that there were 144 hominids that were brought back to help repair. And the 104, was there any survivors?

Yeah, the only one that actually died in this was the insane Progeny. Apparently the Numb and the other breeding pairs were able to escape the planet. In the other spaceships, didn't many people flee on the ground? There were no people in our understanding at that point. There were only invertebrates.

We're talking millions of years back because see this okay, now this goes on to more ancient, but more modern history of, like, the Anunnaki. Okay, now, everybody says a lot of people will state in the woo world of the New Age movement that the Anunnaki are the creators of humans. And I dispute this. The anunnaki are merely following the numo. The Numo always had enemies.

They've always been fighting the Anunnaki the Anunnaki are DNA harvesters, not creators, so to speak. So they're not great engineers. They can just tinker with the stuff that they already find. The Anunnaki were created by the Numo and they went and as the Numo do, they allow all these beings to decide their own destiny and path. And so the Anunnaki are as they are, but they resent the Numo being their creators and are always following behind them, taking and according to my way of thinking, they're claiming the status of the Numo as creator, when in fact they were just tinkerers.

They didn't build the car, they're just the mechanic that knows how to fix it. That makes sense. And this dovetails so much with a show we had with Theosophist, who accounted for the stances of Tzion. I can hear that there's many similarities. You just have a more, should I say easier, less symbolic take on it easier to understand for our modern consciousness, the way you describe it.

But it's common source, if you rely on those ancient sources among Zionists that should be compatible with the other scriptures in that area, vedas upanishads all that stuff. Exactly. It's the same damn story no matter where you go. Yeah. Only it's better to get it in its most original sense rather than the more degenerated.

And that's why I like the Salish, because the Salish people up here have been less polluted. They're more isolated and self isolating. They've kept their mythos very clean. They don't even write it down very much. And their stories are very precise because when they're repeated, there's this word habu, which is the Habu people say in the audience, which is words of encouragement for the storyteller.

But storytellers around here, in the Salish tradition, they're not allowed to substitute their interpretation or their words. They can certainly embellish. But the core story is known so well that everybody can repeat certain key passages word for word on the whole part of the story. This is just so people understand this is how it used to be all over the Earth. You can, for instance, go to Caucasus.

The Caucasian Mountains. Do you still have a few Ashoks around there? It's a role, it's a job bakasheman or whatever. Someone in the tribe has the job of being the one who can remember what happened. Correct.

And they have to memorize extreme details about because it's all oral. Nothing was written in the really old days for good reason, because see how fragile it is? Not even buildings are left. Right, correct. But consciousness is left.

So the reason I mentioned the Caucasus Mountains is that they have a very interesting tradition and that is that different people, because, you know, it's a melting pot of ethnicity, religion, culture. But what they did, all of them, no matter where they came from, is that they sent their ashocks, their their memory preservers, to grand conventions with other people's ashocks. And then they had competitions like sport, where there was and this was all embellished in poetry, because in poetry, you have a system of rhythm and rhyme, so it's much easier to preserve memory if you have that kind of structure to it. And so they would have competitions where they would exchange stuff, and they were also allowed to be creative. They had to repeat what was known, but they could do it in new ways.

And I would say a few sentences, and then you would say a few sentences, and that way they actually exchanged information, too. We're losing ourselves here. But I think it's interesting for people to know that this isn't like a freak incident up where you live. This is how it used to be before all culture were eradicated by modernity. So I'm just substantiating what you're saying, if you catch my drift.

Yeah, sure. And I actually used to live when I was a child. I was a free range kid in Alaska back before it became a state, when it was still a territory because of the nature. You're that old? Yes, I'm an old bastard.

Okay. Wow. Kudos man. Thank you. And still you're so up to date on stuff like Bitcoins and computers and whatnot.

I'm ahead of date. Amazing. That's my curse is that I live about two years out in time, so it can be very disconcerting and it can cause you problems, and it can get irritating when you're impatient anyway. Okay, so I am indeed that old. But my father, in his position with the military, it was such that we had a lot of tribal contact with the Dinglet.

And then so I lived tribal from the time I was able to even get up and walk and go pet the sled dogs.

So I've heard it, and that's the way it's done. That was always my understanding of how history should be transmitted. And they would get in there and they would riff, they would call the poems their songs, but other than that, it's exactly the same thing. And the convocations, the huge gatherings where you would have dozens of storytellers, and they would go on for days and days, and you'd drift in and out. It's like sort of like a modern sort of like a rock festival.

That's a great analogy. Yeah. Only with contents. Correct. People are probably firing off the torches now because we've left Antarctica subject, although this is very interesting, maybe we should have you well, let's return to Antarctica by way of the myths of the Pacific Islanders.

Okay. Because the myths of the Pacific Islanders say that there was a war between peoples, between the Sky People and the Star People, and that when this war was fought, humans huddled in caves and places to get out of the collateral damage, and that from the position that the Salish occupied, they could see. So up here in the Pacific Northwest, because the sailors are a small group around Puget Sound, but they could see the reflection in the atmosphere of what we would think of as the bombardments that were occurring in Northern Africa. And they could see the downpouring from a huge height, as all of the clouds of the planet, since so far as they could see, were sucked to the south. And that's when Antarctica was frozen.

So whoever did it, in their view, antarctica was frozen as a result of an act of war. Right. Well, according to your model, we can salvage the notions of these ancient civilizations because Antarctica yes, but you also have Greenland sure. As a good example of where one of these other ancient continents cannot be. And then if they if they I mean, if they're not disappearing under the sea, we have to look elsewhere.

And then you have Antarctica, and then you have Greenland, and you also have, of course, Sahara and the Gobi Desert. Under all those four areas, I'm pretty sure stuff will be unearthed if we were looking. My way of thinking is both Gobi and Sahara will be slim pickings because that's where the bombardment was burning. Rod right. But Antarctica, that's why I'm so always have been so whipped up about it, because it was frozen, flash frozen, preserved.

Same with Greenland. Correct. Yeah. Well, even the saying now, the scientists up here are saying that if the ice in Greenland, which I think will happen now, will drift out in the sea, then that island will rise. Yeah.

And I suspect that when we actually get the that at some point we'll get reverberations through the planet as Antarctica rises, as the ice falls off. So then that may cause a domino effect to places like Greenland. Correct. Interesting earthquakes and volcanoes and all of this kind of thing. And coincidentally, by the way, okay, so here we are in the planet Earth.

We're not revolving around the equator of the sun. We're actually being dragged behind it along in a cone with all the other planets. And our planet is growing. As our planet grows, it's going to drift back further away from the sun and resettle in a slightly different orbit. This has occurred in the past.

We know that we have 365.25 days in our annual orbit. Now, it used to be 360. Before that, it was 251 and so on. And so the Earth is every time it grows, it increases its orbital length. We get a longer year.

Does it grow step by step, incrementally or in big leaps? Episodes. Episodes, not incrementally. No. It's episodic.

And we know that this episodic nature can be tied to a bunch of different cycles, well, two of which we're into right now. All right? So every 425 years, for a period of 125 years, we have a situation where the large planets cluster on the same side of the cone, trailing behind the sun as our cells, as does Earth. And so our orbit lengthens by about 3%. In so doing, it causes us to be influenced by these large planets in a mass form.

And so every 425 years, not only do we get a mini ice age, but we also get lots of Earth expansion effects. And if we track these 425 year cycles back, they include such things as the explosions in Krakatoa. And if you went back far enough, you would find that the cycle coincided with the explosions in Yellowstone. And so during this period of time, Earth is very unstable and our continents are drifting apart. As we're actually being pulled further apart by these planets.

Now it grows because we create new matter. Well, coincidentally, every 425 years for a period of 125 years, the Earth enters into a mini ice age. This many ice age occurs because of what the sun does. Where the Sun's corona drops down in size, it's no longer 5000 Kelvin. It drops down to about 3000 Kelvin and much more, much, much more.

Maybe 40 or 50% more cosmic rays slip around the sun to come into the inner planets as opposed to when the corona is out there and is acting as an energetic screen for many of these particles. And so coincidentally, with the large planets being over on our side of our orbit, so to speak, relative to the sun, all of us clustered over on the same side of the cone. Coincidental to that, we also have this dimming of the sun, more cosmic rays coming down, which allows for more energy be trapped and more expansion within the Earth. And then also so that's one cycle, this mini ice age cycle that goes all the way back to well, as we go back, we'll step through things like the Monder Minimum. Just coincidentally, all this timing is perfect.

Right? Then there's these things called the Mankolovich cycles and those are every 100,000 years. And we are slightly overdue for one of those. And we're just now entering into it and it should be very effective for us around 2024. And it's 100,000 year cycle that's also tied to very large expansion events.

Hey, have your computer oracle found any pointings to that time? Oh, sure. I've been just going on and on about all kinds of earthquakes, volcanoes and other weird things going on since 2000. And in 2003 or four I started getting language that ultimately I decided I would call rivers in the sky and lakes in the sky. Absolutely new phenomenon relative to modern humanity.

And we've had these appear. So those data sets are indeed prescient and they are so far quite accurate and has been reasonable to give us some hints and warnings of the kinds of things we're going to be going through relative to these processes over the next 125 years. Okay, that's another show though. Yes, but I may inquire about safe zones in the break anyway, so let's get back to Antarctica then. We have now a backstory for some of the very ancient stuff.

Is there anything else in history we should touch before we move up to contemporary times? The only thing to touch on is to have a continuing note that the Smithsonian is a danger to history and that they are scrubbers of it. Complete bastards. Exactly. They destroy stuff.

Exactly. And so far we have not seen that organization move into Antarctica in any way, shape or form. So I think most of it is still relatively preserved. I think that's for practical reasons, because if they can find something there which will be useful for them for one of two purposes, either profit or technology, especially weaponry, then they won't allow these crooks like that. Those crooks like that are more gatekeepers for our main culture and stuff that they think is not that interesting.

Let's say weird kind of human skeleton. Okay. You can crush that. But here at the end, I want to talk about the scenarios of what's really going on there. But we don't have to get there immediately.

Okay. Yeah. I think it's a good thing they haven't let those crooks lose. But I think it's pragmatic reasons. It may be the case.

Indeed. They may just say, no, this stuff's too valuable to let you people exactly. Not show it. Ideology always yields, if it's money. Practicality.

Exactly right. And that's why I say CERN is a large hadron collider and the reason they're doing it is just a huge pile of bovine excrement. Yeah, I've heard you talk about that, and I would inquire you if we had better time. But let's not go with error today. That's kind of rose man.

Yeah. You're closer to it than I am. Oh, my God. Yeah. Well, let's hope the Earth expands little rapidly soon so I'll get further away.

There you go. So we're moving on to, I guess, the Nazis would be the next chapter, or is there any noteworthy stuff before them? There was a lot of bird, obviously. Correct. Well, even with Amunson and some of the Norwegian explorers, their notes about the peculiar effects and the things that they saw in Antarctica, and then bird with his understanding of things and his flying about.

But other than that, our major intrusion then is with the Germans, and then at some point it becomes the Nazis. Right. So it started off with a German interest, I think, probably driven by energy, because bear in mind, you can actually see hints in the late 18 hundreds, 1896 or seven, something like that. There was an article that talked about the potential for Antarctica recently discovered and recently landed upon at that time by the Russians and some stuff coming out of Moscow that had been written up in an article in The New York Times, which was more scandalous then and more tabloid than it is now. And it was talking about the idea that Germany would be down there energetically mining for coal and looking at it as an energy source.

So even then, in the late 18 hundreds, we see there were references of German presence, or at least thinking about going down there to the point that it percolates into the articles in the mainstream media. And why not? Because the Germans, far earlier than the Nazi empire, had huge colonies in their landmass that is geographically closest to Antarctica, namely the Patagonia area. Sure. If you see the map, you'll see that south of Argentina is the closest, and not just because they are the southest, further south than South Africa, further south than New Zealand, but also because that area of Antarctica has the largest landmass closest to it.

So it's not that far off a gap, actually. So why wouldn't they be interested in their immediate neighbor land? That's just logical, right? Correct. And also, Germany was late in the colony rush because they didn't have a huge navy.

So unlike the Dutch, who were out trying to colonize the South China Sea and take over parts of China and these kind of things, the Germans were left behind as a major empire in terms of colonies. They got a couple of small ones in Africa, but in terms of the slicing and dicing of the planet to the major European powers, they were late to the table. So they had further pickings. They had to go further away to get it. And here was the idea of an ultimate prize.

And so it makes a lot of sense that the German hierarchy and I use that word loosely, okay, because my people are Germanic. My father's people are from Germany way back when. But because I've lived there and stuff and am aware of the history of it, when you say Nazis, everybody thinks of or there's a common perception of a megalithic kind of a Nazi empire. And that really is nothing could be further from the truth. The Germanic states were always warring states among themselves, and once they consolidated under, I think it was the first Frederick, that King of Prussia, that took over and made the largest Germanic state to that point.

The fractured part of it continued within their military, even within the various forces there. So you would have the German navy that was Vying against the German army that was Vying against the German air force, all operating their own military industrial complex. In essence, we see USA Today. Correct. And it's a model we took.

There's a lot of Germanic people. German is still the second outside of Spanish, it's the second largest language group in the US. So we get to that point where the Germans decided, okay, they were going to go on down, and they took a slightly different approach to it, which was in the 30s. They were going to basically colonize big chunks of Antarctica. This is before the Antarctic collective agreement among all of the modern states, and the Germans were going to just colonize it, basically move people in and all of this kind of stuff and exploit the land and the resources and chose that area that they called New Schwaben land.

And then we start getting all of the like I say, that's the first casualty of the Second World War, the first annexated country. They think it's Poland. No, it's Norway. Yeah. It was taking over territory in Antarctica.

And then we never really hear or there is very little continuity of history to provide us an idea of what the hell they were doing there. But we get off, and we don't have to go too much in detail because we've covered this in other shows, and we're going to cover it with other people. But it's worth mentioning that it went completely black. Correct. And the point I wanted to bring up was that when I was first in country, in Germany as part of the occupation forces dependence so my father was a military officer who was there after the war as part of the occupation forces, and we were allowed concurrent travel and stayed in Germany with them.

And so things were reasonably peaceful then in the late 50s, early 60s. But when I first went there, they were in the process of a cleanup of their museums and all of this sort of thing of pre war history. Basically, at the time, I assumed they were trying to sanitize their culture from the Nazi heritage. Correct. But in fact, what turned out to be was a selective plucking out of all of these museums.

And there were a number of museums in the area that we were staying at, which was near Stuttgart, southern Germany. And there were a number of museums that had South Pole exhibits, and those were removed. And I remember as a school child going from the I was at a German school, and we would go with English teachers. It was just a weird situation with other students that were French and Russian and Polish and so on. But we would go and look at these museums, and there was two museums that were reasonably close that I actually went to on my own after the class experience because they were just chock full of Antarctic stuff, everything from stuffed penguins to but was this stuff that was brought there during the Nazi period or even before?

No, earlier. Earlier. Because, see, here's the thing. So much of the cultural infrastructure of Germany was destroyed that those that were left were were highly prized and used. Okay.

Just curiously, at that time, in the 60s, there were more Germans in their German museums than any foreigners. Even under organized circumstances, we were always outnumbered by the local population, looking at stuff that's because they had so few museums left after the bombings and so on. Right. And people need to know also that before the Nazis took over, germany was the last should I say occult, or if you go back to this diversion in Royal Society. And among scientists, we have the more spiritual scientists and the more materialist scientists.

So the last bastion, the last what you say in English, you say redouble of the spiritual traditions, where in Germany, before the Nazis took over, there were even occultists were even marching in the streets, taking part in the political battles that were going on. And alchemists and scientists were often one and the same. So there was a lot of room for this old alternative thinking that was eradicated after the war, probably because it was associated with Nazism, or even more probably because materialists had entered and they didn't want any references to consciousness being supreme. Exactly. Correct.

And so, see, that's really the business I'm in these days is consciousness science. Curiously, it's worked out that even, like, major sports teams have contacted me in the US here to consult with them on consciousness science so that they can theoretically get an edge in their sports activities. I won't go into who or anything. No, but it's the future. I agree with you.

Correct. And it's actually a future by way of a return to the past. Yes, that's true. In that experience in Germany, the thing to note in seeing that museum was that there was a femur bone that was easily, obviously, human, and it would have made that human be about eleven or 12ft high. Wow.

And it was exhibited with giants in Antarctica. Yeah. And it would say yeah, exactly. And it was said in German, the little tag to it said, Bones of the giants found in Antarctica. And then there's a little discussion about how they found huge amounts of bones, and even graveyards, not just cataclysmic, you know, all crushed together kind of bones.

Right. But systematically buried individuals that apparently had femurs that were four and 5ft long, that kind of thing. So I was quite intrigued. And then, of course, you ask the teachers about it, and they say, basically, horseshit, and then you're saying, but it's right over there. And then within that first year, within that first year, a lot of strange things occurred.

Okay. And one of them was that these museums were stripped of all of that. Another thing that occurred that I was aware of was that all of these Nazi literature that was related to this guy that we called Colonel Dr. Hare camel. His name was Camel.

I think he was an Africa Corps kumbler correct. He was the head of the Africa Corps at the time. Right. And where I was, they had a cache of books that he had had or that had been prepared at his direction and were all stamped with the Africa Corps symbol of the palm trees behind the camel. And that's why my brother and I called him Colonel Hare Dr.

Camel, because they were all addressed to him. And these crates had all been prepared by the German military that were housing books that were just truly marvelous books, in our opinion. Now, the circumstances that we saw, the books are neither here nor there, but some of the books were Mayan that had five or six languages that have been translated into five or six languages. So you'd see a leaf from a book that was Mayan Glyphs, and then you'd see a translation into Hebrew, and then you'd see a translation into English and then a translation into German. And of course, I couldn't read the Hebrew or the German at the time, so I would read the English.

And you got the impression of that these were a systematic effort to hunt for something the way that today I would hunt for it with databases and that they were attempting to ascertain something. All of this stuff going to basically prehistory consciousness science and Antarctica. And isn't it interesting that before the Nazis explored that area when they decided to do this? And Joseph Farrell has elaborated a little on this. They contacted Bird because he was the renowned Antarctica expert back then, and they knew obviously about his claims about hot zones and pristine areas undiscovered.

So what did he Abatti regretted later when the participation it became a conflict. Right, right. But the interesting thing is that who sponsored this? Well, it was has angering. Has was raised in Alexandria.

He was familiar with Esoteric law. He was probably one of them. Much more occult than himmler. Was known entity. He wasn't deep at all.

Yeah, he was obsessed by these things. But Hess had a much more proper understanding than himmler about these things. And so that Hess wants to send down expeditions down there smacks of everything we've been talking about antidiluvian mythology, Atlantis, whatever. Right. But that Guerring is sponsoring this.

That's a practical man like Goring. I know that's a staggering that's your engineers, right. And that's military, that's technology. Correct. I was just going to say that's the army, that's the Prussian army.

That was the core of their grasping for technology. And that's really all of the stuff that my brother and I were reading out of these books went to was the they were focused on that there'd be vast areas that weren't translated, and then you'd see the areas that were translated, and it was all about machines and history and so on. Curiously, that was the first time I'd ever seen Ratzinger who became Pope. Right. And he was at that point in the 60s, he was in some manner he was a German prelate, I guess you would say, or officer of the church or whatever.

And he came on over under these weird circumstances, and all these crates of books were sealed up by American GIS and put in the back of some trucks that were driven by German. And Ratzinger was the guy that was in charge of picking them all up. There you go. I observed this. I was up on the third.

Floor and watched this whole operation because I was scandalized that they were taking my books away. But that goes in line with Ratzinger's new line of profession because if there's anyone who's famous for stealing and monopolizing and putting covert ancient information it's the Vatican, right? So he was consistent in his choice of career, I have to give him that. And by the way, I want to make a shout out right now for the next recording we're going to do which will be with Joseph Farrell and it will actually concern both Antarctica but also Hess and Goring. Those two people, as different as they were, as different factions as they were heading had a common interest that was so deep that they may actually have tried to overthrow Hitler.

But that's another story with another guest. But since we are touching it now, I'm advertising it because this show will come out before that. So that's one to watch, people, if you think this is an interesting part of history but we have to move on. There's so much material we have to go through. Anything else you want to mention about your Germany experience connected to Antarctica?

No, nothing that's particularly pertinent now. And then we come later on to my later in life mucking about with the data. And as I said in 1997 one of the first anomalous sets I got and the largest outside of the One for the sun was about Antarctica. And of course I was quite intrigued. Universe obviously wanted me to pursue it because I had the particular inclination and perhaps I will bring something to it that others won't for its purposes, not ours.

We can never determine that ourselves. But in any event so since then I've been clued in, dialed into it and have always watched the data sets as we've been going along. And that led me up to the point of getting fantastic information out of my data sets and forecasts about Antarctica, some of which I was able to validate by going into current maps and kinds of things to get real world examples. And then recently, a couple of years back I ran into the pollution into my data sets as a result of this religious cult of people that worship these blue space chickens and their influence on the internet and their focus on Antarctica that got me into a circuitous loop. You're talking about a Corey Good, correct?

Corey Good. The blue avians. Corey good thing. Are you taking that seriously? Okay, so the thing about no, I'm not taking them seriously.

What happened was that they have a fascination with Antarctica. Yeah, no, but look, they steal everything that's pop. That was my point. That was my point though is they stole my stuff out of my written reports and fed it back in through their own audience. Their own audience is such within.

They've done that with everyone. Pharrell, you name it, that's what they do. Right. But in this case, I wasn't prepared for it. I didn't know what was going on.

This is my fault. I got screwed up. Had I known it was happening, I could have prevented the data pollution. But it got into a circuitous loop and we have to understand, I tune my lexicon constantly. So I was tuning my lexicon to their pollution of my data, which threw that whole thing off.

But prior to that, I had some really good information about Antarctica that they were stealing and piggybacking on for their own purposes. And see, I'm working in my bubble and I didn't even know these guys existed. And when I did see that they existed, I was just irritated at their use of the word ascension relative to densities and never saw beyond that. Right, well, you have the floor today, so you can elaborate on your version. I have plenty of time so we can make a part three here because episode part two is almost done.

So we have to take a break in about 15 minutes. And if you have more juice in you, we'll take another part there. I have plenty of time, but I want to recap just for the benefit of order and the poor audience that may have fallen off the trail here, because it's all building up to a crescendo for the end. So don't worry, you can just ramble on. I'm keeping track here and I'm keeping notes.

Okay, good deal. So there are going to be some order out of this, but I want to recap, and that is that. First we have the weird ancient stuff, right? Whatever that's worth. Then we know that let's start with Bird.

Then we know that Bird found discovered something. I don't buy into those diaries. I think they are fakes. But that doesn't take anything away from the mystery. Because even without those diaries, we have accounts that there's something extraordinary.

Then we have at least the Nazis, if not people before them, but at least the Nazis. Something going on there. What did they find? Why did they become obsessed? Because militarily speaking, it would be more sense that they made, which they did.

Lots of caves in Greenland and stuff like that. But why build all these bases in at the end of the world, right, right. And then we pick it up as the USA instantly. Well, the Russians in the 60s is the next step, I'm guessing. I would say the US in the 1948 49, right after the disastrous Operation High Jump.

Yeah, let's go a little into that. Yeah, just temporarily. Operation, high jump occurs. There's some major battle. We lose all kinds of personnel and resources in a mysterious fashion.

A few lines in a patagonian newspaper reference flying saucers and this sort of thing. And then everything basically goes dark. And at that point we start seeing that Antarctica is given a different presence in the League of nations UN kind of thing. Yeah. That's when they suddenly come together to make no song.

Correct. And of course, this is 1947, the crash of the ships in the Arizona area. The whole CIA is established. Correct. All of these interesting things occur.

And then also at that point when this occurred, the United States military, the army, more than the Navy or anything, but the army went back to Antarctica in 1948 and 49, in spite of what had happened with Bird. So whatever that occurred in the Operation High Jump was apparently no longer a threat in 48 and 49. And then throughout the early 50s is when they get up to the point where they're starting to include the idea of bringing in this nuclear power plant and establishing permanent bases and these sort of things within an army paradigm and then that goes black. Now, curiously about this, I was able to get hold of a copy of the 1956 Federal Register that was a printed version and this was a number of years back. And within that version were a number of contracts being let for technology that I basically was able to or that I assumed that my conclusion was, AHA, we've crossed as of 1956, we've crossed the threshold of exploration of this alien technology to exploitation of it.

Why are you saying alien technology? Because of the from 1947 through to 56, as the Federal Register, which is this document of contracts let by Congress, they used to write up to the point of the Black Ops, would include everything. When you say alien, you mean like it's strange to us. That's what you mean? No, they actually used that term.

They used alien, but they meant foreign. Okay. Right. We don't have to mean little green man from Mars. Right, correct.

We have to watch language here because in the late forty s, the idea alien and foreign were 100% interchangeable. And it wasn't until 47 in the crash of those ships that we started seeing the separation of the language and the tonality change for the word alien as opposed to its earlier meanings. Language changes over time. So there's all of these ambiguities that get into it. You got to be careful about it and they're so important.

So yeah, correct. And in 1956, in that exploitation phase, there were contracts being let in 1956 for companies that we would know, JPL kind of things, lockheed Martin and this sort of thing. There were contracts, they were at it already. Then there were active contracts for Antarctica and they were exploitation contracts. Not a contract to go on out and map or explore this area, but rather contracts that were involving the moving of people and material to various different parts of Antarctica for specific, although unnamed, purposes.

Wow. So we were exploiting something and that was the first real ramp up, was in 56. And then that manifested in the big surge of military personnel, which to date we still don't know how many. That was in 1958. And since 19 oh, hang on, hang on.

I have to interject. Sure. In 58 and 59, something weird happened. The alleged enemies soviet and us. And England and I think maybe also France came together and they blasted nuclear weapons in Antarctica.

Now, because of the signature, there's only two possibilities. One is that they did it high up in the atmosphere. Can you spell flying sources? Right. The other is that it could have happened deep underground or underneath, as far as I understand.

That seems unlikely. I say that seems unlikely. Well, can you spell hollow Earth? Perhaps? Perhaps.

But here's another thing about that. In 58 was when we first get and this was my point of bringing this up when the US military moved in on Moss and in 1958, and however big that mass was, we don't know. But it's of course, certainly dwarfed by current population. But when they first started doing that, that's when we got enough personnel there that we had enough over flight capability. Continuous airplanes being on site on Antarctica that were used as local transportation that we started replicating some of the things that were mentioned by Bird in his flight logs about weird effects on machinery over certain parts of the Antarctic continent, usually within East Antarctica as opposed to West Antarctica, although you also see them in some minor degree in Western.

Would east be Vostok area? Correct. And then all the way up into the German area and all the way back down to McMurdo Bay and all of that, that's all on East Antarctica. And it's there that we see that Bird reports all these strange characteristics trying to fly around. But what's curious is that in the documents released in 59 or 60 I can't remember which year, was a discussion about a contract being let to map flight irregular zones, okay?

And these flight irregular zones ended up being no fly zones later on. And the flight irregular zone was characterized by engines cutting out, communications going black, airplanes drifting down out of the sky, that sort of thing. And so we had enough activity going at Triangle. Correct. We had enough or magnetic effects, but they weren't magnetic because it didn't intrude on compasses or any of this sort of thing.

Everything just shut down. But it's a matter of fact, in case people in the audience don't know it, it's a matter of fact that to date, no commercial planes are flying over the Pole, neither north nor south. The poles are completely off limit. Correct. And of course, it's also logical because you can't use any I think only a gyroscope is what you can use to really orientate yourself with at the poles because they are dependent on being able to measure magnetism and stuff.

And that completely breaks down at the poles. So they have that excuse, obviously, but we can't even go there physically. And I'm going to later tell you a couple of anecdotes from people I know and what's happened to them down there, but go on. Just wanted to interject. In any event, I was going to say from that point on, antarctica is only and always referenced as basically being a cruise or a sea destination.

In other words, you don't fly to Antarctica to get on a cruise boat. You go to New Zealand to get on a cruise boat, or you would go in some other landmass. And so nobody is flying down there. And there's probably a really good reason about as to why that's going on. But in any event, don't you think the military is flying there?

That's the curious part of it all. Okay. Because the military has certain restrictions on flying there, even to this date. The reason that I know this is because I'm in the Pacific Northwest, and as screwy as it sounds, the military base up here, the Air Force Base McCord at the local joint military base, Fort Lewis McCord. McCord is, or used to be the major staging area for US.

Military flights down to Antarctica. And we would see C 130s, big giant cargo planes, very heavily loaded, that just listening to them fly over your house, you just know they're going to crash. You just know they're too heavy to make it. But they've got so much fuel and material and stuff when they take off that they groan getting up into the sky and things. Right.

And this went on for a number of years and we would just notice, oh, hey, it's Antarctica season, here they go. And for weeks at a time, you'd have these very large airplanes that would take off and head down there. They're not doing that so much anymore. But like in the last two years when was this about proximity? This would have been through all through the just into the little bit, maybe 2005 or six.

There was a big year. And then since then we haven't had much activity. That's terribly interesting because something happened in 2011 I'm going to tell you about in the next part.

Actually. We can take it now, maybe. Sure. You see, there's this explorer. He's like kind of a macho man.

He's called Yola ande and he had a boat called Berserk and they were like, sailing all over the world, especially the Poles. And he's like a renegade, like a rebel, an anarchist almost. So he didn't care if the Norwegian government didn't give him permission to go down there. He went anyway. Good for him.

Yeah. And people think it's like, easy to go there. People try to debunk stuff. We've talked about this before. No, it's so we know everybody can.

Oh, there's cruise. No, you can't. People have no idea what terrible bureaucracy it is to even get permission to even sail in the area if you're just an ordinary person, if it's not good commercial or military reasons for science. Good luck. Try it.

Good luck. You won't get you just won't get it. No. So it's not just that they censor everything and safety concerns, but yeah, you just don't get permission to do it. Safety.

Right. But everywhere else, that's dangerous. Go ahead. But they did it and something happened, and I'm not at liberty to say everything. I've been told by one of the surviving crew members that I incidentally know because he's from my town.

But what you can read about in the news is that these very experienced sailors who's been there many times were docking. I wonder if it's if it was in the Ross Sea, but they were docking the boat and then they sent three of the guys inland. I forgot what they were going to do, but while they were inland, there were a few people back in the boat, their storm broke loose and they lost contact with each other, the boat and the crew inland. And if you ask me, I would rather be in a boat safe and sound with coffee and heat and ankle rice in a storm than being a poor fellow out on the ice. So they were setting up tent, and they are Vikings.

They survived. And when they came back to the boat, it was gone. What was left? They found some traces here and there. Now, I have to be careful what I say, but the thing is, the official story is that, oh, well, the boat went under in the storm.

It has to be a hell of a storm for a boat who's sailing all over the world, who's anchoring, at least, if it's that bad, they could have tried to flee like those who were on foot. But those on foot were much worse. Obviously. They were intense and they survived. Right.

And the Norwegian government tried to crush them instead of helping them, instead of offering them what would happen anywhere else in the world. They had to finance their own expeditions to try to find and they found remnants. And from what they found, it seems that the boat was bombed, it was destroyed. And these guys aren't Vuvu guys at all. I don't even know what a UFO is.

Well, I'm putting it that's rhetorical. But the thing is, this is in February 2011, and you're saying it's not ordinary even for the military to fly around there. So who shot Asunder the boat? Who killed? Why were they killed?

Were they witnessed to something they shouldn't be witnessed to? This is the mystery, right? Yeah. I can't say so much. I even went too far with what I said now, and that's because I promised that guy, right?

It's not because I'm a Shill or I don't want sure, I have that same situation. I've got a promise I made to a guy who was in Catalonia, who sent me some photographs of pyramids in Antarctica that he had personally taken. And he said, I can reveal who he is and the photographs when I hear of his death and he's got someone who will let me know when that occurs. And prior to that time it was just for my information so the two of us could discuss it. There are some things I can say in a general way as to how it occurred to him that he got these photos and what was going on and it also speaks to the weirdness that is Antarctica because this guy was say he was given permission to go hiking to do an exploratory hike.

It was very rare. He was with a group, they were going to go with their climbers. This was a group of very experienced mountain climbers. When was this? I got to be real careful there because that betrays too much.

Okay, but let's just say that it was eighties 90s, correct? I was just going to say let's just restrict it to a broad area in the late eighty s and into the right. Okay? And so he gets permission to go down with a group of people he is in Catalonia, he's not Catalonian. We won't go into any of their nationalities or anything.

But this group of people were given permission to go into the British zone because they wanted to try climbing in some mountains that the British had titular control of. And they go and they do the climb. And he said it was in their climb. And they were all fitted with these very cumbersome, big, bulky things that they had to haul with them, which they were told were for their own safety and security. And these were like epurbs, like personal location beacons and they were just clunky.

And the guy resented having this thing slapping on his back as he's trying to climb these very icy, precipitous routes. But they found two things that were really interesting to him. The routes were easy, they'd been climbed many times before and he said as a climber, he said he saw climbers marks all over every single place. They had to make a decision as to which way to go and climbers have a particular iconographic approach to leaving marks for each other and for themselves. As I turned here, in order to get back, I got to go back this way, that kind of thing.

But they don't do it in language, they do it in particular marks chopped into the ice or under the rock. Here they found climbers marks etched into rock that was under ice. And so the climbers had obviously been climbing before the ice had been taken over that area and they actually chipped through some ice to make some marks on rocks only to discover the rock was just filled with such marks. And then they come out of this valley or come out of this crevasse, or not crevasse this pass, if you will, a naturally occurring trail, a kind of a single wide kind of trail. And he said that as each of these individuals came out, they were staggered, because there, across this little plain in front of them, were three giant pyramids, one of which had an entrance level or a doorway that had an arch above it.

And that doorway is probably 30 or 40 meters tall and might be 20 meters wide and is about a third of the way up the pyramid. And down below it are giant stairs that when they got to that area, they could reach the top of the stairs with their ice axe. So the stairs were probably about 11ft high, the rise on the stairs, and they were able to do some level of climbing before they were snatched out. Now, here's the deal. The interesting part of this is not what they saw, the pyramids and so forth, but the fact that as soon as it became known through these location beacons that these people had wandered off of the area they were supposed to be and had gotten up into this pass and then down into this valley.

He said their beacons started going off. The little red things were flashing like mad. None of the individuals had pulled the trigger, the emergency locator thing. And he said within a half an hour to 40 minutes, there were helicopters coming in to get them. And it was not British people in helicopters.

It was Americans in very heavily altered Huey kind of helicopters and that were able to fly in that particular region. It's difficult for helicopters to fly in the cold under any circumstances, but they didn't even know helicopters were available on the entire continent of Antarctica. And here were three of them that came plowing over the top of this hill. And then there was this guy who shouted at him in English through a loudspeaker system to get away, to stand over in this area and not to move, or they would be shot. And so they did as they were told.

They were scooped up and quickly hustled out of Antarctica. He said there was not an extra minute wasted in stripping them of everything. He was fortunate enough to, as he told me, when they said that they were going to shoot him. He said he thought about swallowing his film canister and did not do that, but instead tore the finger off of a glove, took the film out of the camera because we're talking 35 millimeter film itself, put it in the finger of the glove, and then secreted the finger of the glove in his shorts near his groin. And that was the only way that he got out, because they were stripped down to their underwear, given new clothes, put on another helicopter at this base, taken back to their embarkation point and hustled the hell out of the Antarctic area, and they were not allowed to talk to each other.

They were always kept separate after the helicopters picked them up. So the pictures survived? Yes, and I have some copies of the pictures, like run through a Xerox machine. Are these the pictures that are all over the internet? No, mine, I've never I've never seen the ones I have and I've never released the ones I've had.

But is it the same pyramids? No, but it's very similar. I mean, it's hard to say one pyramid from another, but I don't believe they're the same. No, that's so interesting for so many reasons. I had pyramids on the top of my list of where we were going next.

That connects the ancient with modern. But you got there. But now I was thinking of taking a break, but I'll give people a very hot bone before we take that break, and that is this may be the same expedition, actually. Oh, jeez. But anyway, there was an expedition, another Norwegian, this was a woman, she's been many times at the Poll.

She's like this super vegan woman, a scientist. Her name is Monica Christensen. People can Google her. Now, what I'm going to say now is partly speculation, but it's inferred from facts, because I were following it back in the day in December 1993, they were taking, like, not a real Pole, because for a Norwegian to go on a real polar expedition, you basically have to use ski and dogs. Right?

Right. These are professionals. They've done it many times before. This time they had snowmobile and I think they were internet. I think they had police, had a German with them.

So not just Norwegians. Here's the weird thing. I remember it from the even back then, this was before internet and all that, but still it was weird stuff. And the papers weren't that censored back then. So what happened is that this was going to be a symbolic mission for the Norwegian Olympic events that were going to happen in 94, the year after.

So it was connected to that was like a PR stunt, whatever. So I think they were going to find triaces of almonds and or something. It was going to be like a run of the mill thing. So what happens is that a huge tragedy. We get reports that one of the people in the mission is dead and she's in tears, she's seen a ghost.

After that, she stopped everything to do with Pole and she got a completely different line of business. Now, what had happened, according to the official story, is that oh, they had is it called a LaVine, like a rule. So these professionals, this guy who died, had fallen down in Lavin and they had Americans they had a search and rescue mission from Americans that smelled fishy. So they had come with choppers and everything, and the Americans threatened to sue her if she spoke about that. And they too had gone astray, allegedly by mistake.

These professional people, who knows what they're doing? They had gone where they weren't supposed to go. And so what's interesting about these things is that both in Yola Andre and in Monica Christensen's case, what makes me extremely suspicious is the aftermath. Both of them are getting into all sorts of legal trouble. Both of them are threatened with lawsuits.

In Yala's case, because he's a rebel, he didn't comply. He got fined, he lost people in his expedition, and he gets court cases. It's still going on. I think they tried to bankrupt him, and she got threatened with this. And both of them sued if they talk.

Actually, Yola was sued and blamed. He was first threatened if he didn't comply, they were going to punish him, which they did. So they bogged him down in economic mess because he talked too much. And she was terrified when she came back. In fact, she wasn't allowed to talk.

So it was just a press release that they wrote. She didn't even control that. And why are the Americans suing? And why are the Americans threatening to ruin them economically? Americans?

Jesus. So it's not just fishy. It smells rotten fish. What are they so afraid of? Why would you treat people in a tragedy like this?

Right? And what the heck does American helicopters search and Rescue mission? Doesn't sound like nerdy scientist in McMurdo to me. Sounds like military. Correct.

In fact, if I recall right, it may have been military. So this was in December. Well, you have to get military permission to go there. Pardon? I say even today, even on cruises here, if I were to apply to go to if I wanted to get on a cruise to go to Antarctica, I don't just buy a ticket.

No, I do have to buy a ticket to get to the boat and so forth. But as soon as I buy the ticket for the boat, my credentials have to be you have to fill out this form. And it is actually passed through the Department of Defense, goes through the Pentagon to see if I'll actually get permission or not to go there. But she had permission. Monica Christensen was an official expedition team.

Because I bet they're thinking, these naive, bothersome Norwegians, they're always going to walk on the poles, right? So if it's official, we've done it for centuries. So if it's official, they kind of have to go along. But it's pretty restricted. I had a teacher who used to that's when I first got interested in Antarctica.

This was in Kinder Children's School, which is a primary school, sure. Not gibnas, but beloved Ginas. So he was one of the official scientists who worked in the base there. And he told me that he used to have like, these pictures on a screen projector, right? And he talked and talked about Antarctica, but he was a scientist, a nerd, so it wasn't anything interesting beyond geography and geology and stuff like that.

But I remember he told me that they had to stuff. Oh, no, that wasn't allowed. No, you couldn't do this. Everything had to be cleared and cleared and cleared in a huge bureaucracy, international bureaucracy, where I'm pretty sure Pantheon is at the top of the decision chain. I would agree.

I would agree, yes. And it's weird. It's irritating. It is. My point is, when you see the context of these anecdotes, I mean, yours were downright.

You have hardcore evidence. But the way I present it, granted that everything I said now is accurate about the two other missions, don't you agree? It smells. Oh, certainly. They are certainly covering up something.

And I think it now is just yet another front on the great consciousness war. Because think of how the consciousness of humans would change if we knew where we come from and what our real history was like. And I actually think that's what's going on in Antarctica is they've found oh, don't spill the bean. Okay, we're going to go straight to the answers in part three, so stay tuned, people. You don't want to miss this.

All of our files are free and will remain free. If you like the show, you can show support by donating $1 to help with expenses. Just use the PayPal link on our website, YouTube channel or Facebook page. Thanks.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

From Sumerians to Spaceships: Tracing Humanity’s Origins – 2021

From Sumerians to Spaceships: Tracing Humanity's Origins - 2021

From Sumerians to Spaceships: Tracing Humanity's Origins - 2021

Episode Summary:

In the provided document, the narrative revolves around the idea that humanity is living in a time of extremism and revolution, driven by the misuse of power by those in authority. The text delves into the interpretation of religious texts, particularly the Bible, suggesting that many of its teachings have been misinterpreted or mistranslated. The document highlights the significance of language and perspective in understanding religious teachings. It suggests that many English translations of religious texts have distorted their original meanings. For instance, the term "Holy Spirit" or "Holy Ghost" is discussed, suggesting its original meaning relates to a type of spaceship rather than a divine entity. The document also touches upon ancient civilizations, like the Sumerians, and their understanding of these terms. The narrative further delves into the concept of extraterrestrial beings, suggesting that humanity has been influenced or even created by these beings. The text also mentions Gobekli Tepe, an archaeological site in Turkey, suggesting it's not a religious site but a scientific one, aiming to convey knowledge about humanity's origins. The document concludes by discussing the rapid movement of certain unidentified spaceships across the sky.

#extremism #revolution #Bible #misinterpretation #language #HolySpirit #spaceship #Sumerians #extraterrestrial #GobekliTepe #origins #humanity #religion #power #authority #ancient #knowledge #history #sky #unidentified #beings #creation #mistranslation #perspective #truth

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.


Aliens?


Former earthlings?


Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?


Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.


Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.


Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.


The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

From Sumerians to Spaceships: Tracing Humanity's Origins - 2021

You're living at a time of extremism, a time of revolution, a time when there's got to be a change. People in power have misused it, and now there has to be a change, and a better world has to be built. And the only way it's going to be built is with extreme methods. And I for one, will join in with anyone don't care what color you are, as long as you want to change this miserable condition that exists on this Earth. Thank you.

Thank you. Thank you. It let's see. Well, this actually gets into sort of one of my points here. The religious guy it's all an issue of religion, okay?

So it's all an issue of perspective, and the words you're being actually comes all down to language. All these people in the United States that go absolutely crazy over any form of Christianity are the most ignorant of individuals because they are all dealing with Christianity as it has been presented in an English format. I'm not saying they're bad individuals or anything. I'm simply saying they are ignorant of their own religion. For instance, let me ask you.

You're actually a schooled Bible scholar as I understand it. You know this then what is the word that translates into the English phrase holy Spirit or Holy Ghost? Okay? Either in Aramaic or Hebrew, both of which are Hebrew, is actually phonetically merely Sumerian that's been transliterated into a new alphabet. It is exactly the same language as Sumerian.

So if you go actually, a lot of the Bible is in Chaldean as well, but which is your exact part? Sumerian. Okay? And if you go all the way back to it, the word that has been translated into the Holy Spirit or Holy Ghost and I heard this just the other day, and it made me laugh because there was this fellow on TV saying, oh, yeah, the Holy Spirit visited our church and we did all this kind of stuff, and that's fine. I like their general fellowship issues.

However, the word that is translated into Holy Spirit in any English version of the Bible is rauch. Rauch, okay. Rauch. It does not mean Holy Spirit, does not mean spirit, does not mean ghost, does not in any way refer to any of this. It is, in fact, a designation.

It is as much a designator as is the Tr, whatever it is, for those little floaty triangle ships. What's the designation for those the spaceships that the military has here, those triangle guys? The tr. Three B. Astros.

Okay. Tr three b. Okay. Rauch is exactly the same as a Tr three B. It is a designation of a specific kind of spaceship that would go from the mothership down to the planet.

It had curved wings. It could hover over both water and land. And in fact, if you go back to the Sumerian origination of that word, it shows it as they actually drew the description of the thing hovering over both land and water as opposed to this other kind of ship which could not hover over water. And they talk about the flying mountain of God, okay? Here's the whole thing.

In Bible, in the actual Aramaic or Sumerian or Hebrew version of the Bible, there is no word in there ever that translates into the word God. There is no word in there that translates into the word Creator. That's why I say all these people are ignorant. They've been led down a path by the people that have changed that language in order to control them about elohim come from the sky. Those are the interlopers.

Okay? Elohim does not mean God. Elohim means those are the second group to screw with our DNA. Seriously, it is those who came from the sky. And these are not our creators.

These are in fact acknowledged as the enemies of those who actually engineered our species. And these enemies of the people that engineered our species were called the Alohim. And we have the whole Anunaki and all the L this and Elkie Elinki and all of the female versions that all came back to DNA modifiers. But we existed here in a form before they got here. And the Bible in its original forms, was an account of an invasion by an outside force to our planet that is inimicable to the beings that had originally created us and that we are under the second phase of that invasion and that they, in fact left the ARCONs and all the other problems which led to the writing of the Gnosis Bibles and so on.

So these are simply books that are attempting to transmit knowledge to us that we're under attack constantly. And the English stuff is just bunk, absolute bunk. And the one other thing too, to add to the rauch comment is if you look at the angelic messengers that are called that we translate as Cherubim, the actual pronunciation of that in the Hebrew is Cariboum, which is actually the sound that they made when they tore across the sky. Cariboum. Correct.

Like the sonic booms. Well, here's the whole thing about all of that aspect of it. It's replicated all the way through the Sumerian. We see all the Gilgamesh stories that filter back in and basically the Old Testament that are simply rewritten. But this all goes all the way back to those poor fellows that are getting the absolute hell stumped out of them, the dogon.

Because the dogon really are the last remnant of the true story of the creation of our species on this planet. And their story was maintained throughout the whole of our species up to the last couple of catastrophes. And then this weird group came on in and they started warping it to their intent. And we have these religions that are the monotheistic, basically paternalistic control structures that are attempting to take the real story of what happened to us and where we came from and morph it into a structure that says this off world being is controlling us and wants us to feel guilty about this sin stuff and the whole thing. And they developed this very complex story that is so complex, it's like any great conspiracy theory.

The more complex, the more believable it is. And so we all had a tendency to believe it when we were children. But at some point, you have to grow up and examine the facts and go back to the source material. And if you go back to the source material, you discover that there were the groups before the Adam and Lilith. I don't know how many people are aware of that.

There were a number of species before. And those are the they're discussed in the Numo myths, basically by the Dogon. And they've got the real story because those are also the Numo myths are found up here in the Salish people. The Salish people. The tinglings.

All of the tribal people in the coastal areas, all from the Pacific Northwest all the way up through Alaska, have the same set of myths as do the Dogon in Africa. Now, the Dogon used to live on the Indian Ocean side of Africa and were forced out by Muslim invaders to into their area. Now on the western side in Mali, and they're again under threat by the Muslims. Yeah, there's Molly again. Okay, right, okay.

And they're under threat by the Muslims now who are attempting to destroy the knowledge. That's the whole point of chasing the Dogon and also blow up their idols and their libraries and such. Correct. But anyway, the sailors up here have a very much more complete version of the same set of myths, and they actually talk about us being created by the Earth having a set of beings on it. Not our species at all.

Back a dinosaur kind of an era a long time ago. Along come these amphibious beings that are mostly female. But when it's time to procreate, some of them can become male, but they prefer to be female for a lot of different reasons related to their immortality. When they want to be male, they can be. These guys come from the Pleiades.

So all of the serious myths and all of this, it's all true. Or they came from Sirius and they're heading to the Pleiades, to the Seven Sisters. They were migrating because they had problems with serious all the issues with serious A, B, and C that the Dogon knew about. So do the salish. So did the tinglet.

Up here in Alaska, they had the same set of myths they call the Namo. They call them changer. And they talk about how all the creatures were created by changer. And then some time passed, and along come these beings, these tall beings that the locals up here have various nasty names for but are basically the Alohim and the Anunnaki. Okay?

And they also screwed with our DNA, except for those peoples who were able to hide AHA, the Tinglit and the Salish and others around the planet and that they were all in contact with each other and so on. Anyway, from this group is where we get the Lilith myth, okay? Lilith is the female remnant of the people that were there before the last catastrophe and before the patriarchy came into existence in the age of PISCES. And then here's something else, just a little point to keep in mind. If you want to find out who really rules the planet, find out who you're not able to criticize.

Thus I say to myself now, it used to be just that it was Zionists that were hidden. Now they know they're exposed and so they know that we know that they're insinuated in the body politic of Jewish people. So now they're saying, oh, can't criticize Jewish people at all way, shape or form, and you're not able to criticize Israel without going to jail or getting a lot of heat for it. And therefore these are the people that are ruling over us. I wonder who rules over them?

Who are they not allowed to criticize? Now, personally, again, I think most of them are all full of shit. Real translation of the Bible if you really want to get into that, there's just an excellent linguist out there. Morrow. M-A-U-R-O.

Big Leno. B-I-G-L-I-N-O. He's Italian. He's got a series of videos out with English subtitles. He's a brilliant fellow.

He worked for years for the Vatican and actually translated the original works of the Bible, which they kept secret. And then they fired him when they heard that he was going to go out and start talking about this. And I think it's called the unexplored or the unexplained Bible. And you'll see it on YouTube. It's just quite fascinating.

Anyway, along those lines, after you've watched that, go and look up this place called Gobekli Tepe. If you go and look it up, it's Gobeklitepe. Two words. There's an umlaut over the O because it's Turkish, it's in Turkey, it's on a hilltop. It is not a religious site, in spite of what everybody is saying.

Oh, it's the world's oldest religious temple and all of this bunch of horseshit. What it is is an attempt to convey knowledge as to how we were originally created. It is the Namo myth inscribed in stone, an elegant, beautiful stone that was either cultured or laser cut with precision we couldn't match. Today these things are ethereal. They were put into this park.

It was a park that people would go through and examine the cultural history of our species and where we came from and our relationship with our progenitors, the species that came here and made us. It is not a religious site. It does not in any way go towards religious worship or those kinds of feelings. It is a scientific site, a museum site that you would sort of like a museum of natural history. And what they did, what makes this astounding was the people that built that knew that the planet was going to get the shit kicked out of it in one of these transitional cycles like we're in right at the moment.

And they thought AHA, we need to save this if we can for all the future humans so that they too will know what we know, the true nature of our species. And so what these guys do they meticulously buried it. I mean they went to the trouble of arranging the dirt in it to bury the thing so they would be protected. So they covered it with Earth such that it would be protected for our generation. Now, unfortunately, we should have dug it up 13,000 years ago, kicked the crap out of anybody telling us that the anunnaki and these off world god people or off world aliens are actually gods and understood who we really were.

And we would have progressed to the point where Star Trek would have occurred about probably 11,000 years ago. We would have been off our planet and moving but we didn't find them until just now. Be another cycle. Who knows how many cycles this thing has been buried? At least two.

And so what I think we ought to do is to put all the stones right back where we found them and cover the thing up again. Because we're in the middle of a cycle or in the midst of the beginning of the cycle and leave all kinds of notes as to where to find it. Because if we don't, it's going to be destroyed by the cycle we're going to be going through. And then we will have undone all the work that those magnificent beings did way back when. And by the way, it has nothing to do with religion.

It is again a science museum site telling you where you come from. Absolutely fascinating and it describes the Numo myth down to an incredible detail. If you want the real Numo myth, go look up G-R-I-A-U-L-E. That's the author and it's called Conversations with Ogo Tomli and he's a Frenchman that wrote all this stuff up. Just fascinating.

And anyway, so Gobekli Tepe is also fascinating. It validates the Nemo myth and also speaks to the issue of the mistranslation of the Bible. And it validates everything that Morrow is saying about the biblical sequence being taken over by these mind control people, when originally the sumerian text was once again an attempt to tell us, hey, watch out for these rauch, for these things that you people in the future would use English to call holy ghosts because they're a spaceship and they come down from a mothership and they abduct you. And nasty things happen to you when they abduct you. And by the way, the rauch, unlike these other things called the I'm going to mispronounce it, I'm sure the Swaft.

But the rauch can hover over water, so you're not safe on boats, whereas with the swaft you are, they can only hover over land. And so you get over water, you're safe. And also, these are the anunnaki and not our creators. These are the interlopers that came on in here and they've been screwing with us and we don't like them much. Basically, if you go and look at Morrow's real translation, the stuff the Vatican is keeping secret from you and you want to read it a particular way, as I do, you can say that basically all of the Old Testament has been perverted from its original intent, which was a warning, saying, hey, watch out, rauch come.

And they do anal probes and we don't like them much. But these goggles, these night vision goggles by the way, I have third generation night vision goggles. I got mine from a guy by the name of Ed Grimsley. You can get him through Google. There are other generations available now, so you need to talk with somebody like Ed, who's an expert on these.

I am not. I simply use them. One of the things I wanted to say about these, though, was the last few times in the winter when I have had clear skies and have been up at the appropriate time and had the time to use the goggles for a bit in probably less than a half an hour. The last three times. So this is extraordinary.

Each of these three times I've seen what I call the drive in movie spaceship, and I call it a drive in movie spaceship because I'm an old fart. Most kids won't understand the concept of a drive in movie. A drive in movie is basically you sit in your car and they project the film. You're going to watch the movie from behind you onto a giant screen ahead of you. Sort of a huge version, a collective group version of a projection TV.

Well, this spaceship is sort of like that, because what happens is you see this flash of light in the sky that is basically rectilinear. That's what is really interesting about it. It is atypically straight edged not hard edged, but straight edged and cambered corners. So in that sense, it's a little on the fuzzy side. Anyway, there's this, like, sudden bright flash and it's as though you're sitting in the middle of a dark night in car, snuggled up to a nice, cuddly human, and all of a sudden they turn the lights on on the movie theater and the screen is illuminated.

Big white flash. This is the milliseconds before they start actually showing them the film or their commercials. And then the film you see for a second, you just see this just pristine white, and that's what this looks like. And the curious part of this is when you see this white flash, it's ahead of the spaceship. And the spaceship is kind of I want to say it looks like a very sleek version of a truncated stainless steel kind of water bottle.

And with the blunt end of the water bottle, the bottom end aimed at the screen. And what actually happens is there's a gap. You can see the gap because the spaceship is actually illuminated with some of the reflected light from the screen or a big hole of light that's been opened up and then the spaceship just suddenly jumps into the light and the whole light closes behind it and the spaceship is gone. Now, the interesting part for me is that as this spaceship is around this is not a one time occurrence in order I counted the other day. It does this very, very rapidly.

So it's extremely hard for me to keep up with it. But I am certain that there were over 16 of these little flashes of lights in order for it to cross the entire arc of the sky. From my particular view here, and it's true, I'm hemmed in with some tall furs but I still have from the northeast to the southwest, which was the direction that these ships take. I still have a good enough view that I've got probably, I would say, 60 degrees of the complete arc. So it's a goodly distance.

And in 16 of these little flashes, the ship is across that distance. Obviously, there's no noise or anything, but it is just extremely fast. If you were going to make this into a cartoon or something you'd want to have some kind of a noise just to indicate how fast it is these little flashes occur. You get to see for the millisecond as the ship jumps into the hole and then the next flash occurs ahead of where not in necessarily a straight line because it was able to curve took this sort of curving arc across the visible sky here that one night or that one early one morning. All the three times that I've seen these this year they've all been coming out of Cassiopeia and heading to the southwest.

In terms of my orientation terrestrially, the last time I'd seen these in, I think probably 2010 or 2011 I had a couple of instances where I happened to catch these appearances of these ships. They were headed from the southeast to the southwest. So their path now is entirely different. I'm assuming they're an intelligently operated thing and not an organic life form but I would have no way of determining this from my view down here. This is very fascinating.

I also know that when these guys show up any of the little triangular floaty crafts that are up there will scurry scurry and get real close to the big box craft as these light ships go through. So I don't know if they're scared of them in the sense that they don't want to let them know they're there, cat and mouse kind of thing, or if there's some kind of external energy that flows out of them that presents a risk to these triangular guys. But they sure move when these drive in movie spaceships show up. Okay, so page after page of crud called the Unexplored or the Unexplained Bible, and you can see it on YouTube. It's just quite fascinating.

Anyway, along those lines, after you've watched that, go and look up this place called Gobekli Tepe. If you go and look it up, it's Gobeklitepe. Two words. There's an umlaut over the O because it's Turkish, it's in Turkey, it's on a hilltop. It is not a religious site, in spite of what everybody's saying, oh, it's the world's oldest religious temple and all this bunch of horseshit.

What it is is an attempt to convey knowledge as to how we were originally created. It is the Namo myth inscribed in stone, an elegant, beautiful stone that was either cultured or laser cut with precision we couldn't match. Today, these things are ethereal. They were put into this park. It was a park that people would go through and examine the cultural history of our species and where we came from and our relationship with our progenitors, the species that came here and made us.

It is not a religious site. It does not sort of like a museum of natural history. And what they did, what makes this astounding, was the people that built that knew that the planet was going to get the shit kicked out of it in one of these transitional cycles like we're in right at the moment. And they thought it for our generation. Now, unfortunately, we should have dug it up 13,000 years ago, kicked the crap out of anybody telling us that the Anunnaki and these off world god people or off world aliens are actually gods and understood who we really were.

And we would have progressed to the point where Star Trek would have occurred about probably we're in the middle of a cycle or in the midst of the beginning of the cycle and leave all kinds of notes as to where to find it. Because if we don't, it's going to be destroyed by the cycle we're going to be going through. And then we will have undone all the work that those magnificent beings did way back when. And by the way, it has nothing to do with religion. It is, again, a science museum site telling you where you come from.

Absolutely fascinating. And it describes the Numo myth down to an incredible detail. If you want the real Numo myth, go look up G-R-I-A-U-L-E. That's the author, and it's called Conversations with Ogo Tomeli, and he's a Frenchman that wrote all this stuff up. Just fascinating.

And anyway, so Gobekli Tepe is off, and it validates everything that Morrow is saying about the biblical sequence being taken over by these mind control people, when originally the Sumerian text was once again an attempt to tell us, hey, watch out for these rauch, for these things that you people in the future would use. English the swath you are, they can only hover over land. And so you get over water, you're safe. And also, these are the Anunnaki and not our creators. These are the interlopers that came on in here and they've been screwing with us, and we don't like them much.

Basically, if you go and look at Morrow's real translation, the stuff the Vatican is keeping seeker.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ep. 3024a – Biden Just Destroyed The Economic System Right On Schedule Restructure Coming – 03-20-2023

Ep. 3024a - Biden Just Destroyed The Economic System Right On Schedule Restructure Coming - 03-20-2023

Ep. 3024a - Biden Just Destroyed The Economic System Right On Schedule Restructure Coming - 03-20-2023

Um, hi and welcome. You're listening to the X 22 report. My name is Dave and this episode 3024 A. And today's date is March 20, 2023. And the title of the episode is biden just destroyed the economic system right on schedule.

Restructuring coming. Let's talk about our health. A recent survey reveals that if you're concerned about weight loss and you want to get on a diet, half of all Americans are with you. One of the easiest ways I recommend jump starting a new diet plan is with the amazing Keto powder. This substance helps you tap into many of the weight management benefits of being in ketosis, even without the need for extreme carb restrictions or having to go through the infamous keto flu.

I'm impressed because in just weeks of taking this, I've noticed a significant difference in appetite and cravings. If you want to try it as well and experience the amazing effects it had, get a bag today for 51% off plus receive several free bonuses before their spring sale ends by going to Keto with X 22. Com. That is keto with x 22 dot. Or simply click the link in the description box down below and get ready to look your best this new year.

Let's get right into the economic collapse. Financial news now. The deep state, the corrupt politicians, the private west central bank, the World Economic Forum. They are doing exactly what Trump and the Patriots thought they were going to do. They're following their playbook to the T.

Think about it. They started to push the great reset, the Green New Deal as they released the pandemic or the pandemic on the world. Then they made their announcement saying this is the direction, this is the path that we are going. Trump and the Patriots, they knew exactly what they were preparing to do. They knew that they were going to push the Green New Deal.

They were going to destroy the economy and in the process bring us to a crisis to usher in the central bank digital currency. And now they are preparing and laying the groundwork for the central bank digital currency. But they need to destroy the old system first. And there is a major problem in them trying to push the central bank digital currency. They're going to need congress.

Now, I do believe that Trump, the Patriots, they knew that they were going to need to go through Congress. And when Trump was in the White House, we had the Senate blocking everything when they were trying to attack Trump. Now the Patriots have the House where the House controls the purse strings and the House has to vote on a new type of currency. So I do believe the House is the block for their agenda. Now, they're going to prepare everything and they're going to make sure that they have everything ready.

But I do believe that the Patriots, they're prepared and ready to block everything. They're trying to do. I mean, think about what happened with the vaccine passports. Think about the pandemic. They thought they had it made.

They thought, wow, we got it. We're just going to push our agenda. Vaccine mandates, vaccine passports, we're going to do this around the world and everyone's going to abide by it and we're going to get full and utter control of the population. They're doing the same thing now with the Central Bank digital currency. They're going to continually push and push and push until the very, very end.

And I do believe in the end, that is when you're going to see something completely different. But in order to get there, you need to allow the enemy to destroy everything that they created and allow them to be the destroyers of the system. This way the Patriots can step in and you're going to see Trump continually give solutions to all of these problems. Allow the Patriots to also give solutions in Congress to say, we can fix this problem. Everything that Biden is doing, remember, he's the frontman.

Everything that he's doing right now is destroying the system. The people are not fooled by this. The people are not going along with this. The people realize that the Fed, the Biden administration, those people that are working behind the scenes, they are completely responsible for all of this. But what you need to do, and I do believe Trump, the Patriots are doing this, you need to wake the population up to all of this and that is what he's doing.

And you could see around the world as they try to set up for this, the world is going to fight back and the world is going to protest. Every move they make, they will protest. It doesn't mean that every protest is going to win. But the world will continue to fight and the protests will get stronger and stronger and stronger. Look what's happening out in Paris.

Remember Macron, he decided to go around the parliament. He's using a nuclear option to actually destroy the pensions. And they saw everyone protesting out there in Paris. So what does the deep state do? What does the Central Bank do?

Well, they panic and say, okay, no more protests. We don't want people to see this. And that's exactly what happened. The Paris police, they manned protest at the Concord and on the Champs Elisis after unrest across France. So they're already shutting it down.

Why? Because they don't want more and more people coming together to protest what this individual is trying to do. And he's a criminally installed individual and the parliament couldn't override what he did. Remember, there's a lot of criminally installed individuals in government. This is coming from disclosed TV.

It says, no confidence vote against French government over pension reform fails narrowly in Parliament. The vote failed by nine votes. Macron's legislation would become law. His plan has sparked weeks of countrywide protests and strikes. You think these protests and strikes are just going to end.

No, the people are going to continue to do this. The people are completely against this. And remember when you have a system that is controlled by criminal installed leaders and they're not really leaders, they're criminals it is very very difficult to get anything done. It's like a mafia that owns a town, owns the prosecutor, owns the banks, owns everything. They control what's happening there and this is why the people need to step up to the plate.

And I do believe as they keep doing this, as they keep bypassing everything and pushing their agenda because they're going to become very very desperate. The people are going to see this and the people are going to fight back. This is just the beginning. It's going to get worse and worse for all of these individuals. And we know that the deep state players, the Central Bank, the World Economic Forum, they're ushering in their green New Deal but the people aren't going along with this.

Remember the poll that was taken? It's like something like 60% of the people believe that climate change is more of a religion than it is actually about climate change. So the people aren't going along with this and the people aren't saying yes we need all of this. They're completely against it and it's going to get worse and worse for those states that continually push this agenda. And actually this is going to give a bird's eye view of states that didn't push the agenda and states that have pushed the agenda and they're going to see the states that have pushed the agenda they are going to fail in the end.

Cernovich put this out and this is on Twitter. He says 2021. California had a drought. Now it's record rainfall and the state can't capture the water. Once summer hits the lack of water will be blamed on global warming.

And you think the people of California don't realize this? You don't think other people who are watching California don't realize this? California, New York and many other areas as they keep pushing their agenda you're going to see a stark difference between the two and this is going to wake a lot of people up. And while this is happening the entire system is completely imploding. And the deep state players, the bankers, the central bank, the World Economic Forum, they are preparing for their new system and the people are watching this play out.

It's not behind closed doors, it's not with a cover story. It's completely right out in the open and everyone can see exactly what's going on. And there is a new report by the Wall Street Journal letting everyone know that there's about 186 US banks that are prone to the same risk as Silicone Valley Bank. Now remember going back in time, janet Yellen told us that we're not going to ever, ever see another crisis in our lifetime. That was just a couple of years ago under Obama.

Here we are today under Biden in 2023. And what are we seeing? We're seeing crisis after crisis after crisis. Biden let us know that the banks are perfectly safe. Janet Yellen is letting us know that everything is under control.

Didn't they do this in the beginning of 2008, 2009? And then that same year the entire market came crashing down and then it brought us into the Great Recession. Let's talk about our health. Ever heard of the dreaded diet resistance? It's an epidemic of those struggling to manage their weight.

You could be diet resistant and not even realize it. Diet resistant is the most noticeable after the age of 35 when our metabolism starts to decline and only gets worse with age. If you don't see any visible benefits despite the diet or workout you try, this could be the reason. Here's a product I've been using to help manage my weight. I've been using this amazing keto powder for the past year and absolutely love it.

With high quality vitamins and minerals recommended by industry health professionals in every scoop, it is a great tasting alternative to taking a handful of pills and supplements every day. Since starting it, I've been able to see healthy, sustainable weight loss, regular comfortable digestion, and strong energized metabolism, plus all the benefits that come with reduced food cravings and having a body I'm proud of. Be sure to use the link in the description below or simply visit Keto with x 22. Com. That is Keto with X 22 dot because every purchase using that link gets 51% off.

Plus VIP, live, health and fitness coaching for life, as well as a new erport titled The Top 14 Ketogenic Foods Completely Free. Absolutely. And we're seeing the same thing happen right now. So the Wall Street Journal is referring to a recent economic study that was published on March 13 and it's estimating about 186. US.

Banks may be prone to the same risk as Silicon Valley Bank. Now Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen told the US senators that not all uninsured deposits will be protected in future bank failures. Only those banks that pose systematic risk regional banks will be screwed. So the Biden regime, the central bank, the treasury, they're going to be picking winners and losers and basically they're going to force bank runs. Why are they forcing bank runs?

Because they're trying to destroy the smaller banks. They want everyone to put their money into the larger banks. So what they're going to do is they're going to force everyone to do this. We explained this, I believe it was on Friday where Johnny Yellen was being questioned. And this is exactly what their strategy is.

It's very, very easy to see, and you can see that this is exactly what they're going to do. They're going to scare and this is what they normally do. They use their scare event, they use fear to push people into what they want to do. Now a lot of people are probably going to look at this and say, okay, you know something, I see what you're doing here. I see what's happening.

We're wide awake. There's no cover story. The veil has been lifted. I can see exactly what you're doing and we're not going along with this actually. We're going to protect ourselves and we're going to go outside the system.

We'll be talking about that a little bit later. But it looks like Joe Biden, he completely signed off on something that will bring down the entire system. And what did he just do? Well, Biden issued his first veto, striking down a bipartisan legislation that would have overturned a labor Department rule allowing retirement plans to consider ESG principles in investing. Mansion on the veto.

This administration continues to prioritize their radical policy agenda over the economic, energy, national security needs of our country and it is absolutely infuriating. So what you're going to see is you're going to see those companies that are using ESG now and investments are going to tank like we've never seen before and you're going to see a lot of people move their investments out of those companies and those companies are going to fail. And most likely what you're going to see is, yes, probably the blue states, they'll reinforce this and you're going to see red states saying, no, we are not going to do this type of investing, we're not following along with this and you're going to see another separation. Basically what Biden did, he just signed off on the destruction of the economy and you're going to start to see this play out as time goes on. Now you can see that the central bank, they're preparing for the central bank digital currency, don't think that they're not.

I mean they're going down this path. This was always their plan no matter which way it was going to happen. If it was Clinton who won the election, yes, they were going to do this, but we were going to have war. If it was Trump that won the election, yes, they were going to head down this path no matter what. But Trump is using it to his advantage.

He wants them to do this. He wants them to follow this path and in the end he's going to use this to restructure the entire system because think about what they're putting into place right now. Right now. And this is coming from the Federal Reserve. Go.

The bank of Canada, the bank of England, the bank of Japan, the European Central Bank, the Federal Reserve and the Swiss National Bank are today announcing coordinating action to enhance the provision of liquidity via the standing US dollar liquidity swap line arrangements. So to improve the swap line's effectiveness in providing US dollar funding, the central banks currently offering US dollar operations have agreed to increase the frequency of seven day maturity operations from weekly to daily. These daily operations will commence on Monday. We also know that the Fed now is setting up certain payment structure in the background. And yes, they're preparing to do this.

Now, does this mean this is what's going to happen? No, they're missing a very important piece, and that is Congress. But allow them to do this and then later on, when the entire crisis hits, all of a sudden the solutions come out. We know who's responsible. Think about what Biden just did by vetoing the ESG where he vetoed this and everyone's very angry.

He's going to destroy the country. Everything that he does is going to work in the opposite way because remember, he's taking orders from who? Soros the central bank system, the World Economic Forum, their entire plan is to destroy the economy. So everything that he touches is going to completely implode on itself. And you're going to see a very big difference in the States, number one.

Number two, everyone's going to understand and realize that this guy, and not just him, but others in the background, they're the ones who are destroying everything. And Trump is going to continually come out with solutions. Now look what happened with the banking system completely. In Pony, we had Signature Bank, we had Svb, and now we see the Federal Reserve. They're only going to raise interest rates by 25 basis points.

So they're already dropping this. They're still raising them. But I do believe they're going to be using this as an excuse to say, oh, now we can lower it. We better be very careful here. Remember, raising the rates, they're not trying to control inflation.

Raising the rates is not going to do that. What they're actually doing is they're having a controlled demolition of this entire economic system that we're in today. And what's very interesting is that as this plays out and as they can continually push forward with their agenda, it's not going to help them, it's going to hurt them. Because the people are going to start to realize who's responsible for this. I do believe they're already starting to realize this.

But as we move forward, you're going to see a lot of people wake up. You're going to see that everything that Biden is doing, people are going to say, well, that didn't help the economy. Well, that didn't help the economy. Well that didn't help the economy. And Trump on the other side, with the Patriots in the House, they're going to continually come up with solutions.

Now, once again, the House is probably going to push certain bills. And as Biden continually vetoes them and the economy continually degrades, what are people going to notice? Well, it wasn't the House that was doing it. He was vetoing the solutions. All people are going to see is that he is hurting the economy.

And those Democrats, they're also going to be going, whoa, wait a minute. Just like Mansion. What are you doing here? The economy is completely falling apart. They're going to turn on him in the end.

Now, am I saying 100% of the people? No. But you're going to see a lot of people because they have relatives, they have other people that they know. And when they start losing jobs and when everything starts to fall apart and Biden continually pushes his agenda, it's not only his agenda, it's Obama and Soros and the World Economic Forum, the Central Bank, as he continually pushes this, the people are going to say, what's going on here? Why are industries closing?

Why are these stores closing? How come I lost my job? And I do believe in the end, when we reach that crisis, trump and the Patriots, they can use this to restructure the entire Federal Reserve system. And you can see what is happening right now. It's allowing the people to see the inner workings, and I don't mean the actual inner workings, but the inner workings of how all of this is going to play out.

Because there is no war. There is no pandemic. People aren't scared in a corner. People see exactly what's going on. Thomas Massey put this out on Twitter.

He said the following the Fed doesn't control inflation, it causes it. When treasury tries to borrow money at interest rates lower than the market will bear, they must ask Fed to create new money and loan it to them artificially at low rates, just like they did during COVID that caused inflation. Mike Lee responded to this and said the following given that the Federal Reserve often causes the very thing it was designed to prevent, perhaps it's time to revisit its structure and role. And I do believe this is what people are going to see, understand. And they're going to demand a restructure of the entire system.

And I do believe Trump and the Patriots, they're actually most likely going to give that solution because when the crisis hits, they can use it to their advantage. But yes, the deep state players, the Central Bank, the World Economic Forum, they are pushing their agenda. They are going to push it just like everything else. But in the end, it's going to fail because there are certain blocks in the way. And in the end, the people, they're going to make the final decision of where this economy goes.

Listen, everyone. Thanks a lot for listening. Be well, be safe and especially be prepared. Thanks a lot.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

SPEED OF THOUGHT OR TEACHING A LEGISLATOR TO THINK! – 02-20-2023

SPEED OF THOUGHT OR TEACHING A LEGISLATOR TO THINK! - 02-20-2023

SPEED OF THOUGHT OR TEACHING A LEGISLATOR TO THINK! - 02-20-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Don't be shocked. Hang on.

Go transition. Whoa. State of the art.

Okay, this is a tough one.

We're going to talk about the speed of thought, but in a kind of an oblique way. The idea here is that we want to show people how to do effective thinking, all right? So we want to show these legislators, legislator, guys who have their doctors, lawyers, accountants, all different kinds of people end up becoming politicians. And and I'm talking about local legislators, right? Fuck the national guys, but I'm talking about your local, your homies in your state.

We want to teach them how to think about things in this highly complex world in which we all find ourselves. And so we want to help make our legislators smart, okay? Now, smart is applying the definition for smart is applying all of your intelligence to your own situation, right? So we all know those intelligent people that are so dumb they can't get out of their own way, right? In fact, it's cliche in the movie industry and stuff.

Anyway, so there's sort of an art to this kind of thinking, to applying your intelligence to your own situation and becoming smart. Now, legislators have a different task, okay? They have to imply intelligence and smartness, and they have to extend that outside themselves to the whole of the social order to benefit everyone. That's the nominal thinking on why we elect these fuckers, all right? And in so doing, everybody should benefit.

They have to make judgments, weighing options, and knowing going in that some people will be disadvantaged no matter what they decide, okay? Because by deciding to do this, you're disadvantaging these other people in this way because of what they want. Now, that is an emotional reconciliation issue that we're not going to deal with here, okay? So what I'm going to talk about today is energy calculus, okay? But don't be afraid.

So you can tell the legislators, you can go watch this video. Don't be afraid. There's no math involved, okay?

It's all words, and we only have to count we only have to count stuff up. That's all. So there's no math involved in this, but it truly is a calculus, all right? So we're going to do energy calculus in order to make a good decision. And we're going to preface that good decision by saying it's going to be a smart decision by taking all of our intelligence and applying it to ourselves in relation to that decision.

You can have people that have average intelligence but are way really smart because they apply all of their intelligence to their own situation. And these people might be your regular Joe who's a millionaire, right? Because he applies all of his intelligence to his own situation and makes a smart decision in that regard. He doesn't just do shit, okay? So what I'm going to show you is based on synergetics by but Mr.

Fuller, okay? This is my copy of it. This is my working copy of it. Okay? This is a copy I keep around for my general kind of reading and reference.

And Buckminster Fuller lived in the 20s. Go look him up. Really a genius invented lots of shit. So genius is being really intelligent and applying it all to your own situation, right? And so he invented lots of shit.

He discovered the secret of universe is to go on out and help people, and universe will reward you. And he did that and it rewarded him. Okay? So he came up with all kinds of cool stuff. Geodesics.

He didn't invent it, he perfected it. But nonetheless, one of the things he was brilliant at was this energy calculus. Now, we're also going to look at Biosphere by Vladimir Bernadsky. This is my working copy on this. It doesn't have a cover on it because I've got three of these.

This one is mostly beat to hell, but the other one I've only got two of. So if I get a good book, I always go buy another copy because I know I'm going to trash it in the process of using it as a reference, right? So what we're going to talk about, this energy calculus comes from these two brilliant fellows back in the 1920s, and they each contributed to this art of thinking, all right? So we're going to analyze things relative to the idea of is it worth it? So the whole of energy calculus comes down to solving and answering that question, is this goal worth doing?

Okay? And so you find this kind of thinking in all different kinds of strategies. Business strategies, medical strategies, war strategies, all different kinds of things. Political strategies. You're presented with an idea, is it worth doing XYZ?

Right? And so you have to understand what your goal is.

So you start to think deeply about your goal before you decide to do an energy calculation on this and is it worth it? Kind of thing. But let's step through it real quick. The idea is this that referencing your own situation or all of humanity. There is this stuff called sums sum total.

And so we have a sum total energy expenditure. That's our EE. Okay.

That's our double arrow to get to our goal. Now, something you need to know about calculus. All right? So we're going to do a calculus. Calculus is basically grammar, all right?

You don't say ain't in polite company, that sort of thing. Grammar at a slightly different level. It's grammar about math and thinking. All right? So what we're going to be concerned about here is the analysis of basically things that are going to lead us in one direction.

And then we're going to look and see if we have Equivalency. Is this worth that? And you can weight these things on your gut. You can say because, you know, I mean, you're old enough to have grasped the idea ice cream cone or full on three course meal right now that could be influenced by how you feel and your hunger and so on, all right? So you would recognize that going on in a smart person would say, apply their intelligence and say, well, jeez, I'm being given a choice of a free ice cream cone now or a three course meal.

And these bastards that are controlling me and setting up this environment, I don't know what they've got planned for me, so I'm going to eat that three course meal because maybe I got to go three days without any food, right? And that ice cream cone isn't going to do it. So so that's the kind of thinking that you would put into this. You would have this equivalency kind of analysis as you go along, but you can wait. It on your gut.

If you just sort of think about what's coming ahead and how we proceed with this. It's not that difficult an analysis to do, but you just have to be consistent and continually involved in the process.

One way to look at it and one really good way that I saw for the analysis was where these people, I think it was these military guys, I'd have to really think about where I'd come across this. But they said, take the goal and then imagine yourselves as invading space aliens that came down here and had to achieve that goal because you would have to come down and you'd have this zero sum starting state. That's the whole idea, all right? You got to start with nothing. And so we're going to get to the goal, say that our goal was an electric vehicle.

And further, let's just say that our goal was an electric vehicle powered by a high tech battery. And just to make it a little bit specific and interesting and easy to do, this is the easy part. We don't have to have committees and thrash out hundreds of different options and all this kind of stuff. We'll just go right to the chase. And let's say that we're going to make lithium plus other rare earth batteries and these are going to power our electric vehicles.

Never mind that electric vehicles are no good for humans because you're sitting with your nads on a giant electrical field that's going to fry your DNA and change your the gametes and, you know, that kind of thing, right, and shorten your lifespan. Never mind about all of that. The space aliens that come on down here have a goal of, of having electric vehicles. They like electric vehicles. They got three sets of nads.

So it's like, okay, for them it's all right, but for us it's not. Anyway, though. But the goal is to create electric vehicles with powered by batteries that are primarily run on lithium. So you can do an energy analysis and you can say if our goal was to do this, like the mother. Weffers the World Economic Forum.

If our goal was to get lithium powered cars everywhere and eliminate all diesel and other uses, what's going on in there? What's involved with this? Right? Is that possible? Is it worth it to do that?

And usually in doing the is it worth it part, you come across stuff that says it may be worth it, but we can't because of X, Y, or Z. And that's what we're going to analyze right here. And it's real easy to do. So in my state, the governor is this guy by the name of Inslee, and he's got a wild harap his butt and says that to go to the Agenda 2030. And he's saying, non electric vehicle, no diesel, no gas vehicle can be registered for a license in this state past 2030.

It's like, well, okay, guy, then I'm going to be driving illegal and you're going to be in court a lot, trying to fight me, challenging all the fucking tickets and stuff. But here's the deal. We could say population of Washington State times that population is the number of electric vehicles we need. And so we need that many batteries right? At the moment, we don't care how big the population is.

Bats. All right, now, is this feasible? Okay, so here's what you would do. You would say each battery is going to take X amount. Let's not use that.

It's like a time symbol. Each battery is going to take B amount of lithium.

So that's one battery.

Those are our little battery posts, okay? So that's one battery, our one bat is going to require. And so this is where we get this will require symbol, which is this double arrow thing will require a certain amount, an unknown number. So we'll just say number unknown of trucks to mine it for mining. So to do a true energy calculus and decide if you're going to get into a situation where it is worth it to do it, where it's feasible, where it's technical and so on, all you have to care about are these branch chain symbols, okay?

And in Vernadsky's book, he talks about state changes. And so this is what we can think of. Every time you get to a change of state, you're getting and branching off into a whole new chain of energy analysis to provide the supporting equipment for that state of change that you want to engineer into your material. So your material starts off in dirt, right? And so you got to dig that out.

So you need trucks, you need excavators, you need diesel to run it. That gives you another chain where you need drilling for diesel. You need well heads, all of that. You need refinery refining. So that refinery would be another one of these, right?

Another one of these shift in the state because you're changing the oil that you're going to ultimately use as diesel from crude to the refined state that goes into the trucks. So each and every one of these adds up, and all you have to do is to set a threshold and say that each and every one of these batteries will provide us over its entire lifespan, this one battery will give us the equivalent of I think they're claiming 800 barrels of oil. Okay?

So they're saying that over its lifetime that this battery would complete no, it was, it was yeah, it was 800 barrels of oil. It would, it would replace 800 barrels of oil. Well, you know, so that means it has a very finite lifespan. So we have to note that in our energy calculations, that's our lifespan. But nonetheless, we just go on and we say, okay, if that's true, then each and every battery would have to if it's going to replace 800 barrels of oil, that in a total examination of this, right, a sum total energy calculus examination, how many barrels of oil does it take to produce the battery?

So if it took eight barrels of oil to produce the battery, you'd say, fuck damn, look, we're getting a ten times return. But in reality, what are we getting? So if we actually examine all of these chains that develop and so this is just one state of change. And so we go from dirt to separation of the dirt to separate the lithium out, then the lithium has to be dissolved. That's another state change from the separated lithium to a dissolved lithium for purification.

And so each and every one of these creates major state changes. You've got to analyze in your energy calculation as to whether it will ever, ever pay back. Now, just eliminating the manufacturing of the trucks, eliminating all of the manufacturing for all of the sub chains, all right? So throwing away 90% of our energy calculus, we still discover that just in the mining, each battery of lithium is going to require about so these are minuses about 100 barrels of oil, okay, to transport. So also, right, every single one of the state changes, by the way, usually involves a transport chain.

Transport chains are analyzed on their own because they're so energy intensive. So in this case, usually to do a total energy analysis, you would have to analyze that transport chain and you would have to say that what is it, energy to make the trucks, et cetera, et cetera, in our advanced state of our society. Now, most of the energy calculus that is done eliminates all of these past one or two drops. These are called drops, all right? So one of the drops in production chains at past one or two of these drops, they don't analyze because nothing would, in essence, be cost effective if you did that.

But here's the thing. We're going to need the transport trucks to move landscaping rock as well as mining, okay? They're different scales and all of that. Nonetheless, we're going to have to have the same facilities to make trucks regardless of any individual goal on this. So it is legitimate to say just set a cut off and say, we're not going to look beyond two drops down from our primary goal, which is the battery made of lithium.

But even so, we find out just in the mining, you use one eight of all of the possibility here. Also, by the way, this is bogus, all right? So this here 100% bogus because even Tesla says you can't charge it more than 95%. The reason you can't do that is because of wear and tear on the battery, and you shorten the battery life significantly. If you, if you take it all the way up and then down, all the way up and down, all the way up and down, it just destroys the battery very, very rapidly.

It'll cut the lifespan down to nothing, which is something else you have to put in here for dividing all of this, but we won't get into that anyway. So you have the separation, you have the lithium being dissolved, you have it purified, and then there's vast quantities of other side chains that go into the production of the materials for the battery housing, as well as all of the copper needed for the car. Okay, so I'm just going to stop right there, all right? Because usually in these energy analyses, especially for social things, like for society wide, right? So for my individual needs here, I have done an analysis on a particular use of my truck, and I went down ten levels here.

I went down ten levels from my primary goal and said, okay, yeah, there's a lot of side chains, but the result will be worth it here because within that ten levels, I will achieve the goal. Now, here's the thing. We're at a point here where if we look at all of the side chains here in their energy use, we get down to the point where we're taking out 780 barrels as an estimated average to produce the batteries, and it only holds one barrels worth of energy at a time, okay? So it's not like it's a great storehouse or anything. And then you have all of the other costs of this.

You can't dispose of the batteries, they erupt into a fire, and you can't put them out. You have to build a giant infrastructure that uses even more copper just to effectively charge them, and then they need something on the other end to provide the electricity, okay? And could be dams, could be nuclear. Likely it's going to be a coal plant in most places. So now, if I were doing this energy calculus here against my numbnut governor inslee's projection that we've all got to have electric vehicles by 2030, I will tell him it's not possible.

And we've just proven by going through all of this here, if we were to actually throw in real numbers like the population of the state, the actual number of batteries we're going to need, the number of trucks and the number of mines, the number of tons of material, and so on and so on and so on. We can prove that there is not enough of the lithium and rare earths. You'll run out of rare earth before you run out of lithium, right? You need the other rare earths and the other part of building this battery, and they're much more finite in number, but nonetheless, you would run out of lithium as well. Long before you could get an electric vehicle for just the citizens of Washington state.

We would need hundreds of more mines. We'd need thousands of more people working in the electric vehicle business. You'd need thousands of more people putting in massive amounts of electrical lines to do charging. We'd have to upgrade our power plants in order to be able to handle the flow of electricity through the mains and through the generation capacity into the delivery system, et cetera, et cetera. You'd need new power lines everywhere.

And so you would need basically, to get an electric vehicle for everybody in Washington state who lives here now. We would need to double our population. And I think it was like 17 times our current level of investment in in species and dollars into the electric business just here in Washington state to achieve this one goal of getting a basically one of these lithium batteries for every every human in the state or, you know, every collection of humans, two or three, depending, you know, children, etc. Right? But it's just not feasible for every driver in the state.

We do not have enough resources, and we will not have enough resources by the finite number of years that inslee has set for his line in the sand kind of thing. And so it's doomed to failure. And so, hey, inslee, hey, got a great job there. You're doomed to failure. There any shit you can do about it.

Nothing can happen, and the society will not achieve that goal. And it's easy to see this at any point along the process, because even if you've never done one of these before, even that process can be estimated and analyzed. But Mr. Fuller did repeatedly in order to get his own inventions. He would say, is this invention likely to succeed?

So he had this brilliant invention, which was a kind of brick that took less energy to make and was nonflammable, it was structurally sound, and it was designed in such a way that even in the worst earthquake, it would not shake apart or crumble or collapse or any of that. Brilliant. Brilliant. He got patents on it, the whole deal, and it was worthless. He knew it was worthless because he did an energy calculus on it and abandoned it because of the infrastructure that would have had to have been put into place requiring x number just to use this and convert the construction industry over to it, right?

And he estimated that it would take him two generations to convert just enough people that actually did the masonry work to understand this, to get it into the production cycle. And reality would probably be closer to three or four generations. So it was not worth it putting in the investment in 1920 because it wouldn't have happened, and so on and so on. And so he was smart. He put his own intelligence to his own task and let that project go and just abandon it because it was a good idea at the time.

It was brilliant. He was able to succeed, but it did not have an energy calculus that favored it in the future. Makes sense. So you can do this for your own any decision you have to make, you can do an energy calculus. You don't have to go down into any kind of detail.

You needn't have a lot of math, but you should set some kind of a how many of these side chains do I have to investigate? And will I get derailed? Pardon the use of the term. Will I get derailed before I can investigate that number? So a lot of people I know a guy that's intent on learning a particular thing, and he doesn't understand the number of side chains he's going to have to go in order to produce his goal.

And also he's not aware of his own nature that he's going to get distracted somewhere in the second or third chain and never make it to the fourth one, which is necessary that he get to in order to achieve his goal. So he's sort of doomed to failure on that, right? And so this is what we're setting our social order up for, following the mother Weffers. This is what they've got their own agenda, their own plan. We're at war with them.

This is the fifth generation unrestricted warfare against the mother Weffers and the CCP. But all that aside, whether inslee is a mother weapon or not, his idea is a non starter. I mean, you can push it and he'll have shit happen, but it's doomed to failure. It's absolutely doomed to failure. It's like being out here on the coast and in a howling rainstorm and watching a guy on the beach trying to light wet newspaper and wet logs into a campfire.

All you can do is let him try until the universe shows him it isn't going to work. Anyway, guys, I got into a lot of these little luxury kind of ones because we've got all kinds of stuff happening and we need to go through things and discuss some of the other developments. This was just a diversion because keep running into all these legislator guys here who've never had the benefit of having their minds twisted into thinking about things at an engineering level, most of them anyway. So that's it for now we'll be making more of these.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.